The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutTB Penick & Sons Inc; 2002-02-15; 34561-2Recording requested by: CITY OF CARLSBAD \ DOC ## 2004-1 066307 I 1111111111111111l1111 111111111l111ll11111 Ill11 111ll11111111ll111111ll NOV 09,2004 459 PM ) When recorded mail to: ) ) City Clerk ) City of Carlsbad ) 1 PAGES 1 OFFICIAL RECORDS SAN CilEGO COUNTY RECORDER'S OFFICE GHELORY J SMITH, COUNTY RECORDER FEES 0 00 1200 Carlsbad Village Dr. Carlsbad, CA 92008 NOTICE OF COMPLETION Notice is hereby given that: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. The undersigned is owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property hereinafter described. The full name of the undersigned is City of Carlsbad, a municipal corporation. The full address of the undersigned is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California 92008. The nature of the title of the undersigned is: In fee. A work of improvement on the property hereinafter described was completed on August 15, 2003. The name,of the contractor for such work of improvement is T.B. Penick & Sons, Inc. The property on which the work of improvement was completed is in the City of Carlsbad, County of San Diego, State of California, and is described as Carrillo Ranch Phase II, Project No. 34561 -2. CITY OF CARLSBAD GLENN PRUIM Deputy Public Works Director VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK I, the undersigned, say: I am the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, , 2004, accepted the California, 92008. The City Council of said City on Movenber 2 above described work as completed and ordered that a Notice of Completion be filed. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on IJovember 3 , 2004, at Carlsbad, California. CITY OF CARLSBAD m v- ‘. l .. CITY OF CARLSBAD San Diego County California CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISION§ FOR CARRILLO RANCH Phase I1 Book ONE of two June 26,2001 Revised 9/11/00 Contract N?. 345f1-2 Czrrilio Ranch Phase It 4sxi, ~ TABLE OF CONTENTS c . Item Notice Inviting Bids .................................................................................................................... 1 Contractor's Proposal ................................................................................................................ 6 Bid Security Form ....................................................... :. ............................................................. 21 Bidder's Bond To Accompany Proposal ..................................................................................... 22 Guide For Completing the "Designation Of Subcontractor and Amount Of Subcontractor's Bid Items" and "Designation of Owner Operatorllessor and Amount Of Owner Operator/Lessor Work" Forms ....................................................................................................................... 24 Designation Of Subcontractor and Amount Of Subcontractor's Bid Items ................................ 26 Designation Of Owner Operator/Lessor and Amount Of Owner OperatorRessor Work ............. 27 Bidder's Statement Of Financial Responsibility .......................................................................... 28 Bidder's Statement Of Technical Ability And Experience ............................................................ Bidder's Certificate Of Insurance For General Liability. Employers' Liability, Automotive . Liability And Workers' Compensation ....................................................................................... Bidder's Statement Of Re Debarment ....................................................................................... Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record .......................................................................... Non-Collusion Affidavit To Be Executed By Bidder And Submitted With Bid .............................. Contract Public Works ............................................................................................................... Labor And Materials Bond ......................................................................................................... Faithful PerfonanceMlarranty Bond ......................................................................................... Optional Escrow Agreement For Surety Deposits In Lieu Of Retention ...................................... SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS Part 1 General Provisions Section 1 Terms. Definitions Abbreviations And Symbols 1-1 Terms ............................................................................................................... 1-2 ......................................................................................................... 1-3 Definitions Abbrevlatlons .. .................................................................................................... 29 30 31 32 34 35 41 43 45 4a 49 50 Revised 9/11/00 Contract No . 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II . Section 2 24 2-3 2-5 2-9 2-1 0 Section 3 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 Section 4 61 4-2 Section 5 5-1 54 Section 6 6-2 6-1 6-6 . 6-7 6-8 6-9 Section 7 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-7 7-8 7-1 3 7-1 0 Section 8 8-2 8-6 Section 9 9-1 9-3 Part 2 Scope And Control Of The Work Contract Bonds 51 Subcontracts 51 Plans And Specifications ................................................................................... 51 Surveying .......................................................................................................... 53 Authority Of Board And Engineer ....................................................................... 54 Changes In Work Changes Initiated by the Agency ....................................................................... 54 Extra Work ........................................................................................................ 55 Changed Condlttons .......................................................................................... 55 ..................................................................................................... ................................................................................................. .. Disputed Work .................................................................................................. 56 Control Of Materials Materials And Workmanship .............................................................................. 58 Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage ................................................. 59 Utilities Location ............................................................................................................ 60 Relocation ......................................................................................................... 60 Prosecution, Progress And Acceptance Of The Work Construction Schedule And Commencement Of Work ........................................ 60 Prosecution Of Work ......................................................................................... 61 Time of Completion ........................................................................................... 62 Completion And Acceptance ............................................................................. 62 Liquidated Damages ......................................................................................... 63 Responsibilities Of The Contractor Workers' Compensation Insurance .................................................................... 63 Permits ............................................................................................................. 63 Cooperation and Collateral Work ....................................................................... 63 Project Site Maintenance .................................................................................. 64 Public Convenience And Safety ......................................................................... 64 Laws To Be Observed ....................................................................................... 68 Facilities For Agency Personnel Field Office Facllltles ......................................................................................... 68 Basis Of Payment ............................................................................................. 69 Measurement and Payment Measurement Of Quantities For Unit Price Work ................................................ 69 Payment ............................................................................................................ 69 Construction Materials Delays And Extensions Of Time ........................................................................ 62 Liability Insurance ............................................................................................. 63 ... Section 200 Rock Materials 200-1 RockProducts ........................................................................................ 72 _- 200-2 Untreated Base Materials 73 201-1 Portland Cement Concrete ............................................................................... 73 .................................................................................. Section 201 Concrete, Mortar And Related Materials Revised 9/11/00 Contract No . 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II . A. 203-6 Section 203 Section 204 Section 206 206-7 Section 207 r" 207-2 207-25 Section 209 Section 21 0 Section 212 Section 21 3 213-2 21 3-3 PART 3 Section 300 300-1 300-2 . 300-3 300-4 300-5 300-9 300-1 1 Section 301 301-1 Section 302 302-2 302-5 Section 303 Section 304 Section 306 306-1 306-5 Section 308 Section 310 Section 31 3 313-1 c 31 3-2 BItuminous Materials Asphalt Concrete .............................................................................................. 73 Lumber And Treatment With Preservatives ........................................................ Miscellaneous Metal Items Traffic signs ..................................................................................................... Pipe Reinforced Concrete Pipe ................................................................................. Underground Utility Marking Tape ..................................................................... Signals, Lighting And Electrical System ............................................................. Paint And Protective Coatings ........................................................................... Landscape And Irrigation Materials ................................................................... Engineering Fabrics Gatextiles ........................................................................................................ Erosion Control Specialties ............................................................................... Construction Methods Earthwork Clearing And Grubbing ...................................................................................... Unclassified Excavation ..................................................................................... Structure Excavation And Backfill ....................................................................... Unclasslfled Fill Bowow Excavation ............................................................................................. Geotextiles For Erosion Control And Water Pollution Control .............................. Stonework For Erosion Control ........................................................................... .. .................................................................................................. Treated Soil, Subgrade Preparation And Placement Of Base Materials Subgrade Preparation ........................................................................................ Roadway Surfacing Chip Seal ........................................................................................................... Asphalt Concrete Pavement ............................................................................... Concrete And Masonry Construction ..................................................... Metal Fabrication and Construction .................................................................... Underground Conduit Construction Open Trench Operations .................................................................................... Abandonment Of Conduits And Structures ......................................................... Landscape And Irrigation Installation .......................................................... Painting.,. ............................................................................................ Temporary Traffic Control Devices Temporary Traffic Pavement Markers ................................................................ Temporary Traffic Signing ................................................................................. 74 75 76 76 77 78 78 79 78 80 80 82 82 83 83 84 84 85 85 86 86 86 89 89 89 90 90 Revised 9/11/00 Contract Ng . 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II 313-4 Measurement And Payment ............................................................................... 90 - PART 4 : CSI FORMATTED SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. Nn Descriotion DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01322 - Photographic Documentation 01 322 Section 01400 - Quality Requirements 01400 Section 01610 - Historical Salvage and Protection 01610 Section 0161 I - Restoration of Historic Features 0161 1 Section 01731 - Cutting and Patching 01731 Section 01 732 - Selective Demolition 01732 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK Section 02444 - Fence, Chain Link 02444 Section 02721 - Landscape Drainage System 02721 Section 02810 - Irrigation System 0281 0 Section 02820 - Fountains 02870 02820 Section 02900 - Landscaping Section 02870 - Site Furnishings 02900 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork 031 00 Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement 03200 Section 03300 - Cast- In- Place 03300 Section 03350 - Special Concrete Finishes 03350 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Section 041 00 - Adobe and Brick Masonry 041 00 Section 04230 - Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230 Section 04500 -Adobe and Masonry Stabilization 04500 Section 04901 - Stone Masonry Restoration and Cleaning 04901 DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 05400 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05400 Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications 05500 Section 05990 - Miscellaneous Metals 05990 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS Section 061 00 - Rough Carpentry 081 00 Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry 06200 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07210 - Building Insulation 07210 Section 0731 1 -Asphalt Shingles 0731 1 Section 07320 - Roof Tiles 07320 Section 07460 - Wood Siding 07460 Section 07511 - Built-up Asphalt Roofing 0751 1 Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II 1c. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim .-. DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 0821 2 - Custom Wood Doors Section 08550 -Wood Window Repair Section 0871 I - Door Hardware Section 08800 - Glazing DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09210 - Plaster Repair and Restoration Section 091 50 - Stucco Section 09300 - Tile Section 09220 - Portland Cement Plaster Section 09671 - Resinous Flqoring Section 09900 - Painting Section 09960 - Special Coatings DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Section 10400 - Identification Devices Section 10800 -Toilet and Bath Accessories DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT (Not Used) DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS (Not Used) .L DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (Not Used) 07620 0821 2 08550 0871 1 08800 091 50 0921 0 09220 09300 09671 09900 09960 10400 10800 DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS (Not Used) DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Section 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Section 15060 - Hangers and Supports Section 15083 - Pipe Installation Section 151 10 -Valves Section 15140 - Domestic Water Piping Section 151 50 - Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping Section 15410 - Plurhbing Fixtures Section 15485 - Electric, Domestic Water Heaters DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 15050 15083 15060 15140 15110 151 50 15410 15485 Section 16050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050 Section 16060 - Grounding and Bonding 16060 Section 16120 -Conductors and Cables 16120 Section 161 30 - Raceways and Boxes 16130 Section 16140 -Wiring Devices 16140 Section 16442 - Panelboards 16442 Section 16521 - Exterior Lighting 1652 Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II - CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA NOTICE INVITING BIDS _- Until 3:OO p.m. on Thursday, September 27,2001, the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work as follows: Carrillo Ranch Phase II, generally including demolitions, construction of parking lot and driveways, walkways, lighting, utility infrastructure, building renovations, signage, and landscape improvements. CONTRACT NO. 34561-2 CARRILLO RANCH PHASE II This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and Supplemental Provisions constitute an irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder. The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans and Specifications as approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the Engineering-Department. The specifications for the work include the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2000 Edition, and the supplements thereto , all hereinafter designated "SSPWC" as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association and as amended by the supplemental provisions sections of this contract.- Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full particulars and description of the work. -. The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses. The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer. The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another jurisdiction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. The contractor may also be disqualified if contractor does not meet the minimum requirements outlined in the "BIDDERS STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE". No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (IO) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be substituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under this Contract. section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The documents which comprise the Bidder's proposal and that must be completed and properly executed including notarization where indicated are: I Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page 1 - 2. Bidder's Bond 1. Contractor's Proposal 3. Non-Collusion Affdavit 4. Designation of Subcontractors 5. Designation of Owner Operator/Lessors 8 and Amount of Subcontractor Bid 6. Bidder's Statement of Financial Responsibility Amount of Owner OperatodLessor Work 7. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and merience 8. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 9. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its offciais. employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract. 1O.Bdder' s Statement Re Debarment 12.Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits - 1 1. Bider's Disclosure Of Discipline Record wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for (optional, must be completed if the Bidder Security) All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate the Base Bid and Add Alternative #I and Add Alternative #2. and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is $3,200.000 including Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered non-responsive and shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal funds. The following classification is acceptable for this contract: A . -. CIASSIFICAT Classification ~ A AS6 0 c4 C-2 c-5 C-6 C-7 c-8 c-9 c10 c11 c12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 c20 c21 C23 I 'IO " , I I INS FOR CONTRACTORS ARE: General Engineering C50 Asbestos Removal Certification c53 General Building C5 Steam Fitting C55 Boiler, Hot Water Heating and C54 Insulation and Acoustical HAZ Concrete and Wiring Systems C61 Low Voltage Communications C60 Cabinet and Mill Work c57 Carpentry Drywall DO3 General Electrical DO4 Elevator Installation DO6 Earthwork and Paving DO9 Description Classification Fencing Metal Roofing Systems Flooring and Floor Covering Fire Protection Contractor Glazing Warm-Air Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning Building Moving and Wrecking Ornamental Metals Dl0 Dl 2 Dl6 D21 D24 D28 D29 D30 Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase I1 II) Description Reinforcina Steel Structural Steel Swimming Pool Ceramic and Mosaic Tile Water Conditioning Water Well Drilling Welding Limited Specialty Hazardous Substance Removal Certification Awnings Central Vacuum Systems Concrete Related Services Drilling, Blasting and Oil Field Work Elevated Floors Synthetic Products Hardware, Locks and Safes Machinery and Pumps Metal Products Doors, Gates and Activating Devices Paperhanging Pile Driving and Pressure Page - 2 C26 " C27 C29 C32 c33 C34 c35 C36 c39 c42 c43 c45 c46 c47 c2a c3a Lathing Landscaping Lock and Security Equipment Masonry Parking and Highway Improvement Painting and Decorating Plastering Pipeline Plumbing Refrigeration Sanitation Systems Roofing Sheet Metal Electrical Signs Solar Manufactured Housing D31 D34 D35 D38 D39 D41 042 D49 D50 D52 D53 D56 D59 D62 D63 D65 064 Foundation Jacking Pole Installation and Maintenance Prefabricated Equipment Pool and Spa Maintenance Sand and Water Blasting Scaffolding Siding and Decking Sign Installation Tree Service Suspended Ceilings Window Coverings Wood Tanks Trenching Only Hydroseed Spraying Air and Water Balancing Construction Clean-up Non-specialized Weatherization and Energy Conservation If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 10% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and submitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. Sets of plans, supplemental provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained at the Cashier's I Counter of the Faraday Center located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California 92008-7314, for a non-refundable fee of $50.00 per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the cost for postage should be added. Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Wtce of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5 of the .- Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair 4107.5. Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of section 4107 and Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II 1)). Page - 3 The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to the Contract for work. .- A pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will be held at 1O:OO a.m., August 28,2001, at the project site. The meeting and tour will begin at the terminus of Flying LC Lane (Carrillo Way west from Melrose to Flying LC Lane) (please refer to Sheet TS and C1 for location of Flying LC Lane). Because of the nature of this project, attendance at the pre-bid walk-through is HIGHLY recommended. All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words and shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of the corrected totals. All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor. Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to: 1) One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total 2) Fifty percent (50%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total amount amount payable does not exceed fnre million dollars ($5,000,000). payable is not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) and does not exceed ten million dollars 3) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract if the contract These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Cty until they are released as stated in the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the following documents: I) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entiling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. ($10,000,000). exceeds ten million dollars ($10,000,000). statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with section 900) of If the bid is accepted, the Ci may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly Chapter I of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that: 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V 2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non- 1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate must state the -~ coverage is for "any auto" and cannot be limited in any manner. Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City does accept policies Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 4 issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers’ compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price. The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract. Apfroved by the City Council of the City of CarLsbad, California, by Resolution No. 2001-181, adopted on the 19 day of June, 2001. ..- *= LORRAINE M. WOOD&ity Clerk Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 5 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTRACT NO. 34561-2 CARRILLO RANCH PHASE II CONTRACTORS PROPOSAL Ci Council City of Carlsbad Carlsbad, California 92008 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive The undersigned declares hdshe has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, Supplemental Provisions and addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to fumish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 34561-2 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, Supplemental Provisions and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit: BASE BID Item - No. DescriDtion 1 Mobilization - Appmx- mate Quantity Unit and Unit - Price - Total 1 LS $100.000 $100.000 Dollars Per Lump Sum 2 Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition I LS $ 59.55q.62 $ 59,5Y;)*62 Dollars Per Lump Sum (F)3 Unclassified Excavation (raw cut) 13,553 CY $ 2 $ 35,237 .w Dollars Per Cubic Yard 5 Unclassified Excavation 5,650 CY $ 3. \8 $ 17,4&7.- (Remove 8 Re-Compact) Dollars Per Cubic Yard - Revised 911 1/00 Conbact No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II k Item Approxi- mate Unit - No. DescriDtion Quantity - Prim - And Unit 6 Furnish 8 install erasion 8 water 1 LS $ 2G,H0*Oo pollution control Dollars Per Lump Sum 7 Temporary High Line (water service) Dollars Per Lump Sum 8 Asphalt concrete path 102TN $ i90.67 Dollars per Ton 9 Chip Seal 8,499SF $ *a7 Dollars per Square Feet 10 Class II aggregate base 3,298TN $ 19-47 7 Dollars per Ton 11 Ditch Under Stairs 1EA 0 \,926.- Dollars Each 12 Concrete cobble ditch (modified D- 480 LF $ 48 * ''5 75 brow ditch) Dollars per Lineal Foot 13 Atrium drain with 4" Sch 40 PVC riser $ 214.36 Dollars Each 14 4" SCH 40 PVC Storm Drain 113 LF $ 42.07 ." Dollars Per Lineal Foot ?' Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II k Page - 7 M. - 15 18 17 18 19 .- 20 21 22 23 - Concrete Driveway Dollars per Square Foot Cobbleatone swale 8.511 SF $ lo. 17 Dollars Per Square Foot Concrete sidewalk 3.917SF $ G-* Dollars per Square Foot Mnch thick stabilized decomposed 58.713 SF $ \ -7 I granite Dollars per !3quare Foot 2-inch thick stabilized decomposed 7,402 SF $ 2.25 granite Dollars per Square Foot ?-inch thick non-stabilbed 43,513 SF I .44 decomposed granite Dollars per Square Foot 8.5 foot wide concrete & railroad tle LS $ 63,430.75 stairs Dollars Per Lump Sum Wall, free standing 6' high Dollars (Lump Sum) Retaining wall (IC80 Policyuz) Dollars Per Lump Sum $ 23,4b2 .@3 $ \b,,654. so $ 16,430.7C Revised 911 1/00 Contract NO. 34561-2 Curllo Ra&I PhaM II A. LS $ %sa44 '. $ 5,535e.44 " 8 Item - No. DescriDtion 24 Retaining wall (SDRS C12) - Approxi- mate Quantity And Unit LS Dollars Per Lump Sum 25 lS-inch RCP 1350D ??O LF Dollars Per Lineal Foot 26 6-inch SDR-35 PVC storm drain 150 LF $ 50.22 $ 44.10 $39,669.40 Dollars per Lineal Foot 27 4-inch yard drain 3EA $043.08 Dollars Each 28 Cleanout type A4 (D-9) 2EA $ 4pt2.29 $ Q,OM .S8 ~~ - Dollars Each 29 Concrete lug (D-63) 1EA Dollars Per Lump Sum 30 Catch basin type "0" (D-8) 8EA Dollars Each 31 Raise existing cleanout to grade 1EA Dollars Per Each 32 Brow ditch type "B" (D-75) 505 LF Dollars Per Lineal Foot 33 Rip rap energy dlssipator (D40) 4€A - Dollars Each Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34581-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase. II $1 3 4za.Gz $ 74&7,ZI c 3LP.40 $ \,4cdl.42 $ I, 837.40 $ 5,674.68 Page - 9 Approxi- mate And Unit Quanti 1EA 2EA 278 LF 68 LF 221 LF 65 LF 1EA 979 LF 1EA 1EA Item - No. 34 - 35 36 37 38 7 39 40 41 42 r 43 Unit - Prim $ z,070.&0 DescriDtion Wing type headwall (D-34) Dollars Each Drain outlet headwall $ 2,143.w $ 4,28720 Dollars Each Subsurface drainage system (up to 4’ deep) Dollars Per Lineal Foot $ 2,49q.m $ 5.75- Subsurface drainage system (5’40’ deep) Dollars Per Lineal Foot Subsurface drainage system (10’- 16’ deep) Dollars Per Lineal Foot Subsurface drainage system (non- perforated) Dollars Per Lineal Foot Subdrain cutoff wall $ 45.32 $lqcis.7z 045q.35 ~~ ~ 8-inch PVC water pipe (Class 150) Dollars Each $ C97.27f2.88 $ b8.72 Dollars per Lineal Feet 2” Irrigation Service Dollars Each 1” Irrigation Service Dollars Each 40 Page - Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase It k kern - No. 44 - 45 46 47 48 r 49 50 51 52 1’’ water service (domestic and fire sprinkler ) Dollars Each 2” Blow-off Valve Dollars Each 2” Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers Dollars Each Gate Valve Dollars Each End Cap Assembly with blow off Dollars Each 2-inch SCH 40 PVC water service line Dollars Per Lineal Foot B-inch CSW Class 200 PVC fire service line Dollars Per tineal Foot 2” Backflow devices Dollars Each &inch SDR-35 FVC seww line Dollars Per Lineal Foot Approxi- mate And Unit Quanti 3EA IEA 1EA 2EA IEA 1,418 LF 95 LF 7EA 700 LF Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase 11 k Unit - Prim $ 2,240.63 $ 37.47 $ 2,7b0.36 $ 54t7.5- $ S/\?Z.Sa $ 2.b45.ScI $ \9,37€3.sz $ z5725.00 11 ! Approxi- DescriDtion mate Quanti And Unit 4-inch sewer lateral (CMWD S-7) 487 LF Dollars Per Lineal Foot Sewer access hole (CMWD S-1) 3EA Dollars Each Access hole apron 3EA Dollars Each Sewer main cleanout type "8" (Sa) 1EA Dollars Each Connect to existing access hole 1EA Dollars Each Adjust existing access hole to grade 1EA Dollars Each Hacienda Restoration 1 LS Dollars Per Lump Sum Wash House 1 LS Unit - Prim $ 3L8S $ 3270.5s $ 44o.m ., , .. $ 4,0l1.7cf. $ 4u3.70 $ 140,7+8.6 I Dollars Per Lump Sum (S)61 Visitor's Center and Garage 1 LS $rn,S;?O.bB $ m,-.- Dollars Per Lump Sum (S)62 Deedle's House Restoration 1 LS $\71,&b.~I $ \7\,$366.61 Dollars Per Lump Sum Revised 9/11/00 Contracl No. 34561-2 Cardlo Ranch Phase II 1c Page - 12 Item - No. Description (S)63 Wood Barn Restoration Dollars Per Lump Sum 64 Caretaker‘s Cottage I Manufactured Home Dollars (Lump Sum) 65 Split log benches Dollars Each 66 Wlllow benches Dollars Each 67 Restore original bridge Dollars Per Lump Sum 68 Stamped Concrete Dollars Per Square Foot 69 Install Main Entry Gate Dollars Each 70 Entry gate pilasters Dollars Each 71 Pilasters (rock 8 plaster finish) (not including entry gate pilasters) Dollars Per Lump Sum 72 Wood access gate Dollars Each Approxi- mate Unit 1 LS $ 10\,,4Aq2.2L 1 LS $ \7,33 .Qo 3,642 SF $ 7. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II k $5,0W .49 $ I, f348.46 $ r7,334.- $ zg.735.353 $01.244 .= 43 Item No. 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 Description Automatic gatekensors Dollars Per Lump Sum Remove 8 replace flagstone Dollars Per Lump Sum New Flagstone Dollars Per Square Foot Custom wrought Iron handrails Dollars Per Lineal Foot Custom manhole covers Dollars Each Wood handrails Dollars Per Lineal Foot Chain link fence Dollars Per Lineal Foot Corral ranch fencing Dollars Per Lineal Foot Sand Beach Dollars Per Cubic Yard Trash dumpster enclosure Dollars Per Lump Sum 1,740 SF $ r0.04 $ 32,781.m 90 LF $ 90.23 $ 8,&40.70 780 LF $ 13.57 $10,0G3.60 Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34581-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II n Page - 44 Item - No. 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 DescriDtion Free standing wall with stucco finish Dollars Per Lineal Foot Drinking Fountains Dollars Each Trash Barrels Dollars Each Canary island palms (15'BTH) Dollars Each Queen Palms (10' BTH) Dollars Each 36" Box Trees Dollars Each 24" Box Trees Dollars Each 15 gallon trees Dollars Each 15 gallon orchard trees Dollars Each 5 gallon trees Dollars Each Approxi- mate And Unit Quantity 1,100 LF 2EA 4EA 3EA 44EA 5EA 43 EA 24 EA 31 EA 94EA Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Canillo Ranch Phase II k $ 4,044 -60 $ 173.34 $ !+zm.zo $ b33.36 231.17~ $ m3.3G9 $ -y3,507.e4 $ 3r4LClb.m $ 3.403. I8 $ 1,73%.06 Page - 45 APPrnX+ mate And Unit Quantity DescriDtion 15 gallon shrubs 2EA Dollars Each 5 gallon shrubs 349 EA Dollars Each 1 gallon shrubs 1,439 EA Dollars Each 15 gallon vines MEA Dollars Each 5 gallon vines 12 EA Dollars Each 5 gallon cactus 134 EA Dollars Each 1 gallon cactus 1004 EA Dollars Each Groundcover (flats) 70,401 SF Dollars Per Square Foot Wildflower hydroseed 5,450 SF Dollars Per Square Foot Turf Hydroseed 5,500 SF Dollars Per Square Foot Revised 911 1/00 Contract No. 34581-2 Camllo Ranch Phase II A. $ n.33 $ 0.09 $ \0.98 $ 044 $ '36 $ .34 $ 221.88 $ 2,7dt'48 $ 9,4 76 * 44 Page - item - No. .r3 1 03 7. 104 105 lo6 107 - 108 109 DescriDtion Bark mulch Dollars Per Square Foot Auto. lrrigationapray system Dollars Per Lump Sum Auto. Irrigationdrip system Dollars Per Lump Sum Fine grading Dollars Per Lump Sum 90 Day Maintenance Period Dollars Per Month Signage Dollars Per Lump Sum Si Electrical (Not including electrical within buildings) Dollars Per Lump Sum MPm* mate Quantity And Unit 80,300 SF 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS Mo. 3 1 LS 1 LS Unit JAN 2002 '.; Q 4 (F) Final Pay Item (S) Specialty Item Total amount of bid in words for "BASE BID" millieu WD E" GVEI ~,~--~~&*~+LIwT ~l-4 Total amount of bid in numbers for "BASE BID" 5 3.Is4j.4&3 Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II k Page - 17 Total amount of bid in words for "BID ALTERNATE NO. 1" (Pool and Cabana area as outlined in t and specifications. This alternate generally includes (but is not limited to) the demolition of the existi reflection pool, drainage, decking and flagstone patio, sand beach, cabana renovation, electtical, Engr.,Cod .-%ndscaping, irrigation, and new restrooms). Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "BID ALTERNATE NO. 1" $ 2 1432. Bz Total amount of bid in words for "BID ALTERNATE NO. 2" (Deedie's House area as outlined in the plans and specifications). This alternate generally includes (but is not limited to) pathways leading up to Mia's House, grading, footbridges, decomposed granite paving, landscaping, irrigation, and electrical, fencing and retaining walls. Note: Renovation of Deedie's House itself is included in the 'Base Bid"): ruirJdy me rite- ~+U&SD r~l*re3y 'FLUC) &d Fbdy C& . Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "BID ALTERNATE NO. 2" $ 3q 2 .m Total amount of bid in words for "BASE BID, BID ALTERNATE 1, AND BID ALTERNATE 2": ~~N\;\\iDo~r~Nuretyaue~€\6KP~uuD.tjD~rtyh)~adseu~~c, Total amount of bid in numbers for "BASE BID, BID ALTERNATE 1, AND BID ALTERNATE 2": $ %.,M 1:049 .07 /" The basis of award will be the sum of the "BASE BID, BID ALTERNATE No. 1, AND BID ALTERNATE No. 2" Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. Addendum(a) No@). L,2 *3 hadhave bean received and islare included in this proposal. The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the Ci will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. of Carlsbad. the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury. that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number S -3\ -2002 , and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an classification A,B,CB,c27. &6, Hu which expires on I 65381 affidavit. A bid submitted to the Ci by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and ofessions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the Ci § 7028.15(e). In all to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II k Page - 18 - .. -. . ... . '. ' " contractor shall be propertv licensed. PuMk Contnd Code 0 20104. The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows 1. nat no Council member, officer agent, or employee of tha City of Carisbad is directly or indirectly, in this Contract. or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that or in writing, of the Cii Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted Contract, excepting only those wntained in thii form of Contract and the papers terms; and work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. 2. That this bid is made without connection with any psrson, firm. or corporation making a bid for the m~m~ J" Accompanying this proposal is hsD Cashiefs Check) for ten percent (10%) of the arhount bid. (Cash. Certified Check, Bond or The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of sedion 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for worlcers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in '> accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such prwisiins before commencing the performance of the work of thii Contractand continue to comply until the contract is complete. i The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1. Article 2, relative to the . . general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted (2, gnature (given and surname) of proprietor (3) Place of Business \ - 1.. .. . (Stmet and Number) City and State (4) Zip Code Telephone No. IF A PARTNERSHIP. SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted 1 z~2 RECEIVED 3 ",... -~ ,~ cnar Iconst ', _> L..,n... -- (2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made &'e general ,- , , .,. I i- .. partner) .j . I . , ,- .. , . .I :. (3) Place of Business (Street and Number) Ciand State (4) &P code Telephone No. IF A CORPORATION. SIGN HERE: Revised 9/11/00 contract NO. 34561-2 carrflo Ranch II k NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECWION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED List bdow names of president. vice president, secretaly and assistant mry, if a corporation; if a partnership. list names of ai general partners, and managing partners: , '7'' . .. I rr State of California Place Notary Seal Above mersonally known to me the ha-actory to be the person@ whose name@ isle subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/- executed the same in hislbedtbeir authorized capacity(wj, and that by hislherlther signature(&on the instrument the person(+or the entity upon behalf of which the person@+ acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying On the document and could prevent fraudulent removai and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached ocument Title or Type of Document: %Id onLq rCF.hrt ~a JaI-3 GI,U~ hhL4 A 2 Document Date: f+ Number of Pages: 20 Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: . Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer C Individual Signer's Name: U Corporate Officer - Title(s): U Partner - 0 Limited L! General 0 Attorney in Fact U Trustee L Guardian or Conservator 0 Other: "UTES OF A SPECIAL MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF T.B. PENICK & SONS, INC. A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION A Special Meeting of the Board of Directors of T. B. PENICK & SONS, INC., was held at the Corporate Offices, San Diego, California, on May 24,2001 for the limited purpose of naming persons authorized to sign bid submittals on behalf or the corporation. The following directors were present: WAYNE R. MYERS, MARC E. PENICK , TIMOTHY J. PENICK WHEREAS, Fernando Idiaquez has been appointed as Project Manager of Pre-construction Services and as Senior Estimator, and WHEREAS, it is desirable to facilitate timely submission of bids reviewed and approved by Marc E. Penick, NOW, THEREFORE, be it RESOLVED that Fernando Idiaquez is hereby authorized to sign bid documents and conduct related activities on behalf of T. B. Penick & Sons, Inc. Upon motion duly made and seconded and unanimously carried the resolution was APPROVED. There being no further business to come before the Directors, the meeting was adjourned. NOTICE OF MEETING WAIVED AND MINUTES APPROVED- ,- JAN 2002 '1 8. RECEIVED : Engr./Const ; 13 _- UNIFORM STATUTORY FORM POWER OF ATTORNEY (California Probate Code § 4401) NOTICE: THE POWERS GRANTED BY THIS DOCUMENT ARE BROAD AND SWEEPING. THEY ARE EXPLAINED IN THE UNIFORM STATUTORY FORM POWER OF ATTORNEY ACT I, Marc E. Penick. CEO of T. B. Penick &Sons. Inc. , appoint Fernando Idiaauez as my (CALIFORNIA PROBATE CODE SECTIONS 4400-4465). agent (attorney-in-fact) to act for me in any lawful way with respect to the following subject: s: To bind T. B. Penick & Sons, Inc. to submitted bids for Construction Work SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY AND WILL CONTINUE UNTIL IT IS REVOKED. This power of attorney is effective for signing and submitting bid documents on behalf of T. B. Penick & Sons, Inc., a California Corporation, California Contractor’s License # 185381. I agree that any third party who receives a copy ofthis document may act under it. Revocation ofthe power of attorney is not effective as to a third party until the third party has actual knowledge ofthe revocation. I agree to indemnify the third party for any claims that arise against the third party because ofreliance on this power of attorney. - T. B. Penick & Son- SocialSecurity Number 568-92-1535 CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF SAN DIEGO On this day of m~y Penick. CEO, personally known to me acknowledged that he executed it. ~ 200 1 before me, Margie Stroud, personally appeared Marc E. to be the this instrument, and 7 BY ACCEPTING OR ACTING UNDER THE APPOINTMENT, THE AGENT ASSUMES THE FIDUCIARY AND OTHER LEGAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF AN AGENT. GVagal Matlm\Cther LegalWowerofAItmey Form-Fernando Idiaqucl J-24dl.d~ . I, the undersigned, Secretary of T.B. PENICK & SONS, INC., a California corporation, hereby certify that the attached is a full, true and correct copy of the resolution adopted by the written consent of the Board of Directors of said Corporation on the 24th day of May 200 1. I further certify that said resolution is still in force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as such Secretary and 27, 2001. .- affixed the corporate seal of the Corporation this Twenty Eighth day of December (CORPORATE SEAL) _._* ". _:.: ~',. ,~~.~~~~~~""~~~~~~.~.~.-.--,. . . Carrillo Ranch Phage II . .# , , q* t . . .. . ,,.. .,.?*?! ".j '. .. ~ .. i ~ ,: ,. . . (NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.) r Accompanying this proposal is a 'Certified %ashers check payable to the order of CITY the sum of dh *@d. this amount beina ten mrcent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The of thii check shall become the property of &e Ci provided this proposal shall be accepted by the Ci through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and furnish the time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigned. The proceeds of this check shall also required Performance. Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage within the stipulated become the property of the Ci if the undersigned shall withdraw his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless othemisa required by law, and notwiistanding the award of the contract to another bidder. Revised 9/11/00 Conbad No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase I1 k paae- 21 .. .... ... - .- ... ., 1 BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL Catrlllo Rsnch Phase 4 CONTRACT NO. 34561-2 4 ''1 . ,~ < ', ," KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, Sum am hold rnU firmly bound unto least ten percent (10%) of the bid arno for wklch payment, well and truly made. we bind ourrelves, our helm mtstmtors. 9uccesso1a or assigns, JoMly and sewrally. firmly by these pments. THE CONDITION OF WE FOREGOING OBUGATlON IS SUCH that if the proposal of the abovebounden Principal for T.B. PmCK & SONS, INC. XL SPECIALTY CARRlUO RANCH PHASE II CONTRACT NO. 34661 -2 (BID DATE: 12-28-01) Contract including required bonds and insurance polii within twenty (20) days from the date of award of in the City of Carkbad, is acroptad by tlw City Council, and if the PrIndpal shall duly enter Into and eaecute a Contract by tho Ci Counc4l of the City of Cadsbad. king duly notM of said ward. then this obligation shall become null and void otherwise. il shall be and remain in full force and effect, and tho amount specMed henln shall be forfeited to me said City. In ¶ha event prlndpal executed this bond as an Individual. It is agreed that the death of Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from Its obligations under this bond. - Execubdby PRlNCiPALthk 28th day of DECEMBER ,200l. 1990 NORTE CALIFORNIA BLVD.. STB. 740 (address of Surety) wm CREEK. CA 94598 (print name here) (rianature of P (tme and organization of sigptatory) VALHRIE M. PEARCE (printed name of Attomey-Ir+Fact) (Proper notarial acknowkdgrnent of execution by PRINCIPAL and SURER must be (Prssldent or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sbn for corporetkns. If one of&er signs, th. corporation must attach a resolution certifial8y the secn3tary or msm;mnl I 6euwtary under corporate seal empowering that Ommr to Mnd the corporetion.) WPROVED AS TO FORM: ROW R. BALL CQ Anomcy ” 23 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT .. personally known' to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personw whose namew ish subscribed to the within instrument and ac- knowledged to me that hc&beMey executed the same in hls/befttt;sh. authorized . capacitym); and. that by his/- signature(pj on the instrument the or the 8ntjty upon behalf of personb acted, executed the instrument. WI-S my hand and official seal. NUMBER OF PAGES . SIGN& IS AEPAES!WWG: ~~C-~~~oR~~ SIGNEA(S) OTHER THAN NWEO ABOVE ""__ CALIFORNIA ALLPURPOSE ACKlqOWLEDgiMENT NO. SBO? " State of california County of San Diego On 12-28-01 before me, America San Martin, Notary Public DATE NbME. TInE OF OFnCER -E.% 'JANE DOE, NOTARY PUBLIC personally appeared VALERIE M. PEARCE NAME(S)& SIQNENS) personally known to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactotyevidence to be the person(x) whose name@) is/Jim , subscribed to the within instrument and ac- knowledged to me that-sheiktiiq'executed the same .in Stis/herkh+ authorized capacity(irtIs), and that byxk&/herStx?3 signature(x) on the instrument the person@), or the entity upon behalf of which the person@) acted, executed the instrument. P MFORNN WITNES~~V hand and ffaclal seal. ,, /: . SIGNATURE OF NOTARY rY ,/ OPTIONAL Though the data below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent reattachment of lhis form. CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER- .. DESCRIPTION OF ATTACHED DOCUMENT 0 INDIVIDUAL 0 CORPORATE OFFICER TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT -(SI 0 PARTNER(S) 0 LIMITED 0 GENFRAL 0 A~~ORNEY-IN-FACT 0 GUARDIANCONSERVATOR 0 TRUSTEE@) c] OTHER: NUMBER OF PAGES DATE OF DOCUMENT SIGNER IS REPRESENTING: NAMEOFPERSON(S)OR ENTWIES) SIGNER(S) OTHER THAN NAMED ABOVE 01993 NATIONAL NOTARY ASSOCIATION 0236 Rernrnet Ave., P.O. Box 7164 * Canoga Park CA 91309.7184 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the XL SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing by virtue of the laws Of the State of Illinois ("Company' or "Corporation"), does hereby nominate. consffute and appoint: Jack T. Wmwck, Bart B. Stewart JsroldD. Hail, ValerieM. ham, Letiia San Mdn. Lamnce F. McMahOn. ils im and ladul AMmy(s)-in-fact to make, execute, attest, seal and deliver for and on its behaif. as surety. and as its act and deed, where required. any and all bonds, undertakings, rewgnuances and wrmen obligations in the nature thereof. the penal sum of no one ofwhich is in any event to exceed tUnllrnlUd.W. such bonds and undertakings. when duly executed by the aforesaid Attomy(s)-in-fact shall be binding upon the said Company as fully and to h same extent a8 il such bonds and undertakings were signed by the President and Secretary of the Company and sealed with ips mrporfie seal. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following ReSDlution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Cowany on the 5Ih day of December. 1988: "RESOLVED, That the President, or any Via President of the Company or any person designed by any one ofthem is hereby authorized to exewte Pmven suretyship. and that MY Seuetaly orany Assistant aaetary of the Company be, and mat each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest the execution of of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to exccute in behalf of the Company, bonds undertakings and a11 contacts of any Such Power of AMmey. and to attach thereto the Seal of the Company. FURTHER RESOLVED, That me signature of such officers and the Seal ofthe Company may be amxed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certifite relating thereto by facsimile. and any such Power of Attorney or cetiicate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be thereafter valid and binding upon ihe Company wlh respect to any bond. undertaking or wntrad of suretyship to which it is attached.' Directors of the Company on August 7,1997. Bonds executed under this Power of Attorney may be execuled under facsimile signature and seal pursuant to the following Resolution adopted by the Board of I "RESOLVED, That me signature of Stanley A. Galanski, as President of this Corporation, and the seal of this Corporation may beamed or printed on any and a11 bonds. undertakings. recognizances. or other wrmen obligations thereof, on any revocation of any Power of Attorney, or on any certificate relatmg mereto. by facsimile. and any Power of Anorney, any revocation of any Power of Attorney, bonds, Cmdeqakings. recognizances. celtlficate or other written ObAgalIon, bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile Seal shall be valid and binding upon the brporation.' IN WITNESS WHEREOF. the XL SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused its corporate sed to be heremo amxed, and mese presents to be signed by its duly authorized offan this February 16th. 2001. Xk SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY I - BY: J PRESiDENT Attest: STATE OF ILLlNOiS COUNTY OF COOK On this 16th day of February, 2001. before me prsonally came Stanley A. Galanski to me known. who, being duly sworn, did depose and say: that he is President Of the Corporation described in and which executed the above instrument: that he knows the seal of said Corporation: that the seal amxed lo the aforesaid instrument is such corporate seal and was affixed thereto by order and authority of the Board of Dlrecton of wid Company; and that he executed the said instrument by like order a SECRETARY u -Tun -. IILIC W uy(xI m-s1mYD COUNTY OF COOK STATE OF ILLINOIS I, Ben M. Llaneta. Secretary ofthe XL SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation of the State of Illinois, do hereby celtity that the above and forgoing is a full. true and Coned copy of Power of Attorney issued by said Company. and that i have compared same with the original and that it is a correct transcript therefrom and of the whole of the origRlal and that the said P#er of Attorney is stili in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF. I have hereunto set my hand and armed the seal of said Company, at the City of Schaumburg. this 28tdry of DECmm 2001. SECRETARY I ,- \Is Pwer of Anorney may not be used lo e%x~cule my bond wllh an lnuptlon date after F9bNU.W 16,2005 ." GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS" AND "DESIGNATION OF OWNER OPERATORLESSOR AND AMOUNT OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR WORK" FORMS REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following Subcontractor and Owner Operator/Lessor disclosure forms Bidders are urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the SSPWC and of the Supplemental Provisions to this Contract especially, "Bid", "Bidder", "Contract", "Contractor", "Contract Price", "Contract Unit Price", "Engineer", "Subcontractor" and "Work'' and the definitions in section 1-2 of the Supplemental Provisions especially "Own Organization" and "Owner Opera- tor/Lessor." Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the SSPWC and section 2-3.1 of these Supplemental Provisions. CAUTIONS These forms will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or owner operatorllessors or otherwise to be performed by forces other than the Bidder's own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the "Contractor's Proposal" are not included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder. - INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every subcontractor or Owner OperatorRessor who the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the work or improvement, and every subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lessor install any portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans licensed as a contractor by the State of California who the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of and specifications in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer. Bidder shall use separate disclosure forms for each Subcontractor or Owner Operafor/Lessor of forms must be attached if required to accommodate the Contractor's decision to use more than one manpower and equipment that it proposes to use to complete the Work. Additional copies of the These forms must be submitted as a part of the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and Subcontractor or Owner Operatodlessor. All items of information must be completely filled out. correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Neither the amount, in dollars, of work performed by the Bidder's own forces (as Contractor) nor the Bidder's overhead and profit for subcontracted items of the work is included to compute the percentage of the work performed by Subcontractors or Owner Operatorsllessors. When the Bidder proposes that any bid item will installed by a Subcontractor or Owner OperatorlLessor the amount, in dollars, of the bid item installed by each Subcontractor or Owner Operator/ Lessor must be entered under the columns "Amount of Subcontracted Bid Item Including Subcontractor's Overhead & Profit" or " Amount of Owner Operator/Lessor Bid Item Including Owner Operator/Lessor's Overhead & Profit " unless the dollar amount of all work performed by any total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. If a Subcontractor or Owner OperatodLessor installs or constructs any portion of a bid item the entire amount of the Contract Unit Subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lessor installs to compute the amount of work so installed. Price, less the Bidder's overhead and profit, shall be multiplied by the Quantity of the bid item that the Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 24 " Subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lessor is less than one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's 1c - Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of shall be assigned to the Contractor, the Subcontractor, or the Owner OperatorRessor, as the case materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans, may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lessor installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lessor installing said item. The item number from the "CONTRACTORS PROPOSAL" (Bid Sheets) shall be entered in the "Bid Item No." column. When a Subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lessor has a Carlsbad business license the number must be entered on the form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license enter "NONE in the appropriate space. Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated. than 100 percent of a bid item the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the designation of When the Bidder proposes using a subcontractor or owner operator/Lessor to construct or install less subcontractor or designation of Owner OperatodLessor forms as applicable. The explanation sheet shall be provided by the Contractor to clearly apprise the Agency of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces. - Determination of the subcontract and Owner Operator/Lessor amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall determined by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the Supplemental Provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase I1 1c Page - 25 . .. . .- ., . .:, . . *_ Jy' zco2 .. DESIGNATION AMOUNT OF SU .$:, , . .. . .,,$ , ',>! ,, ," The Bidder certifies that it has used the subbd of the following listed subcontractor i designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of. the s kations and section 4100 bid for the Work and that the liited subcontractor will be used to perform the portions et seq. of the Public Contracts Code -Subletting and Subcontracting $" air Practices Act' The Ski& further certities that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-hatf of one percent (0.5%) of the Bier's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($lO,ooO) whichever is greater and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. 'Subcontractor's Telephone Number including Area Code: I @ fi *4 - 4-t 2-5 'Subcontractor's California State Contractors License No. and Classification: 79 047 f' ,-I 1 Subcontractor's Carlsbad Business License No.: .- SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEW Ovetlmd a Profit In ExDlanatioq: Column 1 - Bid ltem No. from the bd proposal. pages - through -, mdusiue. Column 2 - The dobar amount of the Rem to be performed by the Subconbador. Column 4 - The dolar amount of the Conbactot's overhead and pmff for work done by bom the Conbedoh and am Column 3 -The dolar amount of the #em to be performed by Conbadoh own forces. Subconbactor's brces on the Irwn. Total dolar amount of Columns 2.3. and 4 must be equal to the dolar munt h tho bd prla, of the kern on bid pmpoad pages- through _, mdusiue.Page of pages of this Subcontractor Designation form . ,.; . .-..> ;, , 4 WL/kE;.I\ i DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRAC AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S B 7 .. ,. ', {;. '.\ 1-... .,, '~' The Bidder cat@& that it has used the subbid of the following listed subioritiactor in designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the s et seq. of the Public Contracts Code .Subletting and Subcontracting $"m"" air Pmctices Act." The Eklder bns and section 4100 further certifies that no addiional subcontractor will be allowed to pedorm any portion of the Work in whichever is greater and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($lO.OOO) the prior approval of the Agency. ~, .. ,<., , bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractor will be used to pexfonn the 'Subcontractor's Telephone Number including Area Code: I b 1 q 1 466 - I 'Subcontractor's California State Contractors License No. and Classification: 7 4 3 5 4 2" 3 6 'Subcontractor's Carlsbad Business License No.: ," SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS. Bid Item Including ExDIanstlon: Cobmn 1 - Bi ltem No. Imm the bd proposal, pages - through - hCllldMI. Cobmn 2 -The doh amount of the item to k, performed by the Subcontractor. Column 3 -The doh mnt of the item to be performed by Contractof$ own fom. Column 4 - The dobr amount of the ConIracbWs overhead and proR for work done by both the ConbacbMs snd lJm Total dobr amount of Columns 2.3. and 4 must be equal to the dc&6 amwnt h the bid prim of me Bm on bid pmpo@; :, ~;,;>,, Subcontractoh forces on the lem. pages - through _, hclusius.Page of pages of this Subcontractor Designation form.' '. ' ,.,,t :,7\. , ' .- DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractor in designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractor will be used further certifies that no addSonal subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work m et seq. of the Public Contracts Code Subletting and Subcontra whichever is greater and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($lO,OOO) the Drior amroval of the Aaencv. *Subcontractor's Telephone Number including Area Code: I 6 Iq 1 40 - (0 - 14 w) 'Subcontractor's California State Contractors License No. and Classification: 74 3 542- c-3 6 *Subcontractor's Carlsbad Business License No.: I SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS" Bid Item Including item Performed by Contractor Excluding - SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS" Bid Amountofsubcontncted Amount of Work In Bid Amount of conbrctor'r No. Subcontractofs Owtimad Contractor Excluding Bid Item Bid Item Including item Performed by Overhc@d&Ptatit In Ex lanetlo Column 1 id ttem No. from the bd proposal. pages - through _, hchIsk. Column 2 - The doh amount of the item to be Derlormed bv the Subcontractor. DESIGNATION .. , -. OF SUBCONTRACTOR AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID The Bidder certifies that it has used the suttbid of the following listed subcontractor i bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractor will be used to perform the portians designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the s ifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code *Subletting and Subcontracting $" air Practices Act' The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of onehalf of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten thousand donars (Sl0,OoO) whichever is greater and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. 'Subcontractoh Telephone Number including Area Code: I 1 &DL, - \q 'Subcontractor's California State Contractors License No. and Classification: 3542- 13-36 *Subcontractor's Carlsbad Business License No.: 7 SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID IT- Bid Item Including Column 3 - me dobr amount of the item to be bi. conimcws own ~brcas. Cohunn 4 - The dobr amount of the ConWs oVemwd and pmR for work done by both the Conbador's and Um To~dobr~untofC~s2,3,~4~~~~~~e~~~~the~~p~~~~~~~ Subconbador's forcea on the Irrm. pages-through - hasius.Page of pages of this Subcontractor Designation form DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID P The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractor in designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the 0 ifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts code "Subletting and Subcontracting $c air Practices Act." The Biddw excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($lO.OOO) further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Worlc in whichever is greater and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractor will be used to perform the . Full Company Name of Subcontractor: bda %UdbQuC, mc- . Subcontractor's Location of Business - ,23?0 k&T .k+% l?&, 5-t: adt&dreaa 'Subcontractor's Telephone Number including Area Code: I &l? 1 &lo - 19 'Subcontractor's California State Contractors License No. and Clasification: 74 3-z c. 36 Subcontractor's Carlsbad Business License No.: ,- SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID IIEW Bid Item Including Item Performed by Contractor Excluding Column 1 - Bid Item No. fmm the bd proposal. pages - through - mchsiue. ExDlanatlon: Column 2 -The dok amount of the item to be petformed by the Subconb-ador. column 3 -me dolar amount of the item to be performed by Conmctots own forces. Column 4 - The dok amount of the Contiacbts ovwhead and pro. for work done by both the Conbadoh and the Subcon~~s forces on the #em. Total doh amount of Cobmns 2.3. and 4 must be equal to the doh amount m me bd pb of the h on bid propod mea - through _. m&aiw.Page of pages of this Subcontractor Designation form DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID I The Bidder certifies that it has used the subbid of the following I bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractor will be used to designated in the list in actordance with applicable provisions of, et seq. of the Public Contracts Code .Subletting and Subcontracting furttrer certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the w& in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($lO.OOO) the prior approval of the Agency. whichever is greater and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon Full Company Name of Subcontractor: Subcontractor's Location of Bud ;t=-l rA\RM> CrV *Subcontractor's Telephone Number including Area Code: I bfl 1 &/n - - 19 $?,to *Subcontractor's California State Contractors License No. and Classification: 79 c ,3L Subcontractor's Carlsbad Business License No.: r- SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS' Bid Amount of Subcontnacted Amount of Work In Bid Amount of contrcctofs No. Subcontnctor's Overhead Contractor Excluding Bid Item Bid Item Including Item Perfonned by OMWd & Profit In & Profit Overhead & Profit Exnlanatlon: Column 1 - Bid Rem No. fmm the bid praposal. pages __ thmugh _, indusiue. Column 2 - The dolar amount of the #em to be peformsd by the Subambactor. Column 3 - The dolar amount of the item to be pefomed by Conbadoh own foraa. Column 4 - The dokr amount of me Contradots oVemead and pmtX for work done by both the ConWactots and #IO To~dolarsrountofCo~mns2.3,and4mustbesqualtothedolaramountin~~bapr[coof(hahmonMd~ Suboonbadofs forced on me hn. lages _. thmugh _, hcctsius.Page - of - pages of this Subcontractor Designation form \evised 911 1/00 Conbad No. 34561-2 canillo Ranch phast, II .IC DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR WELKER PLUMBING Contractors license & Classification C-36 # 793542 Bid Item # 59 Hacienda Restoration: The plumber shall provide all plumbing at the Cabana for underground waste, potable water, venting and plumbing fixtures as shown. The work shall also include new tie ins at the Hacienda etc. Bid Item # 6 1 Visitors Center: The plumber will provide new underground waste, potable water and fixtures as shown at the garage. This work will include the relocation of an existing water heater and tie ins to the new waste system. Bid Item # 64 Caretaker's Cottage: The plumber will tie the new Cottage - into the new underground waste and potable water system. Bid Item # 84 Drinking Fountains: The plumber will install all drinking fountains if Alternate # 1 is awarded. The work will include tie ins to the new waste and potable water systems. /" .. .. . , -< :. ($ .;'".. ,. . ., ' , _, \.i ' ..', "8 ., :,,- 4 .,. .. A, , ... ', " ,\, i, , .., . .. . .. i ,. JRN 2002 '.,\ i - Engr./h RECEIVRESI ,# NATION OF SUBCONT ,. 0 T OF SUBCON . .. .,: , ,.. ,' , , ~ .~. . . "L , , I ~ ~. ." ... --- The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid bid for the Work and that the liied subcontractor w designated in the lii in aceordance with applicabla et seq. of the Public Contracts Code ?3 further certifies that no addiional subcontractor excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of whichever is greater and that no changes in the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: ZD,WU I4 C? - Subcontractor's Location of Business-CtW slr&Addmsa 5-4 "3% TA, 9m& clv 4, 'Subcontractor's Telephone Number including Area Code: 1 '233 - a 'Subcontractor's California State Contractors License No. and Classification: "kk 2554 'Subcontractor's Carlsbad Business License No.: Exnlanatlon: Cohmn 1 - Bid ltem No. fmm the bd pmposal. pages -through - hdusiva. Cohmn 2 -The dobr munt of the #em to be performed by the Subconbador. Cohmn 4 - The dolar amount of the ConWactots oHnheSd and ploR for wodc done by both the Conbador's md Um Cohmn 3 -The dolar mnt of the item to be parlbrmed by Conbadoh own forces. Total dotar amount of Cohmns 2.3, and 4 must be eqqual to the dolar amount h the bid pdca of m0 Icm on bid pmporrl Subconbadofs fones on the item. qes-through -, hciusiw.Page of pages of this Subcontractor Designation form " .. .... .. .. . ,, The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the followin designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions bid for the Work and that the lii subcontractor will be used to et seq. of the Public Contracts Code .Subletting and Subco further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed ex- of onehalf of one penent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($lO,OOO) whichever is greater and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: L .L '30 ~Llzs 'Subcontractor's Telephone Number including Area Code: I&\? 1 - b5-7 'Subcontractor's California State Contractors License No. and Classification: '27 @I c -35 'Subcontractor's Carlsbad Business License No.: - SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEW Exolanatlon: Column 1 - Ed llem NO. Rom tho bid proposal, pages - through _, mdusiue. Column 2 - The dolor amount of the item to be DeC(0rmed bv the Subcontractor. COlrmn3 -The doIur amount of the item to be hrfned b$ Conbadoh own forces. Column 4 - The dolar amount of ths ConWdcWs oMmead and plOlll for work done by both the Contraclots and Um Subcontractor's forcss on the Iwn. To~do~~untof~~s2,3,~d4~~~~~~thedo~~untnthebidp~~~~~~~ mgss __ thmugh -. mdusk.Page of pages of this Subcontractor Designation form " 20 ,. . ,.. . DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR LL ROGERS Contractors license & Classification C-36 # 278189 Bid Item # 23 Retaining Walls: The plastering contractor will provide all plaster at the retaining walls including the concrete retaining wall. Bid Item # 83 Free Standing Walls: The plastering contractor shall plaster all free standing walls as shown on plans w. m m m 1 T T T T The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontrack&,in preparin $3 bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractor will be used to perform the portionsaf-thethl rtC as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and sectiin 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: whek_ .=E=AU& c, ,.' 6":: Subcontractor's Location of Business ub 76 kk\\ ,"*z . Streat Address E 1 *Subcontractor's Telephone Number including Area Code: I 909 1 279 - 4245 *Subcontractor's California State Contractors License No. and Classification: 5Cx357.2 "Subcontractor's Carlsbad Business License No.: SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS* r c C C s 7 P ixdanation: :olumn 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages - through _, inclusive. :ohrmn 2 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the Subcontractor. :olumn 3 -The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forcas. :olumn 4 - The dollar amount of the Contractor's overhead and prom for wok done by both the Contractor's and the iubconirdctor's forces on the item. 'otal dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid price of the item on bid proposal lages - through _, inclusive.Page of pages of this Subcontractor Designation form * Pursuant to pection 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Ccde. rsceipt I# the pmlimr d Me informntim p&sdsd by UL SraQk required on this document may be submind by the Bidder up to 24 hours after tb dsadllne for submining bas mntainad in the 'NcUce IMing Bus: Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II - Page - 26 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR MARK SAUER CONSTRUCTION Contractors license & Classification B # 500572 Bid Item # 59 Hacienda Restoration: The renovation contractor will patch plaster as shown including grout at adobe brick joints with plaster including all painting. Bid Item # 60 Wash House: The renovation contractor will reconstruct all work associated with the existing arch Bid Item # 6 1 Visitors Center: The renovation contractor will seismic stabilize & repair adobe & stone, patch & plaster adobe walls, salvage clay tiles, remove overgrown vegetation, prep & paint doors and windows, restore brick floor, and provide demolition as shown on plans. Bid Item # 62 Deedies House: The renovation contractor shall restore all exterior plaster including artwork. Also provide new interior mud plaster & whitewash. Remove vegetation, clean roof, prep & paint doors and windows, repair exterior adobe including shoring & bracing stitch & resin anchors plaster & paint. Adobe crack injection. Restore and replace canales, restore peeled log. Provide wood consolidant and replace rafters. Secure windows, and drill vent holes at base of plaster. - ,- OF SUBCONT ,:. -- .. ... The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bd of the following listed subcontndor bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractor will be used to perform the portions et seq. of the Public Conbacta Code Yiubletting and Subcontracbing air Practices Act' The Bk&r designated in the llst in accordance with applicable provisions of the s om and section 4100 further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in whichever is greater and that no changes in the subcontracton listed work will be made except upon excess of one-hatf of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($lO,ooO) the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: EL4c+* bG&& Subcontractor's Location of Business Po Eo% 1\90 v - Slmt Addm RAW" w 92oG?cj citv sfate zp 'Subcontractor's Telephone Number including Area Code: 760 1 7 - 0674 'Subcontractor's California State Contractors License No. and Classification: 7535m - c"3 9 *Subcontractor's Carlsbad Business License No.: 7 SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS. ExDlanstion: Cohrnn 1 - Bid Item No. horn the bd proposal. pages -through -, mchsiua. Column 3 - me dobar amount of the item to be perlbrmed by Conbadoh own forcea. Cohrnn 2 - me dotar amunt of the item to be performed by the Subcontracior. Subconbactofs forcss on the ilsm Colrrnn 4 - me doh amount of the Contfactots owhead and prom for woh done by both the Conmdots md UIO To*lldotar~aruntofCohmns2.3,cmd4mustbeequaltothedo~amountmthebdplk,of~hmonMd~ aagw - through _, h&rsira.Page of pages of this Subcontractor Designation form ,,, .- ~ . .... ,.x- ,,j 1_. . , ., , . ri ,,: ,, ,,., ~ .':c-... r DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR RANCHO ROOF Contractors license & Classification C-39 # 753589 Bid Item # 63 Barn: The roofer will provide a temporary roof using rolled roofing Bid Item # 64 Caretaker’s Cottage: The roofer will provide a dimensional asphalt shingle roof after the caretaker’s house has been set. Penick will attempt to have this work done by the manufacture if available. + \_ The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractor will be used to designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the s ifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting $"- a1r Practtces Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($lO,OOO) whichever is greater and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. Full Company Name of Subcontractor: V", CoL-5 Subcontractor's Location of Business 7933 StIv-L AuS * 712 Sbaet Addma 5- =E..Go CA.. @-t2126 CW state zp 'Subcontractor's Telephone Number including Area Code: I St9 ) 57 8 - '% sG 'Subcontractor's California State Contractors License No. and Classification: 'Subcontractor's Carlsbad Business License No.: r SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEW Exolanatlon: Column 1 - Bid Rem No. from the bid proposal. pages - through - hdustue. Column 2 -The dohamount ofthe item to be performed by the Subcontractor. Column 3 -The doh amount of the to be perlormed by Contradots own forces. Column 4 - The dolar amount of the Contradw's overhead and proff for work done by both the Contractor's and the Subcontracto~'~ forces on the item. Total doh amount of Columns 2,3, and 4 must be equal to the doh amount h the bid price of me item on bid pmposd pages - through -. industue.Page of pages of this Subcontractor Designation form L . - _- DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR Primary Colors Contractors license & Classification C-33 # 790263 Bid Item # 62 Deedies House: The painter shall prep & paint varnish all interior and exterior doors & windows. This work includes painting the exterior following the plaster restoration. .. , , The .&der certifies that it has used the sub-bd of the'fdl L ing listed Owner Oh essqr. in prepan'hg this bid for the Work and that the listed Owner Op&ator/Lesw will be used b&h portions of the Work as designated in the lid in accordance with applicable provisions3 the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifieg that no additional Owner Operatorhssor will be the Bidder's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10.000) whichever is greater and that no changes in allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of more than orehalf of one percent (0.5%) of the Owner Operatorllesson listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. \ 'C Full Owner Operatorllessor Name: *\L 1 Owner Operatorllessor Location of Business StYeaAddrsrr Ctv state 21, *Owner OperatorRessor Telephone Number including Area code: J 1 - 'Owner Operatorllessor Ci of Carlsbad Business License No.: OWNER OPERATORLESSOR WORK ITEMS Bid Item Contractor Excluding Including Owner No. Ovehead&PmRt InBid Amount ofconhcto~s Item Performed by OpentorLe&sorBid Item Item - Amount of Work In Bid Amount of Owmr OQe~or'r Overhead 8 Profit Overhead&Ptofft t t e t e - 5 s t s s t s s s s 8 0 s t - s s s t ~ ~~ ~dltemNo.fromthebidproposal,pages-through.~~. Column2-ThedolaramountoftheitemtobePerfionnedby~OrmerOperetor/Lessor. Cohmn 3 -The dolar munt of the item to be Perfionned by Conbadoh orm forces. Column 4 - The doh amount of the Contradots oVemead and pmff for work done by both the Conbactots and the omw# Total do& amount of Columns 2.3, and 4 must be equal to the doh amount h the bid price of the item on bid pmpooal Operatorllessots forceg on the item. pages - thmugh - hclush. Page of pages of this Owner Operatorllessor form \: j,,. Copies of *'latest Annual Report. audited financial statements or Balance Sheets under separate cover marked CONFIDENTIAL. - - " 28 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 'SITE CONCRETE Monday, November 26,2001 ~PENICK SONS.Inlc. I CONCRETE SINCE 1905 RE: Prequalification of T.B. Penick & Sons, Inc. /Financial Statements Ladies and Gentlemen: In order to more accurately evaluate our firm, the following explanations are necessary regarding TB Penick & Sons, Inc. Financial Statements and Supplementary Information: INCOME STATEMENT The financial statement indicates a small net loss in FY 2001. The reason for this is that the proceeds were paid out to Marc and Tim Penick. Marc and Tim then loaned the net of tax proceeds back to the corporation in the form of subordinated debt. These amounts show up as long term debt on the balance sheet. If one refers to Note 3, Related Partv Transactions and Note 4, Lone Term Debt on pages 9 and IO in the Notes to Financial Statement, one can see the related party notes in the amount of $1,333,985. When analyzing the corporation's debt to equity ratio, one must remove the related party notes from the debt side and place them into the equity side of the ratio. This provides a more accurate picture of the corporation's financial - position. WORKING CAPITAL surrender value of officers' life insurance is considered a current asset due to the liquidity of the instruments. On the It is worthwhile to point out that Penick's surety and general accepted accounting practices agree that the cash balance sheet, the cash surrender value is shown below the current asset line. The cash values provide additional immediately available liquidity in the event that funds are needed from that source. please call me, or contact Marc Penick or Tim Penick here in our office at 858-558-1800. Please employ the above information in your financial analysis of our firm. If you have any questions in this regard, Thank you for your consideration of this information. Sincerely T.B. PENICK & SONS, INC. John T. Boyd Chief Financial Officer CONTwnOR'sLlCrNsr 9747 Olson Drive . Sa" Diego. CA 92121-2802 ' 858-558-1800 PHONE . 858-558-1881 FAX . www.tbpenick.com N"MBER181>81 I ..L r! . . . . . . . _._._"I_ .. i . ,. .. .. T.B. PENICK & SONS, INC. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2001 I Thomas L. O'Shaughnessy Certified Public Accountant .+- ., .~ I, .. .. . .. . .. . . . . . ... ., " . .... .. . . . -._ TABLE OF CONTENTS Independent Auditor's Report Financial Statements: Balance Sheet Statement of Income and Retained Statement of Cash Flows Notes to Financial Statements t Earnings 2 3 4-5 6-12 INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT The Stockholders T.B. Penick & Sons, Inc. Sons,.. Inc., as of June 30, 2001, and the related statements of I have audited the accompanying balance sheet of T.B. Penick & income and retained earnings, and of cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the on these financial statements based on my audit. Company's management. My responsibility is to express an opinion standards in the United States of America. Those standards require I conducted my audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing about whether the financial statements are free of material that I plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. I believe that my audit provides a reasonable basis for my opinion. fairly, in all materjal respects, the financial position of T.B. In my opinion, the financial statements referred to above present Penick & Sons, Inc., as of June 30, 2001, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. August 31, 2001 .. PO. Box 13 1 27, Spokane, WA 992 13 Phone 509.921.9000, Fax 509.928.1636 T.B. PENICK & SONS,'INC. BALANCE SHEET JUNE 30, 2001 r,: . ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS (Note 4) Cash and equivalents Contract receivables (including retentions unbilled receivables on closed jobs (Note. 2) Receivables from employees Notes receivable stockholders (Note 3) Prepaid expenses and deposits Costs and estimated earnings in excess of Deferred tax benefit (Note 5) of $2,656,326) billings on uncompleted contracts (Note 2) Total Current Assets PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Note 4) Vehicles Furniture and fixtures Leasehold improvements construction equipment Construction in progress Less accumulated depreciation OTHER ASSETS Deferred tax benefit (Note .5) Cash value of insurance (Note 6) $ 981,769 8,113,030 344,220 32,558 295,517 , I' 78,104 1,524,041 26.000 11,396,039 1,297,546 243,716 856,250 95,994 79,868 2,573,374 (1.529.234) 1; 044,140 957,166 31.000 988,166 $13,428.345 See Notes to Financial Statements , . ,-\ ' .i' ,i . .. . ... . . . .. . . . . . .. < L CURRENT LIABILITIES Debt due within one year (Note 4) Accounts payable (including retentions Estimated costs to complete closed jobs (Note 2) Accrued payroll and taxes payable Income taxes payable (Note 5) Billings in excess of costs and estimated $ 481,621 4,730,524 542,945 141,334 246,089 108,831 earnings on uncompleted contracts (Note 2) 1.618.776 Total Current Liabilities 7.870.120 of $1,635,282) . . Accrued expenses LONG-TERM DEBT (Notes 3 and 4) 3,000.011 - DEFERRED COMPENSATION (Note 6) 290,959 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 7) STOCKHOLDERS' EQ~~ITY .. Common stock - '$10 par value; authorized 4,500 shares at stated value 20,000 shares, issued and outstanding Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Total Stockholders' Equity 22,543 45,000 2.199.712 2,267.255 T.B. PENICK & SONS, INC. STATEMENT OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2001 Construction Revenue cost of Construction Revenue: Labor Materials Equipment and other Subcontractors Gross Prof it General and Administrative Expenses Income From Operations Other Income (Expense) : Interest income Interest expense (Note 3) Worker compensation dividend Gain sale of assets Other - net Income Before Income Taxes Income Taxes (Note 5) : Deferred Benefit Current Net (Loss) Retained Earnings atibeginning of Year Retained Earnings at End of Year $11,278,035 11,147,549 4,431,162 35,778,085 42.634.831 5,719,188 5.422.896 296,292 (189,739) 46,334 27,283 43,343 (2,935) (75.714) 220,578 231,500 (9,000) 222,500 (1,922) 2.201,634 $ 2.199.712 :a See Notes to Financial Statements- 3 .. T.B. PENICK h SONS, INC* STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2001 OPERATING ACTIVITIES Cash paid to subcontractors, Cash received from construction contracts suppliers and employees Interest paid Interest received Income taxes paid cash Flows From Operating Activities INVESTING ACTIVITIES Sales of property and equipment Payments for property and equipment Paid for cash value of insurance Cash Flows From Investing Activities FINANCING ACTIVITIES Loans from stockholders Loans to stockholders Repayments of loans from stockholders Loan proceeds Loan repayments Cash Flows From'Financing Activities INCREASE IN CASH AND~EQUIVALENTS CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR $47,832,882 (47,327,722) (189,739) 35,830 (169.197) 182,054 (337,324) 22,600 (104.563) (419,287) 519,000 (134,962) (398,500) (995.515) 1,478,549 468,572. 231,339 750,430 $ 981.769 (Continued) . J See Notes to Financial Statements 4 T.B. PENICK & SONS, INC. STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2001 RECONCILIATION OF CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net loss Depreciation Expenses paid with debt Gain sale of assets Deferred income tax Decrease in receivables Decrease in prepaid expenses and deposita Increase in costs and estimated earnings Increase in accrued interest receivable in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts Increase in accounts payable Decrease in accrued expenses Decrease in billings in excess of costs and Increase in accrued income taxes Incease in deferred compensation CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts SUMMARY OF NON CASH TRANSACTIONS Assets acquired 'for debt Assets acquired Qy trade Total assets acquired non-cash Assets sold for receivable Debt retired with debt Expenses paid with debt Assets acquired with debt Total debt assumed non-cash See Notes to Financial Statements 5 $ (1,922) (43,343) (9,000) 293,018 498 50,421 18,911 (10,504) (287,477) 594,727 (292,479) 60,564 (293,739) 102,379 $ 182,054 (Concluded) $ 166,250 15.000 $ 181,250 $ 22,900 $ 494,218 166,250 498 $ 660,966 .. T.B. PENICK & SONS, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Oruanization The Company is a California corporation, incorporated January 22, 1959. The Company is engaged in general Contracting and concrete subcontracting in all areas of public and private works including commercial and institutionalprojects, typically under a fixed-price contract agreement. Estimates and Assumptions 'In the course of preparing financial statements, management makes estimates which affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses. Estimates used in depreciable assets, costs-to-complete construction contracts, the accompanying financial statements include useful lives of may differ .from the estimates and the differences could be deferred compensation and deferred income taxes. Actual results material. Concentrations of Credit Risks At June 30, 2001, and throughout the period, the Company maintained deposits with financial institutions that were in excess of federal deposit insurance limits. Approximately $14,300,000 (30%) of contract revenues at June 30, 2001, were derived from contracts with various governmental agencies. Approximately $10,800,000 (22%) of contract revenues at June 30, 2W1, were derived from the two larger private customers. Financial Instruments Cash and equivalents consist of cash on hand and in banks, amounts due from banks and short term investments, generally with a maturity of three months or less. Accounts and notes receivable are due currently or, alternatively, bear an appropriate market rate of interest and accordingly, are carried at fair value. Debt instruments bear an appropriate market rate of interest and accordingly, are carried at fair value. ! .! 6 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (Continued) Revenues and Cost Recoanition The percentage-of-completion method of accounting for Under this method, income is recognized as the work on a construction contracts is used in the financial statements. percentage of estimated total income that costs incurred to date contract progresses. Generally, such income represents the bear to estimated total costs. When current estimates of total .in the financial statements for the entire estimated amount of contract costs indicate a loss on a contract, provision is made determined while the contracts are in progress and, therefore, . the loss. Since profits or losses under this method are before all items of revenues, costs, and expenses have been may include adjustments resulting from revised contract prices finalized, the profit or loss reported for a particular period and cost estimates. Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and certain indirect costs related to contract performance. The Company does not allocate all indirect costs to jobs. Owned equipment is charged to jobs at competitive rental rates. General and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred. Amounts earned on specific projects in excess of billings are are treated as’a current liability. treated as a current asset and billings in excess of earnings Prouertv and Eauloment. Property and equipment is carried at cost and is depreciated over the estimated useful lives by the straight-line method. ,Income Taxes Construction contracts are reported for tax purposes on the percentage completion method of accounting. Deferred income taxes are provided for the differences in timing in reportins income and expenses for financial statement and for federal and state income tax purposes using the asset and liability approach. + :. 7 .. . T.B. PENICK & SONS, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2. Contracts Contracts in progress at June 30, 2001 are as follows : Estimated earnings Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts $41,653,690 3.504.003 45,157,693 contracts 45.251.628 Less progress billings on uncompleted Net balance $ (93,935) The net balance is reflected in the accompanying balance sheet as follows: Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts $ 1,524,841 Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts dl. 618.776) $ (93,935) The changes in backlog are summarized as follows: Backlog at beginning of year $28,840,555 New contracts;+nd change orders on existing contracts 45.858.415 Total available work 74,698,970 Less construction revenue recognized 46,354,019 Backlog at end of year $26.344.951 estimated to complete closed jobs. Costs of construction revenue includes $542,945 Of Costs Constructipn revenue includes $344,220 of unbilled receivables on complet'ed jobs. 8 T.B. PENICK Si SONS, INC, NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 3. Related Party Transactions The Company has a 7% note receivable from a Stockholder of $131,651 plus accrued interest through June 30, 2001, of within the current year and accordingly has been Classified in $28,905. This note and the accrued interest are to be repaid the accompanying balance sheet as a current asset. The Company has advanced $134,961 to an entity owned by two of the stockholders. The advance is due to be repaid in one year with interest at 69. The Company leases its offices and yard from an entity owned by two of the stockholders under a long term lease agreement which expires in June 2002. The total expense for rents under this agreement amounted to $156,248 for the year ended June 30, 2001. The total remaining commitment under this lease ~rnounts to $244,092. The Company is performing work for a related entity under contracts totaling $527,767 and on which gross profit has been recognized of $06,861. The Company owes a total of $1,333,905 on notes payable to stockholders as described in Note 4 below. Interest paid on the notes payable to stockholders amounted to $77,155 during the year ended June 30, 2001. 4. Long-term Debt .. 1: Long-term debt consists of: with a bank is due in full on.November 29, Prime plus 1/2% operating line of credit 2002. (See further description below) Prime plus 3/4% note payable to a bank, November 2003. (See further description $13,889 monthly plus interest through below) Prime plus 3/4% note payable to a bank, interest only through November 2001, and then amorti5ed over 40 months plus interest. (See further description below) $ 1,000,000 396,995 270,549 (continued) 9 ., .. . "1 T.B. PENICK & SONS, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 4. Long-term Debt - (Continued) Prime plus 3/4% note payable to a bank, payable $4,167 monthly plus interest below) through May 2005. (See further description 7% and 7.5% notes (3) payable to stockholders, payable $9,078 monthly to August 2001, $16,616 monthly to August 2002, and then $22,866 monthly with individual notes fully subordinated to credit lines 1,333,985 8.35% to 8.88% installment purchase contracts monthly including interest through June 2002, (3) payable to finance companies, payable $9,044 then $8,126 monthly through October 2002, and then $1,477 monthly through February 2021, collateralized by vehicles and equipment 272,102 3,481,632 Less amounts due within one year 481,621 Long-term debt $ 3,000.011 The Company has an operating line of credit with a bank totaling The Company haska total credit line with the bank of $4,500,000 $3,000,000 of which $1,000,000 is outstanding at June 30, 2001. of which the above outstanding balances at June 30, 2001, total $1,875,544. The lines of credit axe collateralized by substantially all by the Company to the stockholders and by personal guarantees of assets, insurance coverage on assets, subordination of debt owed stockholders. Future maturities of long-term debt for years ending June 30, 2002 through 2006, are: 2002, $481,621; 2003, $1,480,305; 2004, $278,699; 2005, $222,491; 2006, $139,901 with $878,615 due thereafter:: 200.000 .. paid beginning in 2003, unsecured and 10 T.B. PENICK bt SONS, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 5. Income Taxes Taxable income differs from financial statement income as a result of differences in certain unallowable deductions for income tax reporting purposes. Deferred income tax benefit arises from the deferred compensation, accrued vacation and state income taxes which are not currently deductible for income tax purposes. The differences in allowable depreciation have been used to reduce the amount of the deferred tax benefit. 6. Employee Benefit Plans 401 (K) Plan The Company sponsors a 401W plan in which all employees over nineteen and having completed one month of service are eligible to participate. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their .compensation, subject to limitations. The Company may make made no contributions to this plan during the year ended June contributions which are set on an annual basis. The Company - 30, 2001. Monev Purchase Pension Plan The Company sponsors a defined contribution money purchase pension plan for qualifying field employees, based upon prevailing wage requirements of jobs performed for governmental entities. The Company contributions to this plan for the year ended June 30, 2001,,.,amounted to $111,479. Deferred ComDensation Plan The Company has a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for which specifies an amount to be paid in the event of death, certain key employees. Each employee has a separate agreement disability, termination or upon retirement. The agreements are basically unfunded at this time but the Company has purchased under agreements. The Company is recognizing the obligation in life insurance policies on the lives of the employees covered computed by an ipdependent actuarial service. accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as The current year expense and the accrued liability’ amounts to $102,379 and $290,959, respectively. ?’ .I .e .. T.B. PENICK & SONS, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 6. Employee Benefit Plans - (Continued) The Company has established various discretionary employee incentive programs based upon profitability of jobs and of the Company as a whole. Job performance bonuses and profit sharing expenses for the year ended June 30, 2001, amounted to $985,698- 7. Contingencies and Commitments Litisation The Company has filed or intends to file suits for payment on two jobs for amounts totaling approximately $472,000. The amounts are included in currently due accounts receivable and management -is of the opinion that defendents arguments are without merit and the Company will prevail. ,- 12 . ,..I , . .., , " +( K . ! I, . ,. )r - I,,, BIDDERS STATEMEN ~ECHNICAL ABILITY AND EX (To Accompany Proposal) ., The Bidder is'&uired to state what work of a similar character to that which will enable the Ci to judge hisher responsibility, experhm and skill. 'An altachment can & Contract helstta has successfully performed and give refmces. with cu - NOTE: In addiion to the general qualifications above, the bidder, or the designated subcontractor performing wwk on the historic bulldinas, must demonstrate by listing below, succegsful completion of at least THREE examples within the last ten years of work on historic adobe Name and Phone Inaddtion,itisthemtentionoftheCAytoawardthecMltracttoabidder~hartheraquisitequallly,Citness. capacity, and e- to satisfactway that the lowest monetary bidder b not qualified to perform the wofk required by the contract, the Ci may determine that the bidder is nonresponsible. However, prior to making this determination, the bidder will have an opportunity to rebut thii evidenca and establish hkJher qualins. perfo~thaWOrlc~UiredbythecontractitheCiiObtaii~ - 29 .. ~. , .. .., . .. . .. .~ -&&&&&, ~. . .~ .- ~ .. . ~ -e>. . . ,:, . ,. ,' . . .., ... , ., ,. :/ I. 4 ,, BIO~ER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSU ,. G@Y@RAL.L~ABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIAB JAN 2002 -.. LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COM (To Accompany Proposal) CONTRACT NO. 34561-2 Cerrillo Ranch Phase II As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page. 1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of: 0 Comprehensive General Liability 0 Automobile Liability 0 Workers Compensation 0 Employer's Liability 2) Statement with an insurance carrier's notarked signature stating that the carrier can, and upon Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and certificates of insurance to the -cy - showing conformance with the requirements herein. All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto poliies offered to meet the specification of this contract must I) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids, the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction and the Supplemental Provisions for this project for each insurance company 2) Cover anv vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offside, whether owned, that the Contractor proposes. non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate must state the coverage is for "any auto" and cannot be limited in any manner. ,- Revised 9/11/00 Conbad NO. 34561-2 carrill0 Ranch I1 k 30 .O. box 85638- San Diego, CA 92186-5638 (858) 457-3414 jCOMPANY A CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM GROUP - TIG Mst#: 4544 ~ 1. I , ~~ .INS .. CDMPAbTY ................. ~4" r*/L . C%L& .. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE ................... .............................. 1 LElTER " .. .... "" ...... .............. - _. ..... ... blNsuRED" T.B, PENICK & SONS, INC. 1 LEITER 'COMPANY B AMERICAN STATES INSURANCE CO j. ..................................... & rN~ +e- .. !LETER j COMPANY c STEWART, SMITH, WEST-ROYAL iCOMPANy D NO COVERAGE ON THIS DOCUMENT 9141 OLSON DRIVE SAN DIEGO CA 92121 ICOMPA~ E NO COVERAGE ON THIS DOCUMENT 1. - .... INSUWCE ~CWANY~..DE..AMERICA .. ~ I LETER , ................................................ ...................... i LETTER I COVERAQES THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REOUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY I BE ISSUEO OR MAY PERT% THE-INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECFTO ALL THE TERMS, CXCLUSIONS AND . . ~ ~ ~ ~~~~ ~ ...... ~. ................................................ .,~ ................................................. .......I ............. . ........................_I ...... ................................. ..... CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. I I,$ NPE OF INSURANCE j POLICY NUMBER j POLICY EFFECTIVE ~ POLICY EXPIRATION! DATE (MMIDDW , DATE(MMIDDNY1 ! LIMITS GENERAL LlABlLlN GENERAL LIABILIIY CLAIMS MADE Ii-1 OCCUR ..... ~ IOWNERS~CONTRACTORS PROT. .. , AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY SCHEDULED AUTOS ' HIRED AUTOS ................... T. j -i i i GL39253589 01- - . CE -814926 - -2 - 09 /Ol/Ol\ i 0 , I 9/01 !COMBINED SINGLE i LIMIT i ........... ,..*.LO9 D ..,.. BODILY INJURY (Per person) 1% ...""......"..I.".." /5.********* . 2, BODILY INJURY (Per accident) i PROPERTY DAMAGE $ ********* 1 , 1 GARAGE LIABILIN ! ! ~ I ! 1 NO COVERAGE I I ~ j DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I SPECIAL ITEMS *EXCEPT 10 DAYS NOTICE FOR NON-PAYMENT RE: CARRILLO RANCH PHASE 11, PROJECT NO. 34561-28 I CERTIFICATE HOLDER CIWCELIATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF. THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO FITY OF CARLSBAD, ITS OFFICIALS, MAIL 3 0 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE IPLOYEES & VOLUNTEERS LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR ATTN: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 1635 FARADAY AVENUE CARLSBAD CA 92008-7314 - IABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON TmOMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. WRD 20.8 WGi THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER IS NAMED AS A CHED ENDORSEMENT. QACOUD~TWN~9Si ATTACHMENT Client ID: PEN50475 Master# : 4544 Record# : 91090 - ADDITIONAL INSURED: THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, ITS OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS ARE NAMED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED HEREUNDER AS RESPECTS LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF ACTIVITIES PERFORMED BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE NAMED INSURED. COVERAGE UNDER THIS POLICY SHALL BE PRIMARY INSURANCE AS RESPECTS THE CITY, ITS OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS. THIS POLICY WILL NOT BE CANCELED, MATERIALLY CHANGED NOR THE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE REDUCED UNTIL THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF CERTIFIED WRITTEN NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR REDUCTION IN COVERAGE BY THE CITY CLERK OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA. Policy Number: GL39253589 Effective Date: 01/30/02 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY - THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS (FORM B) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: CITY OF CARLSBAD, ITS OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES & VOLUNTEERS ATTN: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 1635 FARADAY AVENUE CARLSBAD CA 92008-7314 ADDITIONAL INSURED(S) : ADDITIONAL INSURED: THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, ITS OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS ARE NAMED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED HEREUNDER AS RESPECTS LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF ACTIVITIES PERFORMED BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE NAMED INSURED. COVERAGE UNDER THIS POLICY SHALL BE PRIMARY INSURANCE AS RESPECTS THE CITY, ITS OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS. THIS POLICY WILL NOT BE CANCELED, MATERIALLY CHANGED NOR THE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE REDUCED UNTIL THIRTY (30) DAYS "TER RECEIPT OF CERTIFIED WRITTEN NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR REDUCTION IN L JERAGE BY THE CITY CLERK OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS: RE: CARRILLO RANCH PHASE 11, PROJECT NO. 34561-28 *EXCEPT 10 DAYS NOTICE FOR NON-PAYMENT (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section 11) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" performed for that insured by or for you. .- Record#: 91090 Master#: 4544 Client 1~~~~50475 CG 20 10 11 85 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc. 1984 Typeac25s Page 1 of 1 A'ITACHED TO AND FORMING A PART OF ENDORSEMENTEFFECnVE MSURED (Smdrd Tim) POLICY NUMBER T.B. Pcnick B Sons, hc. 39253589 COMPANY PRODUCER AND CODE NOON 1201 A.M. MonIivQayNe81 TIG lasumce Company 00 09/01/01 CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM GROUP 630289 THIS ENDORSEMENT CWNCES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY THlS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE FOLLOWING: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART; PRODUCTS/COMF'LETED OPERATIONS COVERAGE PART ADDITIONAL INSURED PRIMARY WORDING The following changes are made to SECTION IV COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: The following is added as condition 4. Other Insurance. As subparagraph d. Addltlonal Insured: d. Addltlonal Insured Were you have entered into e written contract or agreement to name a person or organization as an insured under this Coverage psrt end that Men contract or agreement requires this insurance to be primary and noncontributory, we will not seek contribution from any other insurance unless the "Amendment of Other Insurance Condition". CG 00 55 03 97, endorsement applies. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged _- If AafiHOWED REPRESENTATIVE dnOB0 MVUIOPd NOIL3IIl3LSN03 WOXd "* REPRINTEDFROM THE FORMS LIBMY "" - THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED INSUR?+G?, COMPANY NAME - SAFEcO-AMERICAN STATES INS Co CA 71 35 12 93 POLICY NO. 01a-814926-2 POLICY PERIOD 9-1-01 to 9-1-02 This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. Endorsement effective 2-1-02 . T.B.PEhTICK & SONS, INC. Named Insured Schedule -. Name of Person or Organization: & vDLuNTEERs I Address: 1635 FARADAY 'AVENUE, CARLSBAD, CI-92008-7314 .. ... Premium: $ (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as appliMe to this endorsement.) A. Under LIABILITY COVERAGE WHO IS AN INSURED is changed to include as an 'insured' the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to "bodily injury' or "properly damage" resulting from the acts or omissions of: 1. You; 2. Any of your employees or agenls; 3. Any person, except the additional insured or any employee or agent of the additional insured, operating a Covered 'auto' with the permission of any of the above. B. The insurance afforded by this endorsement does not apply: To 'bodily injury' or 'properly damage' arising out of the sole negligence of the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule. CA71 35 12 93 Page 1 of 1 Yes no 2) If yes, what wasEwere the name@) of the agency(ii) and what wadwere the period(s) of debarment(s)? Aitach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debarments. BY CONTRACTOR "of- pages of thi Re Debarment form " 31 .. .. . .. .. nEc4oo1 $01 BIDDER' - J&.gSL E*%<.' Contractors "required to be licensed and regulated by the Contraaors' State which has jtrrisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a co act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 yaars of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a conbactor may be referrad to the Regi Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or rwoked by the Caliiomia Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? i yes no 2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractors license ever been stayed? yes x no 3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? yes >c no 4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed? x: yes no 5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefor. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) ,- Page of pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form " 32 .. <, *'n \.- 6) Iftheananrertoeithsrof2.or4.aboveisyeshrllyidentify,ineachandererycase,~'piarty. ,. > ,. who's discipline was stayed, the date of the vidation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (ii any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: c Page-of- pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form " 33 \. ,'.: :,, .,> +,&/ the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf'&$t4r-l P I.3 Z'!, I' genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired. connivad, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain -. from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement. fix any overhead, pmft or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secum communication, or conference with anyone to fuc the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, dim or indirectly. submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, effectuate a collusive or sham bid. partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to I declare under penalty of petjury that the foregoing is true and correct and that this affidavit was executedonthe ll-Z7-al dayof FVavcmber 2%. Subscribed and sworn to before me on the d 7 day of NO v em 6ep .20&. W (NOTARY SEAL) - (NOTARY SEAL) - Revised 911 1/00 conbad NO. 34561-2 -10 Ranch P~~so II I) " 34 .. .. Maior Contracts In Proems June 30,2001 Medical/Dental Clinic - MCAS Miramar Contract #N68711-94-C-1604 Dept. of the Navy - ROICC Miramar PO Box 452004 San Diego, CA 92145-2004 Lance Smith (858) 577-4587/(858) 577-621 1 Fax Mission Bay High School / Birdrock Elementary And Twain Beach Satellite San Diego Unified School District 4100 Normal, Annex 7 San Diego, CA 92 1 03 Steve Bovee 619 725-4725 1725-7432 Correia and Dewey Elementary Schools San Diego Unified School District 4 1 00 Normal, Annex 7 San Diego, CA 92 103 Steve Bovee 619 725-4725 1725-7432 St. Vincent de Paul Church Roman Catholic Bishop of Orange PO Box 14195 Orange, CA 92863-1595 Ben Villa 714 282-3000/714 282-3124 Fax St. George Fellowship Hall St. George Episcopal Church 23802 Avenida de la Carlota Laguna Hills, CA 92653 Kurt Condra 949 827-45301949 581-2936 Fax Madison High School San Diego Unified School District Contracts Management Office 4860 Rufher Street, Annex R9 San Diego, CA 921 11 Steve Bovee 858 637-6266 / 858 573-5879 Fax $9,772,758.00 99.5% Completed Est. Cmpltn 01-02 $5,634,614.00 Completed 10-01 16 Months $3,130,889.00 Completed 03-01 9 Months $3,329,300.00 75% Completed Est. Cmpltn 12-01 $2,151,765.00 95% Completed Est. Cmpltn 12-01 $1,817,000.00 Completed 09-01 4 Months r Major Contracts in Pro- June 30,2001 Page 2 of 2 Mira Mesa High School San Diego Un&d School District Contracts Management Office 4860 R&er Street, Annex R9 San Diego, CA 921 11 Steve Bovee 858 637-6266/858 573-5879 Fax $7,268,130.00 40% Completed Est. Cqltn 10-02 Range Operations Center at F’t. Mugu $1 1,515,000.00 Contract N68711-01-D-6218 PTO #X002 FY 01 .3% Dept. f the Navy, Southwest Division NFEC Est. Cmph 3-03 San Diego, CA 92 132 Linda Protocollo 619 532-4209 protocollol@ef&w.navfkc.navy.mil 1220 Pacific Highway GENERAL CONSTRUCTION 8. CONCRETE SINCE 1905 Maior ComDIeted Proiects Double Hangar & Armory Additions $1 1,390,845.00 Contract #N68711-94-C-1665 Completed 11-98 Dept. of the Navy - ROICC 19 Months P.O. Box 209 Camp Pendleton Oceanside, CA 92049-0209 Napoleon Arc& (760) 725-8216/725-8210 Fax Water Survival Training Tank Contract N68711-95-C-7743 Dept. of the Navy - North Bay AFT (Code 52PT) 1220 Pacilic Highway San Diego, CA 92132-5190 Jeanette Perez 619 524-3100 x 1611619 524-2905 Fax r Tactical Vehicle Maintenance Facility Contract #86-C-0647 Dept of the Navy ROICC Camp Pendleton P.O. Box 209, Oceanside, CA 92049 TmNoble - (619) 725-8199 St. Gregory the Great Parish Facility Roman Catholic Bishop of San Diego PO Box 85728 San Diego, CA 92 186 Joel King (619) 490-8215/(619) 490-8272 Fax Architect - Shelly Hyndman 760 634-25951760 634-0285 Fax BellMontgomery Technology Upgrade & Modernization San Diego Unified School District 4100 Nod Street San Diego, CA 92103-2682 Steve Bovee 619 725-74251619 725-7432 Aviara Oaks Middle School Portion I1 - Carlsbad Udied School District 801 Pine Avenue Carlsbad. CA 29008 Rob Todd (760) 729-4612 $7,854,273.00 Completed 10-99 24 Months $7,827,000.00 Completed 7-90 18 Months $6,160,564.00 Completed 3-00 20 Months $6,002,565.00 Completed 1-97 24 Months $5,850,749.00 Completed 9-99 16 Months Cmrwmn'sLilCLNx 9141 Olson Drive . San Diego, CA 92121-2802 . 858-558-1800 PHONE . 858-558-1881 FAX . www.tbpenick.com NUMBER ,85381 Hamilton Elementary School Addition & Modernization San Diego Unified School District San Diego, Ca 92103-2682 Steve Bovee 619 725-74251619 725-7432 TafVPershing Middle Schools Modernization San Diego Unified School District 4100 Normal Street, Annex 2, Rm. 107 San Diego, CA 92 103 Martin Frey 619 725-74251619 725-7432 MiraCosta Community College Learning Center MiraCosta Community College District One Bamard Drive Oceanside, CA 92056 Don Skelton 760 795-66911760 757-8185 r 4100 Normal Street County Administration Renovation County of San Diego 5555 Overland Avenue, Suite 2600 Bldg. 2, Room 220, MS0368 San Diego, CXA 92123-1294 Janice Fahey 619 495-59231619 694-3151 INS Multi-Purpose and Shop Maintenance Bldgs. Army Corps of Engineers Contract #DACA09-C-0016 6001 S. Power Road, Bldg. 567 I P.O. Box 909 Mesa, AZ 85206 I Higley, AZ 85236-0909 Fred Freeman (602) 988-93401(602) 988-9315 Mess Hall Headquarters - Camp Pendleton Dept. of the Navy - Contract #N68711-90-C-O700 P.O. Box 209 - ROICC Oceanside, CA 92049 TimNoble - (619) 725-8199 Chula Vista Schools Cluster 1 Chula Vista Elementary School District 84 East J Street, P.O. Box 904 Chula Vista, CA 91910 Lowell Billings (619) 425-9600 21 Area Mess Hall - Camp Pendleton Coantract #N68711-98-C-0407 PO Box 555229 Camp Pendleton, CA 92055-5229 Lt. JG Sara Loughead 760 725-81951769 725-8210 F -~ Dept. of the Navy - ROICC Camp Pendleton $4,962,000.00 Completed 7-96 18 Months $4,832,003.00 Completed 10-98 16 Months $4,608,296.00 Completed 9-00 12 Months $4,596,019.00 Completed 5-00 11 Months $4,343,949.00 Completed 6-95 12 Months $4,238,064.00 Completed 6-94 22 Months $4,153,819.00 Completed 9-97 IO Months $4,055,806.00 Completed 11-00 14 Months Field Maintenance Facility ROICC Camp Pendleton P.O. Box 209, Oceanside, CA 92049 - Dept. of the Navy CDR T.E. Gum - (619) 725-8193 MCRD Exchange Facility Addition & Seismic Upgrade Contract #N68711-94-C-1444 Department of the Navy 2585 Callagan Highway SanDiego, CA 92136-5198 Aaron Kottas (619) 556-8140 Consolidated Aircraft Maintenance Facility Dept. of the Navy - ROICC Camp Pendleton PO Box 209 Oceanside, CA 92049-0409 Doug Brandow RE 760 725-07931760 725-8210 Fax Chula Vista Schools Cluster 4 Chula Vista Elementary School District 84 East J Street, P.O. Box 904 Chula Vista, CA 91910 - Lowell Billings (619) 425-9600 Other Completed Proiects 2001 Hawthorne 1 Sessions Elementary Schools San Diego Unified School District 4100 Normal, Annex 7 San Diego, CA 92103 Steve Bovee 619 725-7425 1725-7432 Other Completed Proiects 2000 Stepping Stone of San Diego Residential Treatment Facility 3767 Central Avenue San Diego, CA 92 105 Cheryl Houk 619 584-4010/619 584-1546 Fax $3,710,461.00 Completed 9-89 10 Months $3,656,359.00 Completed 5-97 11 Months $3,596,544.00 Completed 3-99 13 Months $3,196,876.00 Completed 9-97 7 Months 1,661,222.00 Completed 10-01 18 Months $1,844,306.00 Completed 8-00 14 Months Other Completed Proiects 1999 Alpine Community Center 1934-A Alpine Blvd. Alpine Ca 91901 Yvonne Young (619) 445-6231/(619) 445-8307 Fax Other ComDleted Proiects 1998 St. Brigid Catholic Church Renovation The Roman Catholic Bishop of San Diego P.O. Box 85728 San Diego, CA 92186-5728 Joel King (619) 490-8215/490-8272 Fax Other ComDleted Proiects 1997 NC at the Retail Complex, MCRD Contract #N68711-94-C-1580 ROICC - Point Loma Field Team 1220 Pacific Highway San Diego, CA 92132 Bill Fallaw (619) 553-0787/553-0818 Fax Washington School Park AC9600364 Centre City Development Corp. 225 Broaday, Suite 11 00 San Diego, CA 92101-5074 A1 Mercer 235-2200/236-9148 Fax Santa Fe Depot Improvement Contract #IFB 6-94-02 North San Diego County Transit 3 11 S. Tremont Street Oceanside, CA 92054 John Eschenbach (619) 967-2847 Rancho San Pasqual Recreation Center Koll Construction (Construction Manager) 7330 Engineer Road San Diego, CA 92 1 1 1 Grant Hamel 739-07831739-0983 Fax $1,499,467.00 67% Completed Est. Cmpltn 3-99 $670,906.00 Completed 1-98 7 Months $852,000.00 Completed 7-97 IO Months $1,187,181.00 Completed 5-97 11 Months $3,348,298.00 Completed 1-97 15 Months $935,851.00 Completed 3-97 8 Months Other Comaleted Proiects 1996 c Anza Borrego Nierenberg Plaza Anza Borrego Desert Natural History Association 202 Palm Canyon Drive Borrego Springs, CA Betsy Knaak - (619) 767-3052 Streamside Cremains Phase IV Contract # NCCD-NIC-2A-95 North County Cementery District 2640 Glenridge Road Escondido, CA 92027 Dewey Asmus (619) 745-1781 Santee Trolley Station Phase I1 Project #CIP-95-41 City of Santee 10601 Magnolia Ave., Bldg. 5 Santee, CA 92071 Jim Hutchison 258-4100 ext. 187/562-6514 Fax Other ComDleted Proiects 1995 7 Proof PressureLeak Test Facility Contract #RFP NO.RS-260977 Martin Marietta Astronautics Systems P.O. Box 85990, San Diego, CA 921 10 Bob Supergan - (619) 542-3014 Encinitas Transit Center - KH9629 County of San Diego 5555 Overland Ave. Bldg. 5 MS 090 San Diego, CA 92123 A1 Wright (619) 694-3087 Dahlia and Donax Avenues Storm Drain City of San Diego W.O. #119625 9485 Aero Dr. MS 18 San Diego, CA 92123 Steve Lindsay (619) 627-3200 Facilities Rehabilitation at Cardiff State Beach Division of the State Architect San Diego, CA 92128 George Lai (619) 674-5440 P 15373 Innovation Dr., Ste. 250 $1 16,169.00 Completed 2-96 3 Months $267,133.00 Completed 1-96 5 Months $700,050.00 Completed 8-96 7 Months $849,424.00 Completed 11-95 8 Months $2,327,041 .OO Completed 3-95 14 Months $740,711 .OO Completed 5-95 7 Months $1,851,441.00 Completed 6-95 15 Months Oceanside Transit Parking Lot County of San Diego KH7686 5555 Overland Ave., Bldg. 5, MS090 San Diego, CA 92123 Sandy Made (619) 694-3165 $935,697.00 Completed 6-95 8 Months Other Completed Proiects 1994 Tracon Child Cadcredit Union $1,659,804.00 Contract #DTFA08-93-C-02686 Completed 4-94 Federal Aviation Administration 12 Months Acquisition Management Branch AWP-55B P.O. Box 92007 WWPC, Los Angeles, CA 90009 Matt Smilak (310) 297-1576 Carlsbad Village Dr. Streetscape V City of Carlsbad 2075 Las Palmas Drive Carlsbad, Ca 92009-4859 (619) 438-1 161 ext. 4423 Joe Federico Seeley Prison B/P #15 California Dept. of Corrections % Fluor Daniel (Construction Mgr.) P.O. Box 3675 Seeley, CA 92273-0365 Glenn Pyle (619) 337-7631 East Escondido Community Center City of Escondido - Field Engineering 201 North Broadway Escondido, CA 92025 (760) 741-4651 Daniel Escalona Escondido Center for the Arts - 2A City of Escondido 201 North Broadway Escondido, CA 92025 Fred LuedtkeiRolf Gunnarson Escondido Center for the Arts - 2B City of Escondido 201 North Broadway Escondido, CA 92025 Fred Luedtke/Rolf Gunnarson (619) 432-4573/(619) 741-4844 (619) 432-4573/(619) 741-4844 $2,140,015.00 Completed 7-94 7 Months $2,069,419.00 Completed 7-94 6 Months $2,473,147.00 Completed 7-94 11 Months $2,899,480.00 Completed 11-94 32 Months $987,487.00 Completed 1 1-94 8 Months COMPLETED PROJECTS 1992/1993 Small Arms Range: New 20,000 SF Indoor Facility Owner: Dept. of the Navy Completed: 10-93 INS Detention Facilitv: Two dormitories/one isolation bldg Owner: Army Corps of Engineers Completed: 6-93 Pump Station #43: New Sewer Pump Station Owner: City of San Diego Completed: 5-93 Clarernont Train Deuot: Restoration of Historic Train Depot Owner: City of Claremont Completed: 12-92 Waite Drive Imurovements: Street Improvements Owner: City of La Mesa Completed: 4-92 UCSD Facade Repair: RestoratiordRepair Owner: Regents of University of California Completed: 1-93 Commercial Vehicle Inspection Facilitv: Relocate & Expand Owner: Federal General Services Administration Completed: 8-92 Golden Hills Revitalization: Street Improvements Owner: City of San Diego Completed 5-92 Reuair BE0 Buildings B-51 & B-58: Interior Renovation Owner: Dept. of the Navy Completed: 7-92 Securitv Upaade: Security Facily with 2 new 10,000 sf bldgs. Owner: Dept. of the Navy Completed: 5-92 $2,749,184 15 Months $2,971,222 9 Months $1,013,842 14 Months $1,114,995 9 Months $345,000 4 Months $385,445 6 Months $2,948,457 22 Months $590,384 4 Months $3,263,861 20 Months $3,255,000 14 Months COMPLETED PROJECTS 1990/1991 7 Seismic Upgrade. San Diego Museum of Art: Ext. Restoration $445,000 Owner: City of San Diego 6 Months Completed: 9-91 Repair BEQ Building. NAS Miramar: Renovation BEQ Quarters Owner: Dept. of the Navy Completed: 8-91 District Courtrooms 11 & 12: Add. of two Federal Courtrooms Owner: Federal General Services Administration Completed: 3-91 8TH Ave 1mprovements:Offsite Improvements Convention Ctr Owner: City of San Diego Completed: 4-91 Rehab. Facilities, Silver Strand State Beach:Renovate Fac. Owner: State of California Completed: 4-9 1 Restoration of Old Post Office: Restore and Imp. Old Post Ofc. Owner: City of El Centro Completed: 10-90 Tactical Vehicle Maint. Faciliw: 6 New Bldgs./Site Improve Owner: Dept. of the Navy Completed: 7-90 Landfill Scales Improvements: New Computerized Truck Scales Owner: County of San Diego Completed: 12-90 Mid Citv Revitalization: Street Median Improvements Owner: City of San Diego Completed: 6-90 First Class Allevs #5: New Concrete Alleys & Undeground Fac. Owner: City of San Diego Completed: 1-90 Bradley Recreation Center: New Rest Rooms & Playing Fields Owner: City of San Marcos Completed: 1-90 Kit Carson Park: New Rest Rooms & Picnic Area Owner: City of Escondido Completed: 1-90 - ," $2,309,000 12 months $1,547,000 7 Months $950,000 5 Months $1,074,000 10 months $806,000 10 Months $7,827,000 18 Months $1,554,000 12 Months $503,000 6 Months $695,000 3 Months $1,246,000 9 Months $760,000 8 Months COMPLETED PROJECTS 1986 - 1989 ,F Logan Alley #4 Moonlite Beach Cardiff Beach Parking Lot Bldg. 605 Collier Sunset Park Security Entrance Sport Park Alley Block A Bub Williamson Park Gate Improvements Las Palmas Rec. Ctr. Polaris Avenue North Park Library Coronado Avenue Alley Block #35 Del Administraton Bldg. Pier Plaza Town Ctr. Alley Improvements First Class Alley Comm. Elect. Maint. Facily National City Alleys Old Town Bldg. Field Maintenance Facility Poway Box Culvert Carlsbad Blvd. Sorrento Valley Bridge Fire Upgrade Protection Fire Upgrade Protection Mission Avenue Four Alleys F Broadway Bus Accom City of San Diego State GSA Office State Architect Dept. of the Navy City of San Diego Dept. of the Navy City of Imperial Beach City of Imperial Beach City of Vista Depts. of the Navy City of National City Dept. of the Navy City of San Diego City of San Diego City of San Diego Dept. of the Navy City of Imperial Beach City of Chula Vista City of San Diego Dept. of the Navy City of National City City of San Diego OSA Dept. of the Navy City of Poway City of Carlsbad City of San Diego Dept. of the Navy Dept. of the Navy City of Oceanside City of Imperial Beach 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1989 1987 1988 1988 1989 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1989 238,400 350,000 320,000 178,400 857,600 141,100 59,000 46,500 323,000 312,000 1,200,000 237,000 730,000 680,000 50,300 1,200,000 608,000 121,000 380,000 1,640,000 104,000 2,300,000 1,300,000 3,700,000 960,000 720,000 1,200,000 350,000 410,000 860,000 250,000 CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS This agreement is made this day of paLw3nd , 20&, by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, (Hereinafter called "City"), and T B PENICK AND SONS INC whose principal place of business is 9749 OLSON DRIVE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92121 (hereinafter called "contractor"). City and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents for: Carrillo Ranch Phase II, Project No. 34561-2 (hereinafter called "project") 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Designation of Subcontractors, Designation of Owner Operator/Lessors, Bidder's Statements of Financial Responsibility, Technical Ability and Experience, Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and Supplemental Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project: all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor, herhis subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance. 4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the Standard Specifications for "SSPWC", as issued by the Southem California Chapter of the American Public Works Association, Public Works Construction (SSPWC) 2000 Edition, and supplements thereto, hereinafter designated and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working day of each month. 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground conditions. Any job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the conditions are information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground conditions or other, as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City. - Re Debarment, Non-collusion Affidavit, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and > Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 35 - 6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any: A Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in section 251 17 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class 111 disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the contract. City shall promptly investigate the condaions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract. 8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates is Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. 9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or. alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the Ci against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. - - or other dispute resolution method. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II IC. Page - 36 1 Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. IO. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in Resolution No. 91403. (A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits indicted herein: a. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the City or its agents, officers or employees are additional insured. b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate must state the coverage is for "any auto" and cannot be limited in any manner. c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers' Liability limits of $1,000,000 per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City. (B) Additional Provisions. Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each company affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage. b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits Qf the insurer's liability. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 37 7 - n .- (C) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be non-renewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice has been given to the City by certified mail, return receipt requested. (D) Deductibles And Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (E) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its officials or employees. furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for (F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. (G) Acceptability Of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a the standards specified by the City Council in Resolution No. 91-403. listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under (H) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certiicates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City. (I) Cost Of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid. 11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in the Supplemental Provisions I section. The contractor shall initially submit all claims over $375,000 to the City using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Contract Code subsections 20104,2(a). (c), (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California for breach of this agreement. Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit (A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in anticipation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. (B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. (C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate ignorance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 38 - - m (D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. (E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025. 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. (G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontrac- tor from participating in future contract bidding. IH) Jurisdiction. Contractor aarees and herebv stioulates that the oroDer venue and iurisdiction for ., resolution of any disputes &tween the partiis arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California. /;Tx I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. init 12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and m available at no cost to the Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, principal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of address of such records. T init " 13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substituted for any moniek withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. 15. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not amended to make such insertion or correction. 16. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED (CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR: - Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II - Page - n 39 one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney By: &kq/&l/ K. /Ym- Deputy City Attorney L Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II IL. Page - 40 CALIFORNlA ALL-PURPOSE ACICNOWLEDGMENT Slate of L'~LJ/U//V/A County or &</3/CG& - On ~MLW,,.~ 3<?. before me. AL&P/A k&&e~. .P300~ personally appeared rn?c f AN,/& #/v// aA@Y flB2-44~ $r personally known' to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of salisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name@) Ware subscribed to the withh instrument and. ac- knowledged to me that 4e&hdthey executed the same In Ms+twf/theIr authorized . capacity(1es). and. that by Msfhsr/their signature(s) on the instrument the person@), or the entity upon behalf of which .the person@) acted, executed the instrument. WITNmmy hand and offIda1 seal. '. * ME Hurnneocoman.e&-mianorm- "" BOND #SB0074747 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND T B PENICK AND SONS INC me Wig- as the 'Principal"). a Cantroot for. Carrlllo Ranch Pbr II, Contmct Na 34561-2 in the City of Carisbad, in strict conformity wfth the drawings aMI s~Cp(i0ns. and otk CanhPct Documcnb now on flle in the ORice of tho City Clerk of the City of Cadsbad and aH of whii are incorporated herein by this reference. WHERW. Principal has execukd or is about to executa saM Contmct and the terms MrWf require the fumishlng of a bond, providq that if Princlpal or any of their subcontract?m shall fall to pey for any matdais. provisions, provender or other supplk or teams used in, upon or about the performama of the work agreed to be done. ar for any work or labor done thmn of any kind. the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the ewnt hereinafter sei forth. L as Principal, (hereinafter desQnated as the "Chtdr), and XL SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY as Surety, are held flrmly bound unto the City of Catisbad in the wm of THREE MILLION FOUR HUNDRED NINETY ONE THOUSAND, EIGHT HUNDRED FORTY NlNEDonars One hundred percent (100%) of the total estimated amount payable under said contract by the Clty of Cakbad under the terms of the conlract when tha total amount payabb dbss not axceecl fiw mlllkvl 3,491,849.00 ), said sum being an amount equal to: dollars ($5,000,000) or, rnty perc~nt (50%) of the total estimated amount payable under said contract by the of .. under the hnns of the contract when the total amount payable b not less than five minion dollars (SS.OOO,OOO) and does not exceed ten mllliin dollars ($10,000,000) or, Twenty-five percent (25%) 07 the total estirnatd amount payable under said contract by the Ci of for whlch payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselvas. our holm, exBcutors and Carlsbad under the terms of the contract if the contract excaeds ten mlllion dollars (SlO,OOO.OOO) and adminiStr&om, SUCOBSSOTS, or assigns, Jointly and severally, flmly by these pressnts. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the person or hidhsr rubcontradon fail to pay for any materials. provlsbnr. provender, rupplles, or teams us4 in. upon, for. or about ths for amounts due under the Unemployment lqsurancs Code with resped to such work or labor, or for perfonnmce of the work contracted to be done. or for any other work or labor thereon of any Kind. or ;any mounts required to be deducted, withheld. and paid over to the Employment Development Depmtment from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractor8 pursuant to cection pay for the same. not to oxooed the sum spwifld in ths bond, and, also, Ln cam SUR Is brought upon 13020 of the Untmployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor that the Surety will the bond, costs and reasonable expenses and tees. bcludlng reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed by the couR, as required by the provisions of section 3248 of the CaUfomia Civil Coda. This bond shall inure to the beneM of any and all persons, companies and corporations entitled 16 flle cWms under Tkle 15 of Part 4 of Division 3 of the Civil Code (commencing with scction 3082). RNised 911 1/00 Conmet No. 345812 Carrillo Ranch Phask II 1) Surety stipuims and agrees that no change, extenelon of time, alteration or rddtbn to the term8 of shan atfect its obligatbns on thi bond, and It does heroby wdke notice of any change, extension of time. attemtlons or addition to the hms ot the contract or to the work or to the specKications. ln the word thal Contractor I9 an Indlvldual, It Is agmad thd the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerats the Sunty from Its obligations under this bond. Ewcuted by CONTRACTOR tM0 Gmuted by SURFib'thlP. 30TH day dayof JANUARY ,2002. of JANUARY ,20=. CONTRACTOR: SURETY T.B. PENICK & SONS INC. XL SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY I the Contract, or to the work to b performed thereunder or the ~~coti~ aceompanylng the same (name GI Sum 1990 NORTH CALIFORNIA BLVD., SUITE 22 (print name hem) S, INC. LETICIA SAN MARTIN, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (printed name of Atbrney-in-Faco - (attach oorporate rwolution showing current pwnr ofmmey) PRESIDEN T.B. PENICK & SONS, INC, (ticre ana organttation al slanatory) (Proper notarlpl acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY mud be attaahml.) sbgmr, the wrpORtkn must attach a ~lU(i0n earned by the secretacy or ehnt secretary under wpomts (Pnrident of vlce-pmldent and seoretary or asststant secretary mwt stgn for mtpomtbns. If only one oflkcr seal smWwerlng that offiocr to bind the cowration.) APPROVED AS TO FORM CiyAmW RONALD R. BALL - Revised 911 1/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrfilo Rsnch Phme I1 A. Pwe - 42 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT Counly of On VA%~&PL/& before me. &A /iVGUk, / &&?/ &m/c , personally appeared fl#R E/ kWk% &mi 7Gm,Y u- @ personally known. to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s)-ielare subscribed to the within instrument and ac- knowledged to me that b@&e./they executed the same In bWbw/their authorized . capacity(1e.s); and'that by kWher/theIr signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which .the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITN&3Slqy hand and offiaal seal. / &rE H*rnneofonrm.ea"Moorhormrwuc .. HNIEOC" k&!,c, ""- CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKAOWLEDHENT No. 6907 State of callfornia County of San Diego On ~UARY 30, 2002 before me, America San Martin, Notary Public personally appeared . . personally known io me - OR - atproved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person@) whose name@) ism .. subscribed to the within instrument and ac- knowledged to me thatmshem'executed the same .in "s/herm authorized capacity(inrp), and that byWher$Egiz& signature(x) on the instrument the person@), or the entity upon behalf of which the person@) acted, executed the instrument. WME. OF OFFICER. E.G.. 'JANE DOE, NOTARY PUBLIC LETICIA SAN MAR!J!IN' NAME(S1 OF SIGNENS) Though the data below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent reattachment of this form. CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER- DESCRIPTION OF ATTACHED DOCUMENT 0 CORPORATE OFFICER TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT ~ 0 PARTNER(S) 0 LIMITED d 0 ATOR~JEY-IN-FACT 0 GUARDIANCONSEAVATOR 0 GENFRAL k 0 TRUSTEE(S) 0 OTHER NUMBER OF PAGES DATE OF DOCUMENT SIGNER IS REPRESENTING: NAME OF PERSONIS) OR ENTITY(IE6) SIGNER(S) OTHER THAN NAMED ABOVE L. 01993 NATIONAL NOTARY ASSOCIATION * 8236 Rernmel Ave., P.O. Box 7184 * Canoga Park CA 91308-7184 - AN XL CAPITAL COMPANY GA0343492 UNLIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY /* .dOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the XL SPECIALW INSURANCE COMPANY, a wrporation organized and existing by virtue of the laws of the State of Iliinois ("Company" or 'Corporation"). does hereby nominate. wnsliiute and appoint; Jack T. Wamock, Bart B. Slew&, Jemld D. Hall, Valerie M. Peatre, LeUcia deed, where required. any and ail bonds. undertakings, rewgnbancas and written obligations in the nature thereof, the penal sum of no one of which is in any event to San Martln. Lamnce F. McMahon, its true and tewlul Attomey(s)-in-fact to make, exewte, attest, seal and deliver for and on its behalf. as surety, and as its act and exceed IUnllmll.d.00. Such bonds and undertakings. when duly executed by the aforesaid Attomey(s1-in-fact Shall be blnding upon the said Company as funy and lo the same exient as I such bonds and undertakings were signed by the President and Seuetary of the Company and sealed with it's corporate real. I This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on the 5Ih day of December, 1988: 'RESOLVED. That the President, or any Vice President of the Company or any person designed by any one of them is hereby authorized to execute Powers of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute in behalf of the Company, bonds undertakings and all contacts of suretyship. and that any Secretary or any Assistant Seaclary of the Company be, and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest the exewtion of any such Power of Aitamey. and to attach theretothe Seal of the Company. FURTHER RESOLVED. That me signature of such officers and the Seal of the Company may be affued to any such Power of Attorney or to any cetiite relating thereto by lacsi~. and any such Paver of Anwnsy or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be thereafter valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached." Bonds executed under this Power of Attorney may be executed under facsimile Signature and seal pursuant to the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on August 7,1897. "RESOLVED, That the signature of Stanley A. Galanski. as President of this Corporation, and ths seal of this Corporation may be amxed or printed Qn any and all bonds, undertakings. recognizances. or other written Obligations thereof, on any revscation of any Power of Anomey, or on my Eertificate retating ffiereto. by facsimile. and any Power of Attorney, any revocatbn of any Power of Anomey. bonds, undertakings, recognizances, certificate or other writlen obligation, bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Cwporation.' duly authorked officers this February 16th. 2001. IN WTNESS WHEREOF, the XL SPECIALN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused its corporate real to be hereunto am@, and these presents to be signed by its Xi. SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY - BY PRESiDENT Attest: SECRETARY I STATE OF ILLINOIS COUNTY OF COOK the Corporation described in and which executed the above instrument: that he knows the seal ofsaid Corporation; that the Seal affixed to the aferesald Mment is On this 16th day of February. 2001, before me personally came Stanley A. Galanski to me known. who. being duly sworn. did depose and Say: that he is President of such corporate seal and was affixed thereto by mer and authority of the Board of Directors of said Company; and that he executed the said instrument by like order a Fed" I NOTARY PUBLIC I STATE OF RLlNOiS COUNT?' OF COOK i, Ben M. Llawta. Secretary ofthe XL.SPEClALTY lNSUF?diCE CoMPANY a corporation of the State of Illinois. do hereby certify that the above and forgoing is a full. trM and correct mpy ot Power of Attorney issued by said Company. and that I have compared Same with the OMinal and that it is a correct transcript Uwrrefrom and of the whole of the origifwl and that the said Power of Attorney is still in full force and efkct and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and amed the seal of said Company, at the City of Schaumburg this 30 day of JANUARY 20". SECRETARY Thle Power of Attorney may not be used to execute any bond wlth an Inceptton date after FebNaW 16. Mo6 FAITHFUL FERFORMANCEiWARRANTY BOND BONii'.#SB0074747 & WHEREAS. the City Council of the City of Carisbad, State of CaWomla, by RegOMlon NO. 2002-039 . 4ow 1, has awarded to T B PENICK AND SONS INC , We4nafter designated as the "Principal"). a Contract for: Carrlllo Ranch PW It, Contract Na 345614 In the City of Carlsbad, In strict confonnlty with the contract. the drawings and spsc)(lcptlon. and which are imwpomtcd hereln by thls refemnor. other Contract Docummts now on file In the Offee of the Ctty Clerk of the Ci of Carl~obed. all of WHEREAS, Prindpal has executed or is about to execute saki Centrad and tht terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful petformance and warranty of saki Contract: NOW. THEREFORE, WE, as Principal, (hereinafter designaled as the "Contractot"), and XL SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY rn the sum of T- MILLIO~ one hundd Derccm (100%) of the estimated amount of the Contract. to be Daid to Citv or its certain ' Dollars ($ 3.491 -849.00 )* said sum belng qual to as Surety, am held end firm bound unto the C of Carisbad, FOUR HUNDRED NINE t Y ONE THOUS 2 ND, EIGHT HUNDRED FORTY NINE-<---7- attormy, its ;uccessors and assigns: for which payment. well and truly to be &de, We bind w~cIv[ss. our helm, executors and adminiimton. succ~s~ors or assigns. jointly and saverally, flrmly ~. ~~ - by thcw PreSelItS. THE CONDlTlON OF THIS OBLIGATION .IS SUCH that If the above bounden Contrector, thelr heirs, executom, adminishatots, ru~ors or asslgns. shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly kwp and perform the covenants, conditions, and psmments in the Contmcl and any aiteratiin therwf made ms therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein spaclfied. and In all respects acmfding to thelr me intent and meaning, and shall stipulated. then thls obligation shall become null and vold: othemrise it shirR remain in full taCe and indemnify and save hannle.ss the City of Carlsbad, its officers. employees and agents, as theteln affect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and In sddmon to the face amount spacMed therefor. there shall be included costs and rearanable expenses and fees, including reasonable atEornWs fees, Incurred by the City In sucar*fulty cnfotclng such obligation. all to be taxed as wsta and Included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipul@es and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addltion to the terms of the Contract, or to the wolk to be peIformed thereunder or the SpeclflCatlOne accompanying the tam shall affect Its obllgatlons on thii bond. and it doer hereby wake notlce of any change, cxtenslon Of time, akutions or MMition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the spscmcpUons. Revised 0/11/W Conbad No. 34561-2 Carrllo Ranch Phaw II - me - 43 - Excculed by CONTRACTOR thb ' 30TH i3etcuted by SURETYthls 3OTH day of L day of JANUARY 120%. JANUARY -. 20%. CONTRACTOR SUREM: M SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (name of Sum) 1990 NORTH CALIFORNIA BLVD., SUITE 22 WALNUT CREEK, CA 94596 (address of sum (925) 944-3770 (print name here) (tckphone number of SuCay) , IN LETICIA SAN MARTIN,,.ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (printed name of Attorney-In-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing wmnl pawcr of attorney.) pk and 0rgani;tatlon of sign- C. (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or dstent setrstary must sign for corporations. C onk one Officer signs. the mrporatlon must attach a resolution w~Wiecl by the Secretary or assistant secretary under corporate ~el empowering that ofTiwar to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL Cvty emcy - Kevlssd 9/11/00 Contrwc No. 34561-2 Carrlllo Ranch Phase II Q) page- 44 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT Stale of /%LAW&& County of a 52% 2?Em - ,- On ~AWW J 38; 2ma before me. /&..%,'&8 4fl.1~ , "l€ ' Iw*rnneofOHI"e&,-JMeR)Lmrmumuc personally appeared /%&?e E Am& fifldT/iJ . /&Me -ma-/ a personalljr known. to me - OR - a proved to me on the basis of salisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) Ware subscribed to the within instrument and ac- knowledged to me that-h&he/they executed the same In bWhuf/their authorized . capacity(1es); and- that by W&ter/thelr signature(s) on Ihe instrument the person@), or the entity upon behalf of which .the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. , I I WITNl$Sqy hand and official seal. ,. . CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT No. 6907 State of callfornia I I l County of San Diem I I on JANUARY 30, 2002 before me, America San Martin. Notary Public DATE NAME. TITLE OF OFFICER. E.% 'JANE DOE, NOTARY PUBLIC personally appeared ., . LETICIA SAN MARTIN NAME(S1 OF SIGNER(6) personally known to me - OR - 0,proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person@) whose name@) ishm .. subscribed to the within instrument and ac- knowledged to me thatWshe- executed the same .in "slher.M=&f authorized capacity(b); and that by xggs/her&$?aR signature(x) on the instrument the person@), or the entity upon behalf of which the person@) acted, executed the instrument. s 6 PTIONAL Though the data below is not required by law, R may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent reattachment of this form. CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER- DESCRIPTION OF ATTACHED DOCUMENT 0 INDIVIDUAL 0 CORPORATE OFFICER TITLE OR TYPE O'F DOCUMENT mLE(S1. 0 PARTNER(S) 0 LIMITED 0 GENFRAL 0 ATORE~EY-IN-FACT 0 GUARDIANCONSERVATOR 0 TRUSTEE(S) 0 OTHER: NUMBER OF PAGES DATE OF DOCUMENT NWE OF PERSONiSI OR ENllM(IESI SIGNER IS REPRESENTINO: SIGNER@) OTHER THAN NAMED ABOVE 01993 NATIONAL NOTARY ASSOCIATION * 8236 Remmel Ave., P.O. Box 7184 Canoga Park, CA 91309-7184 4 &ITA1 COMPANY GA 0343491 P- UNLiMiTED POWR OF ATTORNEY IOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the Xi SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing by virtue of the laws of the State of minois (‘Company” or “Corporation”). does hereby nominate. wnsliltiie and appoint: Jack T. Wmock, BN1 6. ScnV.rt. Jerold D. Half, Valeria M. psrrce, Leticia deed, where required, any and all bonds, undeftakings. rewgnizanccs and written obligations in the nature thereof, the penal sum of no one of which is in any event to Snn Matiin. Lamnce F. McMahon. its tnre and lawful Anomev(s)-in-fact to make, exewie, attest. seal and deliver for and on its behan, as surety. and as its act and exceed $Unllmlted.W. Such bonds and undertakings, when duly executed by the aforesaid Attormy$)-in-fact shall ba binding upon the said Company as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds and undertakings were signed by the President and Secretary of the Company and sealed with it‘s wrporale seal. I This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by Ik authority of the following ReSbiution adopted by the Board of Directors of the CQmpany on the 5Ih day of December, 1988: “RESOLVED, That the President. or any Vice President of the Company or any person designed by any one of them is hereby authorized to execute Powers of Attorney qualiqing the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute in behalf of the Company, bonds undertakings and all Contacts of suretyship. and that any Secretary or any Assistant Sewalary of lhe Company be, and lhat each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney, and to attach thereto the Seal of the Company. FURTHER RESOLVED. That Ik signature of such omcers and the Seal of the Company may be affmed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating therm by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be thereafter valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond, undenaking M contract of suretyship to which it is attached.” Bonds exeuiied under this Power of Attorney may be exewted under facsimile signature and seal pursuant to the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on August 7,1997. ”RESOLVED, That the Signature of Stanley A. Galanski. as President of this Cuporation, and the Seal of this Corporation may be aRtxed or printed on any and all bonds, undertakings, I.Bcognuances, or other written obligations thereof. on any revoration of any Power of Atl~m~y, or OR any cetiificale relaling thereto. by facsimile, and any Power of Attorney, any revocation of any Power of Attorney. bonds, undertakings, recognizamer. mltiticate or other wilten obligation. bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation.” IN WITNESS WHEREOF. the XL SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused its corporate seal to be hereunto affued. and these presents to be signed by its duly authorized officers this February 16th. 2001. XL SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY .“ BY: J PRESIDENT STATE OF ILLlNOiS Attest: SECRETARY I COUNTY OF COOK On this 16th day of February, 2001, before me personally came Stanley A. Galanski to me known, who. king duly sworn, di depose and say: that he is President of the Corporation described in and which executed the above instrument: that he knows the Seal of said Corporation: that the Seal affixed to the afW0said instrument is such corporate seal and was affixed Ikreto by order and authorily of the Board of Directors of said Company; and that he exewted the said instrument by like order a .$J&czd@40 NOTARY PUBLIC COUNTY OF COOK STATE OF IUlNOlS tw and wrrect copy ot Pawer of Attorney isslred by said Company. and that i have compared same with the oriiinal and that it is a correct transuipt therefrom and of i, Ben M. Lluneta. Secretsly ofthe XL SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY a mrporation ofthe Stale of Illinois. do hereby certify that the above and forgoing is a full. the whole of the original and that the said Power of Atlomey is still in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF. I nave hereunte set my hand and amxed the Seal of said Company, at the City of Schaumburg. this 30 day of JANUARY 20a. SECRETARY Thlr Pwar of Altorney may not be uaed to execute any bond wlth an Inception date after I- Februan 16.2OCS January 30,2002 City of Carlshad Carlshad, CA 92008 1200 Carlshad Village Drive Attention: Ruth Fletcher Re: Cabrillo Ranch Phase 11, Project #34561-28 An Escrow Account has been opened in connection with the above referenced project. Please sign the below, one to the Contractor and retain one copy for your records. enclosed Escrow Agreements where indicated and return one fully executed original to me at the address listed Please send all retention deposits to the following: Comerica Bank . California Contractor Retention Escrow Department 9777 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1004 Beverly Hills, CA 902 12 Mail Code: 443 1 Escrow #48-1316 Account # 1891919977 r If by wire ~ Comerica Bank ~ California Contractor Retention Escrow Department 9777 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1004 Beverly Hills, CA 902 12 Escrow #48-1316 Account # 1891919977 Routing # 121137522 If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at 800.745.9344. Sincerely, Vice President Comerica Bank I California Enclosures cc: T.B. Penick &Sons, Inc. 9747 Olson Drive San Diego, CA 9212 1 Attention: Margie Stroud Escrow c e OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION #48-1316 This Escrow Agreement is made end entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Carkbad Village Drive, Carlsbad. Callfomia, 92008, hereinafter called "Ciy" and T.R, P@-R. Tnr. whose address is 9747 Olson Drive, San Diego, CA 92121 heninafter called "Contractof and arica Bank - Cal ifprnia whose address is -- CA ann7 hereinafter called "Escmw Agent.' For the consideration hereinafter set fo!th, the CRy. Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows: the contractor has the option to deposit securities Wlth the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention 1. Pursuant to sections 22300 and 10265 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California. earnings required to be withheld by the Ci pursuant to the Condruction Contract entered into bebeen the Clty end Contractor for Carrillo Ranch Phase II in the amount of A&matively, on'wrilten request of the:?&% City shall We payments of the retention X (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract?. earnings directly to the escrow agent. When the Contnctor drposiS !k ~ecz?!- a= a scbsti:u!e for Contracl earnings. the Escrow Agent shall notify the Clty within 10 days of the deposit. The Escrow Agent ahall maintain insurance to cover negligent a& and omission$ of the escrow agent in connectiin with the handling of retentions under them sectii in an amount not less than S100.000 .- per contract. The market due of the semis at the time of the substitution shall b@ a bast equal to the City and Contractor. the cash amount then required to be wilhheld as retention under the terms of the contnct between Securities shell be heM in the name of th , and shell designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. The Ci shall make pgress payments to tk Contractor for such funds which othemisc would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to th. Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds ercurities in the form and amount rp&fid above. 3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned dimtly to the escrow agent. the escrow agent shal hold them for the bcmfit of the conlrector until such tlme as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securiks. All terms and condltions of this agreement ad the riDhtS and responsibilities of the partles shall be equalty appliibk and binding when the Clty pays the escrow agent dimlly. 4. The contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for tho ernes incurred by the Escrow A-m in adminlrtering the €om Account and a11 exponoes of the Clty. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the Ci, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securHies or fhe money merket accounts held in escrow and all withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from lime to time without notice to the City. interest earned on that interest shall be lor the sole account of Conlractor and shall be subject to 6. Contractor shal have the right to wlhdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account oniy by writlen notii to Esuow Agent acc4mpankd by writkn authwhdin from City to the Escrow 3.491.849.3 d-d City of Carlsbad - I '. Apnt that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sougM to be WiMdrOwn by Contractor. 7. The Ci shall haw a right lo draw upon the efwfitii in the event of WauH by the Cantractor. - Upon SQVM) days' wrillen notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the defaun. the Escrow Agent shall .mmediately convert the securlti to cash and ShaY distribute the cash as instruclcd by the Cby, 6. Upon receipt of wmtten notifiiatkn from the Clty esrtilying that !he Conrrect Is fml and compkte and that the Contador has complied with all tequir%mrmts and procedures applicabk tu the Contract. the Escrow Apt shall release to Contndw all securities and interest on dsposil less escrow fees all moneys and securities on deposit and paymento OF fees and charges. and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be cWed Immedirteb upon disbursement of 9. The Exrow Agent shall rely on the writlen notifications flom the Ci and the contra*or pursuant to sections (1) to [S). inFhrsive. of this qrefment and the Ci and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's rebase, cMwerrion and dlsbunement of the securities and inbred as sd foorth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give wriien notices or to receive written notice On behalf of the Ciy and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing. and exemplars of their respective signatures am as follows: For Cily: Title For Contnctor: - For Escrow Agent: 97.77 Wilshire Blvd..'Suite 1004 Beverly Hills, CA 90212 At the time the Escm Account is opened, the City and Co$iaclor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement. We first ret Forlh above. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the pertics hnn exeoW ths Agreement by their ~DPW officer$ on me For Ciy: -~ Revised 9111100 Conlrret No. 34561-2 Cavillo Ranch 1200 CARLSBAD VILLAGE DRIVE CARLSBAD, CA 92008 Address - For Contractor: PICHIEF EXECUUYUEUEB / 1 For Escrow Agent: Title .. vice- president A Address 97,77 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 11004 Beverly Hills, CA 90212 /- Revie 9/11/00 Contad No. 34561-2 Carrilb Ranch Phase II Page - 47 ' CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACICNOWLEDGMENT personally appeared !% personally known' to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basls of satlsfactory evidence to be the person@ whose name@$ Islee subscribed to the within lnstrument and ac- knowledged to me that h@s#&hey executed the same In hlsm authorized . capaclty(ibS); and. that by .hislk&#ek s1gnatureM on the lnsttument the personw, or the entity upon behalf of which 'the -~01rpO4(w I person&) acted, executed the instrument. WmSS my hand and offIda1 seal. .. . Ji OPTfONAL . 'IhoughU1861abekwkno(repuiredty&w.~mayprweveluableloperswre~fflthedoarmenlandcouldprewnl 1r;lVdulenl realladunen1 d vds fonn . CAPACrrY CLAIMU).EY SIGNER DESCRIPTIONOFAl?ACHED DOCUMENT .. 0. INOlVlOUAL 0 wFwRATEo&, 0 PARTNEFl(sJ OuMlrro 0- TRUSTEE(sl 0 OTHER: - . TITLEORTYPEOFDOCUMENT . .. 0 GO?ERAC 0 ATTORNEY-IN-FACT 0 GUAROVlEUCONSERVATOR NUMBER OF PAGES OATE OF DO(XIMEM 1 SIGNER(S) OTHER THAN NAME0 ABOVE SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS FOR CARRILLO RANCH PHASE ll CONTRACT NO. 34561-2 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION I - TERMS; DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS "Base Bid": For the purposes of this contract, the term "base bid" as used in the "Contractor's Proposal shall be understood to include all work, labor, equipment, materials, utilities, supplies, associated fees and costs of any kind, etc., as described in the plans, specifications, and contract documents herein less "Schedule A" and "Schedule B" as defined below. "Bid Alternative No. I": For the purposes of this. contract, the ten 'Bid Alternate No. 1' as used in the "Contractor's Proposal" shall be understood to include all work, labor, equipment, materials, utilities. supplies, associated fees and costs of any kind, etc., as described in the plans, specifications, and contract documents as "Bid Alternate No. 1 and generally including (but not limited to) demolition of the existing pool, construction of the reflecting pool, decking and flagstone patio, sand beach, all associated drainage, renovation of the cabana, construction of new restrooms, landscaping and irrigation and electrical work. Included are notes and references to "Additive Alternative No. 1 in the plans and specifications. "Bid Alternative No. 2": For the purposes of this contract, the term 'Bid Alternate No. 2' as used in the "contractor's Proposal" shall be understood to include all work, labor, equipment, materials, utilities, supplies, associated fees and costs of any kind, etc., as described in the plans, specifications, and contract documents as "Bid Alternate No. 2" generally associated with (but not limited to) pathways leading up to Deedie's House, grading, construction of foot bridges, decomposed walls, and electrical work. Included are notes and references to "Bid Alternative No. 2" in the plans granite paving around and leading to Deedie's House, landscaping and irrigation, fencing, retaining and specifications. Note: The renovation work on Deedie's House itself is included in the "Base Bid". Add the following section: 141 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted". "scheduled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. Add the following section: 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, Revised 9/11100 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 48 am, unless stated othelwise. The word “required” and words of similar import shall be understood to mean “as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer,” unless stated othelwise. Add the following section: 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words “equal”, “approved equal”, “equivalent”, and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression “in the opinion of the Engineer“, unless otherwise stated. Where the words “approved“, “approval”, ”acceptance”, or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. Add the following section: 1-1.4 Perform. The word “perfom” shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use. including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. 1-2 DEFINITIONS. Modify as follows: The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. Agency -the City of Carlsbad, California. Architect - Engineer (see below) City Council - the City Council of the City of Carlsbad Ci Manager - the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. Caretaker’s Cottage- The manufactured home to be installed per plans and specifications. Dispute Board - persons designated by the Ci.Manager to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The Ci Manager is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Engineer - the Public Works Director of the Ci of Carlsbad or hidher approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Landscape Architect - Engineer (see above) Minor Bid Item - a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 “own organization” means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor‘s Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with section 2-3.1 of the Standard Specifications and these Supplemental Provisions. Owner - City of Carlsbad Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II A. Page - 49 Owner Operator/Lessor - Any person who provides equipment or tools with an operator provided who is employed hy neither the Contractor nor a subcontractor and is neither an agent or employee of the Agency or a public utility. Public Works Manager - The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. and first level for informal dispute resolution. Project Inspector - the Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract administration Construction Manager - the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first .level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. I3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.2 Common Usage, add the following: Abbreviation Word or Words Apts ...................................... Apartment and Apartments Bldg ...................................... Building band Buildings CMWD .................................. Carlsbad Municipal Water District CSSD .................................... Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings cfs ......................................... Cubic Feet per Second Comm ................................... Commercial DR ........................................ Dimension Ratio E ........................................... Electric G ........................................... Gas gal ......................................... Gallon and Gallons Gar ....................................... Garage and Garages GNV ...................................... Ground Not VfsiMe gpm ....................................... allons per minute IE .......................................... Invert Elevation LCWD ................................... Leucadia County Water District MSL ...................................... Mean Sea Level (see Regional Standard Drawing "12) MTBM ................................... Microtunneling Boring Machine NCTD .................................... North County Transit Distrct OHE ...................................... Overhead Electric OMWD .................................. Olivenhain Municipal Water District ROW ..................................... Right-of-way S ........................................... Sewer or Slope. as applicable SDNR .................................... San Diego Northem Railway SDRSD ................................. San Diego Regional Standard Drawing SFM ...................................... Sewer Force Main T ........................................... Telephone UE ........................................ Underground Electric W .......................................... Water, Wider or Width, as applicable VWD ..................................... Vallecitos Water District Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 50 SECTION 2 -SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 23 SUBCONTRACTS. 23.1 General, add the following: Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or to deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The City Council shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Ci Council and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said heating. The determination of the Ci Council shalt be final. 24 CONTRACT BONDS, modify the second sentence of paragraph one as follows: Delete, 'who is listed in the latest version of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570,". Modify paragraphs three and four to read: The Contractor shall provide a faithful perform- ancdwarranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in the amount of 100 percent of the contract price. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to: 1) One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total amount payable does not exceed five million dollars ($5,000,000). 2) Fifty percent (50%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total amount payable is not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) and does not exceed ten million dollars ($10,000,000). ' 3) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract if the contract exceeds ten million dollars ($10,000,000). Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. Add the following: All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in Caliomia and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section I73 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II A. Page - 51 2-5.1 General, add the following: The specifications for the work include the Standard thereto, hereinafter designated "SSPWC, as written and promulgated by Joint Cooperative Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 2000 Edition, and the 2001 supplements Committee of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Districts Associated General Contractors of California, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. The construction plans consist of one set of drawings designated as CARRILLO RANCH PHASE II. City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 393-6, Project No. 34561-11. Specifications consist of two books; Contract Documents and Supplemental Provisions designated as Carrillo Ranch Phase II. Contract No. 34561-2, book ONE of two; and the Appendix for Carrillo Ranch Phase II, Contract No. 34561-2, Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRS, as issued by the San Diego County book TWO of two. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego together with the most recent editions of the Ci of Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings, . Department of Public Works (copies of some of the pertinent drawings are included in the Appendix), hereinafter designated as CSSD, as issued by the Ci of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Plans hereinafter designated as CMWDSD, as issued by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Copies of some .of the peftinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these Supplemental Provisions. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents, modify as follows: If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2) Supplemental Provisions. 3) Plans. 4) Standard Plans. a) Ci of Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings. b) Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings. c) City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. d) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. 5) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. e) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans. 6) Reference Specifications. 7) Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations. take precedence over items 2) through 7) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will precedence over general plans. 2-5.3.3 Submittals, add the following: Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Re- alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal submittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of transmittal shall contain the following: 1) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor's certification statement. 4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for 6) Description of the contents of the submittal. the same materials.) Revised 911 1/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II 1c Page - 52 ' 7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractofs certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." By: Tile: Date: Company Name: .Add the following: 2-5.4 Record Drawings, The Contractor shall provide and keep upto-date a complete "as-built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built'' locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, shall be dimensioned and labeled, to the nearest % foot, from two permanent points of reference underground piping, valves, electrical lines, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Locations (e.g. walls, fences, rails, walks, edge of pavement, buildings, etc.). Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at no cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (IO) days prior to final walk through. The record drawings will be reviewed by the Engineer and approved or returned to the contractor for revisions. After approval of the blue-line record prints, the contract shall transfer all information from the blus line set onto mylar plans provided by the City. All work shall be legible and in permanent black ink. Lettering shall be a minimum of 1/8 " height. All items changedkelocated from original drawings shall be so indicated with the same symbol in the new locations, the original symbol erased. Final mylan record drawings shall be approved by the Engineer prior to final payment. Payment for performing the work required by section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefor. 2-9 SURVEYING. Surveying will be the responsibility of the City's consulting engineer. 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers, Delete sections 2-9.1 and replace with the following: The consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California. shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record($ as required by 33 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 53 - When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2-9.2 Survey Service, Delete paragraph three of section 2-9.2 and replace with the following: Stakes will be set and stationed by the Engineer for rough grades, finish grades, entrance road, parking lot, concrete sidewalk, roadways, pathways, caretaker’s pad, caretaker’s house, pool by the cabana, retaining walls, perimeter walls, water line, laterals and appurtenances. sewer line, laterals and appurtenances. storm drain, drainage ditches, and subsurface drainage system. Cut sheets and plans showing the stakes with items to be constructed will be provided at the time of staking. The Contractor shall protect all survey stakes and markers in place. Any restaking required as a result of the Contractor’s disturbance or removal of the stakes or markers will be done at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours notice prior to the need for suweying and shall utilize the form provided in the Appendix. 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. Add the following section: 240.1 Avaflabilii of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. Add the following section: 2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor‘s and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be Contractor‘s staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials. payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required unreasonably interfere with Contractor‘s ongoing business operations. Contractor and all by applicable laws and regulations. SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit prices, add the following: In the case of an increase or decrease in quantity of a minor bid item in excess of 25 percent of the original quantity bid the adjustment of contract unit price for such items will be limited to that portion of the change in excess of 25 percent of the original Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II IC. Page - 54 quantity listed in the Contractor's bid proposal for this contract. Adjustments in excess of 25 percent may, at the option of the Engineer, be paid pursuant to section 3-3, Extra Work. 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.2.2 ( c ) Tool and Equipment Rental, second paragraph, modify as follows: Regardless of shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" published by CALTRANS, ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the this contract. Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of 3-3.2.3 Markup, Delete sections 3-3.2.3 (a) and (b) and replace with the following: (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and. shall constitute the markup for all overhead and proffis: 1) Labor ................................... 20 2) Materials .............................. 15 3) Equipment Rental ................... 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures .. 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on wok added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the contractor. 3-3:3 Daily Reports by Contractor, add the following after the second sentence: Payment for supporting documents to the Engineer. extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all 34 CHANGED CONDITIONS. Delete the second sentence of paragraph three, delete paragraph five (5). and add the following: The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of any event. thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II - Page - 55 The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. “The undersigned certiies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the False Claims Act, Government Code sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further understands City‘s proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered.” By: Tile: Date: Company Name: The Contractor’s estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. Add the following: The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall Delete second sentence of paragraph one and add the following: Prior to proceeding with dispute attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute.resolution chain of command: 1. Project Inspector 2. Construction Manager 3. Public Works Manager 4. Public Works Director 5. City Manager work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor’s report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor’s presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level’s position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase It Page - 56 1) AU claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures 20104) which is set forth below: in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter I, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. 20104. (a)(l) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(l) "Public WOK' has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the .(2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of Regents of the University of California. money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. (d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991. . 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(l) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000). the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(l) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375.000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase I1 - Page - 57 confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Tile 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (9 This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time penods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this article: shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings. the court The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(l) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Tile 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. except as othewise provided in the contract. 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.3.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase I1 I\r Page - 58 access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, safe access and egress. ventilation. lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials, Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-1.4 Test of blateriak, delete the phrase, “and a reasonable amount of retesting”, from the third sentence of the first paragraph. add the following: Except as specified in these Supplemental Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials andlor on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications and the Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of .supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor’s expense. Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be bome.by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-1.6 Trade names or Equals, Add the following: The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substiuted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove Add the following section: 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quanti and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency’s boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase I1 materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor‘s Page - 59 responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to venfy the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. SECTION ,5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Agency and affected utili companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. 54 RELOCATION. Add the following: In conformance with section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utili structures within the limits of work by any utili agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utili structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utili. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility .agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 5-7 TEMPORARY UTILITIES Add the following. Refer to Section 62.2.1, Prosecution of Work, for description of temporary high- line to the existing Hacienda and Section 7-8.5, Temporary Light, Power, and Water for temporary utilities for construction purposes. SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Delete section 6-1 and substitute the following: Except as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within 15 calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". Add the following section: 6-1.1 PreConstruction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer win set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 60 1c. Contractor per section 64. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the preconstruction meeting. Add the following section: 6-1.2 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The 'Contractor's preparation, revisions and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no separate payment will be made therefore. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows 95 compatible 'Suretrack" program by Primevera of Project Program by Microsoft Corporation to prepare Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. Add the following section: 6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. Add the following section: 6-1.3 Scheduling Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows 95 compatible "Suretrack" program by Primevera of Project Program by Microsoft Corporation to prepare Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contractor shall format readable by Microsoft Windows 95 System. submit to the Ci an 89 mm (3.5") data disk with all network information contained thereon, in a 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. Add the following section: 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as described in the Project Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. Add the following section: 6-2.2 Contruction Phasing: FIRST ORDER OF WORK The First Order of Work consists of constructing the entry drive, main the decomposed granite parking lot in front of the cottage, and all underground wet and dry utilities parking lot, decomposed granite roadways leading to the Caretaker's Cottage (manufactured home), within those improvements. It also includes construction of the Caretaker's Cottage pad, wall area drainage system, sewer system, water mains and laterals, electrical service to the cottage, the placement of the cottage, and the connection to utilities. The Caretaker's Cottage shall be made accessible, operational and habaable to facilitate the caretaker's vacating the Hacienda and moving into the new cottage. The contractor shall order the Caretaker's Cottage (manufactured home) as soon as possible to allow for adequate lead time for manufacture, delivery, and installation of Caretaker's Cottage. Prior to the commencement of any grading or underground excavation, a water service highline shall be installed by the Contractor and made operational to supply potable water to the Hacienda and the adjacent uses. The source of water shall be an existing meter located at the terminus of Flying LC Lane. The City shall pay for the cost of the water utilized by through the highline. The highline service shall not be used by the Contractor for construction purposes. The existing water service line currently supplying the Hacienda shall be shut off and the highline shall become operational so that interruption of water service to the Hacienda shall be no longer than 4 hours during normal working hours. Contractor shall notify the City of such interruptions 48 hours prior to their occurrence. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase I1 - Page - 61 SECOND ORDER OF WORK The Second Order of Work consists of all the remainder items to complete the Project Work as described in the Plans, Specifications. and Contract Documents. Note: Some portions of Second Order of Work may occur simultaneously with First Order of Work as long as the work does not impede the ability of the caretaker to maintain his residency at the Carrillo Ranch. Second Order of Work occurring during the First Order of Work will be allowed at the sole discretion of the Engineer. Add the following section: 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of weekly Project Meetings. Each Project Meeting shall be attended by the Contractor’s Representative. The Project Representative shall be the individual determined under section 7-6, “The Contractor’s Representa-. tive”, SSPWC. No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor’s Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor‘s employee at these meetings will be made. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a two week ’look ahead“ schedule at each meeting. The schedule will show all anticipated activities and their durations that will be active. 64 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 64.4 Written Notice and Report ModS as follows: The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor’s opinion of the cause of classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefor. means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. Add the following: The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 280 workina davs after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. Add the following: Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:OO a.m. and 4:OO p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in hidher sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. 6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. Delete the second paragraph and add the following: The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Workis completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 62 or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Wark has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the ofice of the San Diego County Recorder. ' The date of recordation shall be. the date of completion of Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the the Work. work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any Delete the first sentence of the third paragraph and substitute the following two sentences: All faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense within 15 calendar days. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Modify the last sentence of the first paragraph and the first sentence of th,e second paragraph and add the following: For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of One thousand fifteen hundred Dollars ($1,500) per calendar day. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $1,500 per calendar day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES of the CONTRACTOR 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Guide of at least A-:V and are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California Modify as follows: All insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. 74 WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Add the following: All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. 75 PERMITS. Delete the first sentence and add the following four sentences: Except as specified herein the agency will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor, all encroachment, right-of-way, grading, resource agency and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency properly, in streets, highways (except State highway right-of-way), railways or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain permit@) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said compensation will be allowed therefor. Contractor shall obtain no cost haul route permits from the City for hauling of bulk materials 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 63 Add the following section: 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Add the following: Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in hislher sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefor. 7-8;5 Temporary Light, Power and Water. Add the following: The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. Point of connection may be an existing 6" water line currently installed down the entry drive (as shown on the plans), or in an alternative location approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefor. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefor. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. ..Add the following The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of the storm water pollution and monitoring plan prepared for this project in accordance with the California State Water Resources Control Board order number 92-OEDWQ. NPDES General Associated with Construction Activity" Permit number and the "Water Discharge Requirement for Discharges of Storm Water Runoff Add the following section: 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Traffic and Access. add the following: The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling the Cis contracted waste disposal company, Coast Waste Management at 929-9417. Seventy two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences andlor businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain other number shall be a 24 hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 64 - project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine. work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the shall not be connected to either number, The notification shall also give a brief description of the approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for without adhesives. It shall be a minimum sue of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1M inches and shall be brightly For residences, the notification shall be precut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 Ib. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. An example of such notice is provided in Appendix "A". work being performed. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed and re-posted 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notiications shall be included in the contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. Modi the second paragraph as follows: After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring, partially following : closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall noti the 1) The Engineer .................................................................................. (760) 438-1161 X411 2) Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch .............................. ..; ............... (760) 931-21 97 3) Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch ............................................ (760) 931-2197 4) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance ............................................. (760) 438-2980 X-2937 5) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations ................................................ (760) 438-1161 X4500 6) North County Transit District ........................................................... (760) 743-9346 7) Coast Waste Management ............................................................. (760) 929-9400 The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing any traffic control that affects bus stops. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. Add the following: Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, Chapter 5 of the California Department of Transportation "Manual of Traffic Controls," 1996 edition and these Supplemental Provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at hidher sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars whichever is the greater. ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, Add the following section: 7A10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and control devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of section Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 65 11L. , 2067.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of section 214-5.l.et seq. All temporary reflective channeliers shall conform to the provisions of section 214- 5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb marking shall conform to the provisions of section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to section 210-1.6for materials and section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Contractor. Warning and advisory Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required. from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the travelling public during Stationary signs that wam of nowexistent conditions shall be removed from the traveled way and such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be the travelling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the traveled way and ‘shielded from the view of Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in section 2067.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTRANS ‘Standard Specifications’, except the sleeves shall be 180 mm (7”) long. Personal vehicles of the Contractots employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, including any section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor’s vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 1.8 m (6) of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper 7.6 m (25’) intervals to a point not less than 7.6 m~(25’) past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a sign post or minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A C23 (Road Work telescoping flag tree with flags. The sign post or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. Add the following section: 7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. The Contractor’s personnel shall not work closer than (insert minimum acceptable lateral safety buffer distance, eg. 1.8 m (6’)), nor operate equipment within 0.6 m (2’) from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment the than (insert minimum acceptable shy distance, eg. 0.6 m (2’)) shall be measured from the closest approach of any part of the waived when the Engineer has given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific equipment as it is operated and/or maneuvered in performing the work. This requirement may be to the time, duration and location of such waiver, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans included in these contract documents, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer or for the work of installing, maintaining and removing traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the traffic lane or provide barriers. Contractor to detour traffic, adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, close the adjacent During the entire construction, a minimum of (insert appropriate number of lanes) paved traffic lanes, not less than (insert appropriate minimum lane widths, eg.3.6m (12’)) wide, shall be open for use by public traffic in each direction of travel. Add the following section: 7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, CALTRANS “Manual of Traffic Control”, 1996 edition and provisions under “Maintaining Traffic” elsewhere in these Supplemental Provisions. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase It Page - 66 mm, responsibility to provide such addlional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety. When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way. Add the following section: 7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under 'Traffic Control System striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. Add the following section: 7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, the 'Traffic Manual", 1996 edition published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in Chapter 5 of of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall ?E performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material. temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When temporary of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment Add the following.section: 7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor construction activities that are located within the travelled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the Engineer's review in conformance with the requirements of section 2-5.3, et seq. and obtain the specified in section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of TCP, Engineer's approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20 day review period all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in new, modified or added to, for the Engineer's review. New or revised TCP submittals shall include features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition to the sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the travelled surface differs from the finished Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 67 a pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. The Contractor may choose to modify, add to or supplement the TCP shown on applicable sheets Drawings of the contract documents or substitute TCP to further its own interests. Such substitution shall be prepared in type and kind as than shown on sheets of said Drawings. The level of detail, format, and graphics shall be of quality sheet(s) of said Drawings The level of detail, format, and graphics shall be of quality and sue no less and size no less than those on 'Standard Specifications Reference Traffic Control Plan" Drawing number 368-5. Such modifications, supplements andlor new design of. TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and of the "MANUAL OF TRAFFIC CONTROLS, 1996 Edition as published by the State of California Department of Transportation. Such modification, addition. supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer appropriately registered in the State of California, The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, andlor new designs to the TCP when, in the Engineer's sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, andlor new designs to the TCP prepared by the registered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed best interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. shall conform to the requirements of section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP Add the following section: 7-10.3.7 Payment: The Contractor shall prepare and implement traffic control plans and shall furnish all labor and materials to perform, install, maintain, replace and remove all traffic control.as therefor. incidentals to the work with which they are associated and no other compensation will be allowed Add the following section: 7-10.4.4 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning falling materials. against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. Add the following: Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which the contract. established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 8-2 FIELD OFflCE FACILITIES. Add the following: Contractor shall fumish the Engineer a :Class A" Field Office. The field office shall be for the exclusive use of the Engineer and such other individuals that the Engineer may designate. The field ofice shall be a separate structure from any other office facility. The Contractor shall maintain the field office throughout the entire duration of the contract unless the Engineer shall otherwise direct. 8-2.1 Class "A" Field Ofke. Add the following: Additionally the "Class A" Field Office shall be provided with: one (1) additional standard 1.5 m (5') double pedestal desk with two chairs, one (1) Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 68 - electrostatic copier and supplies, copier shall be Xerox Model 5018, or equal, one (I) FAX machine Panasonic Model Panafax UF-560 or Sharp model FO-5400T. or equal and one (1) IO' long x 36" wide table with ten (IO) folding chairs. Contractor shall provide one answer telephone and one additional telephone line for computer connection, email capabilities, and appropriate electrical connections as required. Water mler to have hot and chilled water. Furnishings shall be new and are subject to agency approval. The field oftice shall be located at a site satisfactory to the Engineer and within or immediately adjacent to the limits of work. Access and three parking spaces for the exclusive use of the Engineer and hisher designees that are convenient and satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor. text shall be proportioned as shown below. The Contractor shall affix a Ci seal to the sign in a centered The field oftice shall have a 600 mm by 900 mm (24" by 36") sign affiied near the entry door. The sign location. The City seal will be supplied by the Engineer. I CITY OF CARLSBAD I ENGINEERING INSPECTION 8-6 BASIS OF PAYMENT. Add the following: Payment for field office will as outlined in Section 9-3.4.1 SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT and PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK the U.S. Standard Measures. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement, modify as follows: The system of measure for this contract shall be 9-3 PAYMENT. 9-3.1 General. Delete the eighth paragraph and substitute the following: Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the "Notice of Completion" 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. Delete the second paragraph and substitute the following: Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of the Standard Specifications (SSPWC). Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (IO) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 69 supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. Add paragraph 6 et seq. as follows: After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its time specified. the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in'the aforementioned time, the on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will ' Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjustments be subject to resolution as specified in subsection 3-5, Disputed Work The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Add the following: Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including sections 3-4 considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 70 denying the claims, Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer, The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under subsection 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. Add the following section: 93.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the project will not be included in the progress estimate. Add the following section: 93.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. The Contract lumpsum price paid for mobilization shall not exceed $100,000 and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site, including the Field office as outlined in Section 8-21, preparation of the project schedule, and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to for under separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the stipulated beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as describd in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows: For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization And Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work will be allowed therefor. 9-3.6 Final Pay Quantities. When an item of work is designated as (F) in the Engineer's Estimate of Contractor's Proposal, the estimated quantity for that item of work shall be the final pay quantity, unless the dimensions of any portion of that item are revised by the Engineer, or the item or any portion of the item is eliminated. If the dimensions of any portion of the item are revised, and the revisions result in an increase or decrease in the estimated quanti of that item of work, the final pay quantity for the item will be revised in the amount represented by the changes in the dimensions. If a final pay item is eliminated, the estimated quantity for the item will be eliminated. If a portion of a final pay item is eliminated, the final pay quanti will be revised in the amount represented by the eliminatedportion of the item of work. The estimated quanti for each item of work designated as (F) in the Engineer's Estimate of the Contractor's Proposal shall be considered as approximate only, and no guarantee is made that the quantity which can be determined by computations, based on the details and dimensions shown on the plans, will equal the estimated quantity. No allowance will be made in the event that the quanti based on computations does not equal the estimated quanti. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 71 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVlSlONS STANDARD SPEClFiCATlONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TO SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS 200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS Add the following section: gravel, or crushed stone, and shall be free from organic material, clay balls, or other deleterious 200-1.2.2 Permeable Material. Permeable material shall consist of hard, durable, clean sand, substances. Class 1 and Class 2 permeable material shall have a Durability Index of not less than 40. Class 2 Permeable material shall have a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 75. Class 1 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1 .2.2(A). Class 2 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(8). When permeable material is required and the class or kind is not specified, Class 1 permeable material shall be used. The alternative gradings within Class 1 permeable, material are identified by types. Unless otherwise shown on the plans the Contractor will be permitted to furnish and place any one of the types provided for this class. The percentage composition by mass of permeable material in place shall conform to the gradings in Tables 200-1.2.2(A) and 200-1.2.2(8). CLASS 1 PERMEABLE MATERIAL TABLE 200-1.2.2(A) I Percentaae Passina CLASS 2 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Sieve Sizes I Percentage Passing 25-mm (1 ") 4.75-mm (No *\ 40-1 00 9.5mm ('//s'? 90-1 00 19-mrn (V4") 100 600-pm (No. 3@1 SA5 1 &33 2.36-mm (No. 8) pun 300-pm (No. 5( 75-prn (no. 201 9 I 0-7 I) 0-3 Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page- 72. A. 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS 200-2.1 General. Add the following: 200-2.2). or crushed miscellaneous base ( standard specification subsection 26-1 .OD Aggregate base shall be crushed aggregate base (Section :Section 200-2.4), or Class II aggregate base (CALTRANS d . SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS Delete this section and replace with the following CSI sections found in Part 4: Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Section 03350 - Special Concrete Finishes SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. 2036.2 Materials. Add the following: Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-AR 4000 for surface course, and EAR 4000 for base course. 203-6.6.1, Batch Plant Method, modify as follows: Third paragraph, last sentence, delete “and from the Engineer‘s field laboratory“. Last paragraph, add after D 2172: “method A or €3.” 2034.7 Asphalt Concrete Storage. add the following: Open graded asphalt concrete stored in excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 18 hours, shall not be used in the work. Add the following section: 203-1 1 ASPHALT PAVEMENT CRACK SEALANTS 203-11.1 Elastomeric Sealant Elastomeric sealant shall be a polyurethane material of a composition that will, within its stated shelf life, cure only in the presence of moisture. No elastomeric sealant shall be incorporated into any portion of the work that is beyond the shelf life recommended by its manufacturer. No elastomeric sealant shall be incorporated into any portion of the work that has been stored under conditions not recommended by its manufacturer. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. The cured sealant shall have the performance characteristics in Table 203-1 I(A). Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase I1 k Page- 73 TABLE 203-11.1lA1 ELASTOMERIC SEALANT CH~ACTERISI ~ " -~ ~ Prowrtv I Measuring Standard I Results .- (ASTN Hardness Type A, Model 1700 I (indentation) ASTM C Tensile ASTM D 412 Die C, I 3.45 MPa, minimum I Gignation) I 12240 Rex. 65 - 85 Strength I I Elongation I ASTM D 412 Die C, I400%, minimum Flex at -40°C No cracks 0.6 mm (25 mil) Free tensile; 400% minimum at 38°C Resistance 3.45 MPa. minimum ASTM B 117 28 days Salt-Spray Weatherometer 350 h Resistance Slight chalking ASTM D 022 Weathering Film Bend (180") I I Elongation Dielectric I ASTM D 150 I Less than 25% change cs Conditions 25°C @ 50% relative humid5 ~ulled at 508 mm (20") per minute. pulled at 508 mm (20") per . .. . .. minute over 13 mm ('/2") Mandrel Cured 7 davs at 25°C Ca, 50% relati& humidity 5% NaCI, Die C, pulled at - 508 mm (20") per minute over a temperature range of -30-C to 50-C California Specification 8040-41A-15 and shall be used only for filling slots in asphalt concrete 203-11.2 Asphaltic Emulsion Sealant Asphaltic emulsion sealant shall conform to the State of the slope causes the material to run from the slot. The material shall not be thinned in excess of pavement. This material shall not be used in slots which exceed 16 mm (518') in width or where the manufacturer's recommendations and shall not be placed when the air temperature is less than 7°C (45°F). 203-11.3 Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 203-1 1.3(A). CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT TABLE 203-1 I .3(A) Property Conditions Results Measuring Standard (ASTM Designation) Cone Penetration 288 "C, min. ASTM D 92 Flash Point, COC, "C 25T, 50 mmlmin 300 mm, min. ASTM D 1 13 Ductility, 02 "C, min. ASTM D 36 Softening Point, 25°C 25%, min. ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 Resilience 5 mm, max. ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 Flow, 60°C 25T, 150 g, 5 s 3.5 mm, max. ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 Viscosity, Brookfield ASTM D 4402 2.5-3.5 Pa.s No. 27 Spindle, 20 Thermosel, rpm. 190°C. SECTION 204 - LUMBER AND TREATMENT WITH PRESERVATIVES Delete this section and replace with the following CSI sections: Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry Section 06200 - Finished Carpentry Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 24561-2 Carrilio Ranch Phase II - Page - 74 , SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS Add the following section: 2067 TRAFFIC SIGNS. Add the following section: 206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the Contractor's performance of the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and portable signs. Add the following section: 206-7.2.1 General. Materials, legend, proportion, size, and fabrication of all temporary traffic signs shall conform to the.requirements of 'Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993", used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic dimensions and details, dated April 1987, and "OPAQUE COLOR CHART, dated February 1980, all Sheets 1 through 5 that accompany 'Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" of published by the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Procurement Services, Office of Material Operations, 1900 Royal Oaks Drive, Sacramento, CA 95819 and as modified or supplier to noti the Department of Transportation or to certify compliance to said "Specifications herein. Where The "Specification For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" require the Contractor approval, observation of manufacturing or assembly operations by the State of California, Department For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993", to provide a quality control program or to allow testing, of Transportation and/or its employees or officials, such rights shall be vested in the Engineer. Add the following section: 206-7.2.2 Drawings. Modi the 'Specifications-For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" as follows: Standard temporary traffic signs shall be as per the most recently approved "Approved Sign Specification Sheets" of the State of California, Department of Transportation. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the sign@) or the date of the "Notice to Proceed" of this contract, whichever is most recent. Add the following section: 206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting. Modify the 'Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" as follows: All advisok signs,-warning signs and all regulatory signs, excepting only those hereinafter listed, shall be fabricated with Type 111 encapsulated lens sheeting conforming to the requirements of this specification. The signs listed below shall be fabricated with Type II encapsulated lens sheeting conforming to the requirements of this specification. Warning and regulatory signs which shall be fabricated with Type I1 encapsulated lens sheeting are: R5; R24 through, and including, R32B; R47 through, and including, R53C; R62A through, and including, R62D; R74 through, and including, R96C; and R99 through, and including, R105A. All sign designations Transportation. shall be as per the "Traffic Manual", 1996 revision, as published by the California Department of Add the following section: 206-7.2.4 Substrate. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" as follows: Excepting only construction warning signs used at a single location during daylight hours for not more than five (5) consecutive days, all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall be stationary mounted and shall use aluminum substrate. ~~ Add the following section: Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Ar Page- 75 206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs. Stationary mounted temporary traffic signs shall be installed on l0-gage and 12gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same manner shown on the State of California. Department of Transportation "Standard Plans" 1995 edition standard plans numbers RSl, RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of roadside signs, except as follows: 9 Wood posts shall not be used. g) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required. h) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 2.1 m (7'). i) Unless otherwise shown on the plans traffic sign posts shall conform in materials and installation to SDRS drawing "45 and shall have one post provided for each 0.48 m2 (5 f?)of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when approved by the Engineer. j) Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic sign posts shall conform to the requirements specified for aluminum signs in the 'Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October. 1993". ,wd the following section: 206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel sue and number of posts shall be as shown on the plans, except that when stationary mounted signs perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs. Post are installed and the type of sign installation is not shown on the plans, post sue and the number of posts will be determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall consist of reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate. Add the following section: 206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs. Each portable temporary traffk sign shall consist of a base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the site of use and placed in immediate operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the requirements of sign panels for stationary mounted signs in the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other approved fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size. color, and legend 206-7.2 of these Supplemental Provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in section edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m (12"). All parts of the sign standard or framework shall be finished with 2 applications of an orange enamel which will match the color of the sign panel background. Testing of paint will not be required. SECTION 207 - PIPE 207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE. 207-2.5 Joints. Add the following: When watertight joints are indicated on the plans they shall be C 361-95 and C 443-94. of the rubber-gasketed type meeting the requirements of ASTM Standard Specification designations Add the following section: 207-25 UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE. Add the following section: 207-25.1 Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape: Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall have a minimum 0.13 mm (0.OOY) overall thickness, with no less than a 35 gauge (AWG), Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase I1 - Page- 7G 0.14 mm aluminum foil core. The foil must be visible from both sides. The layen shall be laminated together with the extrusion lamination process, not adhesives. No inks or printing shall extend to the edges of the tape, All printing shall be encased to avoid ink rub-off. Detectable Underground Utili Marking Tape shall conform to the properties listed in Tables 207-25(A) and 207-25 (B). TABLE 207-25.1(A) TABLE 207-25.1(B) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE COLORS Color Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable television. Orange Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, product and steam. Yellow Electric power, distribution, transmission, and municipal electric systems. Red Utility Marked Blue Water systems. Green Sanitary and storm sewer systems, nonpotable. Brown Force mains. Purple . Reclaimed water lines. Add the following section: 207-25.2 Materials Approvals. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall meet the requirements of each of the following agency/association publications. A. Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Office of Pipeline Safety. USAS code for pressure piping B31.8, paragraph 192.321(e). to Pipelines. Adopted June 7, 1974. Report NTSB-PSS-73-1. 8. National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC, Special Study Prevention of Damage C. American Petroleum Institute (API). Recommended practice for marking buried liquid petroleum pipelines - APR RP 11 09. D. General Services Administration, Washington, DC. Public Buildings Service Guide Specification for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment - PBS 61501, Amendment 2, Page 501-14, Paragraph 18, Subparagraph 18.1, Clause 18.1.1. F. Rural Electrification Authority (REA), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC, National Electrical Safety Code for Underground Construction for remote and immediate hazards. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II - Paw- 77 Section 209 - Electrical Components Delete this section and replace with the following CSI sections found in Part 4: Section 16050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Section 16060 - Grounding and Bonding Section 161 00 - Electrical Work Section 16130 - Raceways and Boxes Section 16120 - Conductors and Cables Section 16140 -Wiring Devices Section 16442 - Panelboards Section 16521 -Exterior Lighting SECTION 210 - PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS Delete this section and replace with the following CSI section found in Part 4: Section 09900 - Painting SECTION 212 - LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS Delete this section and replace with the following CSI sections found in Part 4: Section 02810 - Irrigation Section 02900 - Landscape SECTION 213 - ENGINEERING FABRICS 213-2 GEOTEXTILES.213-2.1 General. Add the following: Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in Table 213-2.1(A) Table 213-2.1(A) GEOTEXTILE APPLICATIONS ~~ ~ kg (%Ton) Plant Protection Covering 90N Erosion Control Fence with 14 AWG - 150 mm x 150 mm Wx6) Wire 9ows and 3 rn (IO) Post Spacing Erosion Control Fence with 1.8 m (6) Post Spacing and No Wire Fencing 200ws Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II - Add the following section: 213-3 EROSION CONTROL SPECIALTIES. Add the following section: 213-3 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less than 23kg (50 Ibs) of 19 mm (%") crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic bags are not acceptable. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II - Page- 79 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS. TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. 300-1.1 General. add the following to the third paragraph: During surface clearing operations, the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the Contractor cannot successfully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so contaminated shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with removing the soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to replace said contaminated soil shall be bome by the Contractor and no additional payment therefor shall be made to the Contractor. Clearing and grubbing includes all demolition and disposal of demolition materials. grubbing shall be all demolition and removal and disposal of demolition materials as well as concrete 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials. add the following: Also included in clearing and brow ditches, and aggregate base, existing chain link gate, existing headwalls, riprap, traffic signs, and other existing features which interfere with the work. Whether or not such items are shown on the plans they shall be removed as a part of clearing and grubbing. Existing underground pipes and conduits that are shown on the plans and designated to be removed shall be removed by the Contractor as a part of clearing and grubbing. 300-1.4 Payment. modify as follows: Payment for clearing, grubbing and demolition shall be made at the contract lump sum price for clearing, grubbing, and demolition within the project limits and at stockpile locations and no other payments will be made. Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor. shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utiliiies shall be included in the lumpsum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and Demolition, and no additional payment will be made. 300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. 300-2.1 General. add the following: Unclassified excavation shall include removal and stockpile of suitable material, recompaction, mixing, grading for mitigation work, disposal of unsuitable materials not included in the bid item for clearing and grubbing, all cut and fill including removal and grades and cross section. Unclassified excavation shall be utilized onsite to make all fills shown on recompaction of unsuitable soil, salvaging clean excavated material and tilling areas to the required the plans. Unclassified excavation shall also include scarification and moisture adjustment and compaction of the top 300 mm (1’) of the subgrade in the roadway prism in cut areas to 95 percent Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II Page - 80 relative compaction, grading and attendant work, export of remaining excess material to a disposal site or spoil area acquired by the Contractor and pumping and disposal of storm and ground water. of excavating, blending and recompacting loose soils in areas that are designated to receive fills. 300-2.2.1 General. add the following: Alluvial and colluvial removal and recompaction shall consist The existing loose soils shall be removed by the Contractor until a firm unyielding surface is exposed the optimum moisture content the Contractor shall blend the wet soil with soils having a lower or to a depth determined by the Engineer. If the excavated material contains 4%, or more, water than moisture content and/or spread the excavated material in a manner that enables the material to dry to optimum moisture content. The cost of spreading and/or drying shall be included in the contract unit price for unclassified excavation (removal and recompaction). The excavated material shall be 4.9, Measurement and Payment, shall not apply. placed and compacted in accordance with section 300-4 of the specifications except that section 300- 300-2.2.1 General. add the following to the first paragraph: Such direction may include, but is not limited to, directing the Contractor to blend, adjust moisture content of, rework. and place unsuitable soils at specific locations or elevations on the site. Add the following section: 300-2.2.3 Compressible Soil. Compressible soils such as existing uncontrolled or unacceptable fill, alluvium, and colluvium may exist within portions of the Project site. Where required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove such compressible soils from areas to receive fill or from areas soils shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is considered upon which surface improvements are to be placed. The removal and disposal of such compressible otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer in which case it may be paid for in accordance with section 300- 2.2.1. 300-2.2.4 Instability of Cuts. Add the following: The Contractor shall remove additional material as directed by the Engineer to improve the stability of excavated cuts. The removal of such excavated material shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is Subsection 300-2.2.1. considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer, in which case it will be paid for in accordance with 300-2.5 Slopes. add the following: The hinge points (the top and bottom) of slopes shall be located within 75 mm (0.25) of the locations shown on the plans. 300-2.5 Slopes. add the following: after the first sentence of the first paragraph: A slope shall be defined as any area steeper than three horizontal to one vertical. 300-2.6 Surplus Material. add the following: The Contractor shall haul and dispose of all surplus material from the project. The Contractor shall utilize highway legal haul trucks for this export of special construction equipment, as defined in section 565 of the California Vehicle Code, will be material from the project site and to a site secured by the Contractor. No earth moving equipment or allowed for hauling material on public streets. 300-2.8 Measurement delete the second paragraph relating to materials removed from stockpiles and add the following: Unclassified Excavation shall be measured based on the volume it occupies in its original position before excavating. The measurement shall be from the original ground contours after clearing and grubbing and the bottom of areas of excavation to the design elevations shown on the plans or actual ground contours existing in borrow sites after excavation or those for removal and recompaction of alluvial and colluvial materials or those for materials, excavated to improve the stability of cuts, whichever is lower in elevation. No excavated material which is re- excavated will be measured for payment. Materials excavated or otherwise removed as all or part of any other bid item shall not be measured as Unclassified Excavation. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo,Ranch Phase II e Page- fl 300-2.9 Payment add the following: : Payment for Unclassified Excavation will be made at the unit price bid in the proposal. Only the quanti of unclassified excavation measured shall be paid for. No excavated material which is re-excavated will be paid for. For progress payments, the quantity of considered the definitive determinant for quantities for final payment. All topographic surveying and unclassified excavation shall be estimated by the Engineer . The Engineer‘s calculations shall be calculations necessary to quantify payment quantities for Unclassified Excavation shall be performed by the Engineer. Payment for Unclassified Excavation shall include costs of placement, compaction, soil remediation, moisture adjustment and water therefor, rework of compressible soils, slope rounding, grading, on the drawings or required by the contract documents. stockpiling, access road, temporary detour roads, earthen swales and drainage channels as shown Payment for work performed under sections 300-2.2.1, 300-2.2.2, 300-2.2.3 and 300-2.2.4, when the equipment used to accomplish the work as per section 3-3 EXTRA WORK of the specifications. Engineer determines that the soils are unsuitable, shall be made for the actual labor, materials and 300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 300-3.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall excavate to the lines and levels required and/or shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, cribbing, pumping, and planking required. The Contractor shall excavate and maintain the bottom of all trenches in a condition that is level, firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter. Excavations shall be kept free from water at all times. The Contractor shall remove any unsuitable material encountered below grade as directed by the Engineer 300-3.6 Payment Add the following: Dewatering shall be paid for as an incidental and no additional compensation will be made therefor. 3004 UNCLASSIFIED FILL 3004.2 Preparation of Fill Areas. add the following: Except as provided in section 300-4.7, “Compaction”, areas proposed for improvements all fill (including backfill and scarified ground surfaces) shall be compacted by the Contractor to, no less than 90 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM Test Procedure D1557-91. 3004.4 Benching. add the following: Benching shall conform to The City of Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawing GS-14. 3004.5 Placing Materials for Fills. add the following: The Contractor shall perform grading such that the upper 900 mm (3’) of fill placed in the roadway pavement area is composed of properly compacted low expansive soils. The more highly expansive soils shall be placed in the deeper fill areas and properly compacted or exported from the site. Low expansive soils are defined as those soils that have an Expansion Index of 50 or less when tested in accordance with 1994 UBC Standard 18-2 as published by the International Conference of Building Officials. Should insufficient soils of the least expansion index that are available within the limits of work shall be incorporated in the meeting the requirement of an expansion index of 50 or less be present within the limits of work, soils upper 900 mm (3’) of fill placed in the roadway. The Contractor shall break rock encountered in the excavation into particles of less than 75 mm (3”). filled so that construction equipment can be operated in such a manner that the larger pieces will be Particles with dimensions greater than 75 mm (3”) shall be uniformly distributed over the area to be Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II A* Page- 42 broken into smaller particles and become incorporated with the other materials in the layer. This requirement far particle sue reduction does not apply to'cobbles, small boulders, and small hard rocks found within the surface soils and formational materials. Rocks having any dimension greater than 460mrn (18") shall not be incorporated into the fill. Rock exceeding 150 mm (6") in diameter shall not be placed in the upper 900 rnm (3) of any fill. When there are large quantities of rock to be that intervening voids can be adequately filled with fine material to form a dense, compact mass. placed in the fill, rocks shall not be nested, but shall be spread with sufficient room between them so to acceptable sizes or removed from the site by the contractor. If disposed of within the Ci of Oversize material which cannot be utilized for erosion mitigation or landscaping onsite shall be broken Carlsbad, a separate grading permit will be required for disposal of rock. 300-4.6 Application of Water. add the following: The Contractor shall place all fill soil at a moisture content no less than one (1) percent below optimum moisture as determined by ASTM test D-1557- 91. 3004.7 Compaction. add the following: The Contractor shall compact all fill soils placed within the top 1 m (3) of roadway subgrade to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction. On all areas to receive planting, the top 150 mm (6") shall be compacted to 85%, +2% -5%. to allow for plant growth. 3004.8 Slopes. add the following: Feathering of fill over the tops of slopes will not be permitted. The Contractor shall compact the faces of fill slopes with a sheep's foot roller at vertical intervals no greater than 600 mm (2) or shall be built and cut back to finish grade. In addition, if not over built and cut back, the face of the slope shall be track walked upon completion. 3004.9 Measurement and Payment delete and substitute the following: Unclassified fill, grading, shaping, compacting or consolidating, slope rounding, construction of transitions and all work included in and incidental to Section 300-4. "Unclassified Fill" will be paid for as a part of unclassified excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefor. 300-5 BORROW EXCAVATION. Add the following section: 300-5.2.1 Imported Borrow Properties. The Contractor shall provide imported borrow that is clean well graded soil consisting of material conforming to all of the requirements in Table 300- 5.2.1(A) and the following requirements. Rock included in the top I m (3) of imported borrow shall be particles of less than 75 mm (3"). Rock included below the top 1 rn (3) of imported borrow shall be particles of less than 150 mm (6"). IMPORTED BORROW PROPERTIES TABLE 300-5.2.1(A) Tests I Test Method No. I Requirements R-value Percent Passing 75p (No. 200) 15 Max. ASTM D 422 Sieve Analysis 4 Max. ASTM D 424 Plasticity Index 10 Max. UBC Standard 18-2 Expansion Index 40.Min. Calif. 301 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL. Modify as follows: 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL. Add the following section: 300-9.2 General. The Contractor shall provide erosion control, and water pollution control conforming to the requirements shown on the plans, as specified hereln, and as elsewhere required by the Revised 911 1/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II IL. Page- 83 Contract Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include the work specified herein. and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to meet Best Management Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm water damage of the limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage flows from within the limits of work. Add the following section: 300-9.2.1 Grading Controls. The Contractor shall protect all areas that have been graded and/or cleared and grubbed as well as areas that have not been graded and/or cleared and grubbed within the limits of work from erosion. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth berms, gravel bags, silt fences, stabilized construction entrances and similar measures, coordinated with its construction construction period. The Contractor will be required to protect areas which have been cleared and procedures, as necessary and as shown on the plans to control on site and off site erosion during the grubbed prior to excavation or embankment operations, and which are subject to runoff during the duration of the contract. The criteria used to determine the appropriate erosion control measures shall be the "Best Management Practices", hereinafter BMP, defined and described in the, "California Storm as published by the Storm Water Quality Task Force. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the "California Storm Water Best Management Handbook, Construction Activity", March 1993 edition on the project site and shall conduct its operations in conformity to said Handbook. Temporary erosion control measures provided by the Contractor shall include, but. not be limited to, the following: d) Embankment areas, while being brought up to grade and during periods of completion prior to final limits of work where such runoff shall have pollutants removed by BMP methods . roadbed construction, shall be graded so as to direct runoff into impoundment areas within the e) The Contractor shall provide protection by BMP measures to eliminate erosion and the siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to: temporary down drains, either in the form of pipes or paved ditches with protected outfall berms; graded berms around areas to eliminate erosion of embankment slopes by surface runoff; f) Excavation areas, while being brought to grade, shall be protected from erosion and the resulting confined ponding areas to desilt runoff; and to desilt runoff. siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas by the use of BMP measures . These herein. measures shall include, but shall not be limited to, methods shown on the plans and described Add the following section: 300-9.2.2 Payment. Full compensation for performing erosion control and water pollution control, conforming to the operational requirements herein, of the BMP and conforming to the requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, including the latest amendments thereto, which is not a part of the planned permanent work or included as a separate bid item shall be considered as included in the contract price bid for unclassified excavation, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 300-11 STONEWORK FOR EROSION CONTROL. 300-1 1.4 Payment. delete and replace as follows: Rock protection will be paid for at the unit price contract Price Bid for Rip Rap Energy Dissipator, complete and in place, in accordance with the details and requirements of the plans and specifications. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II R. Page- By SECTW 301 -TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATLON AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 301-1.2 Preparation of Subgrade. Modify the second and third paragraphs as follows: Change each instance reading ‘150mm (6 inches)” to ”300 mm (12”)”. 301-1.3 Relative Compaction. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall compact the upper 300 mm (12”) of subgrade beneath areas to be paved, have base or subbase material Dlaced on them, or curb, gutter. curb and gutter, alley pavement, driveway or sidewalk constructed‘over them to no less than95 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM test Dl 557-91. 301-1.7 Payment Modi the first paragraph as follows: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be included in the contract bid price for which the subgrade is prepared and shall include all labor, materials; including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or allowed. recompact the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING 302-1.2. Measurement and Payment. add the following: Payment for oiled roadways and shoulders shall include post emergent herbicide treatment of the areas to be oiled. 302-2 CHIP SEAL 302-2.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to be chip sealed with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to chip sealing the street. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. 302-2.8. Measurement and Payment. add the following: Payment for chip seal shall include post emergent herbicide treatment of the areas to be chip sealed. 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. 302-5.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to receive asphalt concrete paving with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to paving the area. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. 302-5.2.5 Pavement Transitions. add the following: The Contractor shall ramp the approaches and termini to all structures and vertical joints in the cold-milled area which are transverse to through traffic with temporary asphalt concrete pavement as specified in section 306-1.5.1. Ramps shall be dimensions and compaction shall be as approved by the Engineer. constructed the same day as cold milling and removed the same day as permanent paving. Ramp 3024.4 Tack Coat. add the following: The Contractor shall place a tack coat between the successive interfaces of existing pavement and new pavement when, in the opinion of the engineer, the Contractor has failed to maintain or prepare each existing or previously laid course of asphalt receiving the subsequent course of asphalt in a sufficiently clean state and the asphalt receiving the Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II 1R. new pavement course is dirty enough to impair bonding between the next lift of asphalt. 302-5.6.1 General. modify as follows: Second paragraph, Part (2), add: Pinched joint rolling procedures shall be required, and vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. modify as follows: After last paragraph, add: Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the initial breakdown rolling shall be followed by a pneumatic-tired roller as described in this section. 302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. add the following: Payment for asphalt concrete shall be at the unit price bid per ton. No additional payment shall be made for any tack coat. SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork Delete this secion and replace with the following CSI Sections found in Part 4: Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement Section 03350 - Special Concrete Finishes Section 03300 - Cast - In - Place Section 04230 - Reinforced Unit Masonry SECTION 304 - METAL FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION Delete this section and replace with the following CSI section found in Part 4: Section 02444 - Chain Link Fence SECTION 306 - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION 306-1 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS Add the following section: 306-1.1.7 Steel Plate Bridging - With a NonSkid Surface. This section covers the use of steel plate bridging. The Contractor shall not employ the use or use steel plate bridging or trench plate that does not meet the requirements of this section both in application and circumstance of use. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.1 Requirements for Use. Alternate construction methods that avoid the use of steel plate bridging shall be used by the Contractor unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. It is recognized that to accommodate excavation work, steel plate bridging may be necessary. All conditions for use of steel plate bridging set forth in the following requirements must be fulfilled as conditions of approval of the use of steel plate bridging. Consideration of steel plate bridging in the review process will take into account the following factors: 4. 1. Traffic volume and composition. Duration of use of the steel plate bridging. 4. 5. Weather conditions. Size of the proposed excavation. The following formula shall be used to score the permitted use of steel plate bridging: PS = [ ADT + EWL + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (kmh) + SLOPE X 1001 X LANES 1000 8 PS = [ ADT + EWL + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (mphl+ SLOPE X 1001 X LANES 1000 5 Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II r.c Page- f& where: ADT PS EWL DAYS WEEKEND NIGHTS WEATHER SPEED SLOPE LANES plate score. equivalent wheel loads as defined in the CALTRANS Traffic Manual. average daily traffic as defined in the CALTRANS Traffic Manual. total number of 24 hour periods during which the plates will be utilized at the site being considered. total number of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays. that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered. total number of overnight periods that the plates will be in place, exclusive of Saturday, Sunday and holiday nights. total number of 24-hour periods that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered when the possibility of rain exceeds 40 percent. the design speed in kilometers per hour or miles per hour, as applicable in the formulae above, of the street where the plates are to be installed. This number the quotient of the vertical differential divided by the horizontal distance. The shall not be reduced for construction zone speed reductions. vertical and horizontal.dimensions shall be measured at the locations spanning a distance of 15 m (50') up and downstream of the position of the proposed the number of lanes where plates will be used. steel plate bridging. When the computed value of the plate score exceeds 50, steel plate bridging shall not be used of construction is possible in lieu of using steel plate bridging or that other overriding considerations unless, and at the sole discretion of the Engineer, the Engineer determines that no alternative method make the use of steel plate bridging acceptable. Alternatives considered to bridging shall include, but not be limited to, detouring traffic. construction detour routes, tunneling, boring and other methods of tren&hless construction. Unless specifically noted in the provisions of the Engineer's approval, the use of steel plate bridging at each location so approved shall not exceed four (4) consecutive working days in any given week. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.2 Additional Requirements. In all cases when the depth of the trench exceeds the width of the steel plate bridging resting on each side of the pavement adjacent to the trench, safety regulations require or the Engineer determines that shoring is necessary to protect the health or the Standard Specifications. The trench shoring shall be designed and installed to support the steel safety of workers or the public the Contractor shall install shoring conforming to Section 7-10.4.1 of plate bridging and traffic loads. All approvals for design, substitution of materials or methods shall be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with all provisions of section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. The Contractor shall backfill and resurface excavations in accordance with section 306- 1.5. Add the following section: ' 306-1.1.7.3 Installation. When backfilling operations of an excavation in the traveled way, whether transverse or longitudinal cannot be properly completed within a work day, steel plate bridging with a non-skid surface and shoring may be required to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. In such cases, the following conditions shall apply: d) Steel plate bridging when the plate score exceeds 50 is not allowed except when, at the e) Steel plates used for bridging must extend a minimum of 610 mm (2') beyond the edges of f) Steel plate bridging shall be installed to operate with minimum noise. sole discreiion of the Engineer, it is approved as specified hereinbefore. the trench. When the use of steel plate bridging and shoring is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II install using either Method (1) or (2) depending on the design speed of the portion of street where the steel plate bridging is proposed for use. Method 1 [For speeds more than 70 Kmlhr (45 MPH)]: The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. The cold milling shall produce a flat surface that the plate shall rest on with no horizontal or vertical movement. Horizontal gaps between the unmilled pavement and the plate shall not exceed 25 mm (1") and shall be filled with elastomericsealant material which may, at the contractor's option, tables 203-5.2(6) and 203-5.3(A). be mixed with no more that 50%, by volume, of Type I aggregate conforming to the requirements of Method 2 [For speeds 70 Kmlhr (45 MPH) or less]: Approach plate(s) and ending plate (if longitudinal placement) shall be attached to the roadway and shall be secured against displacement bolted to the underside of each plate and located within 150 mm (6") of the beginning and end of the by using two adjustable cleats that are no less than 50 mm (2") shorter than the width of the trench trench for plates at the beginning and end of the trench, a minimum of two 300 mm long by 19 mm the pavement section, or other devices approved by the Engineer. Subsequent plates shall be butted diameter (12" x W) steel bolts placed through the plate and driven into holes drilled 300 mm (12") into to each other. Fine graded asphalt concrete shall be compacted to form ramps, maximum slope 8.5% with a minimum 300 mm (12") taper to cover all edges of the steel plates. When steel plates are removed, the dowel holes in the pavement section shall be completely filled with elastomeric sealant material. At the Contractor's option, the methods required for Method 1 may be used. If the steel plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete ramps and maintain and restore the street surface during Contractor so elects, all requirements of Method 1 shall be used. The Contractor shall maintain the and after their use. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.4 Materials. The minimal thickness of steel plate bridging shall be as shown in Table 306-1 .I .7.4(A) TABLE 306-1 .I .7.4(A) REQUIRED PLATE THICKNESS FOR A GIVEN TRENCH WIDTH Maximum Trench Width ('I 25 mm (1') 1.0 m (41") 22 mm (7/s") 0.8 m (31") 19 mm (V4") 0.6 m (23") 13 mm ('/2") 0.3 m (lo") Minimum Plate Thickness 1.6 m (63") 32 mm (1 X") (1) For spans greater than 1.6 m (S), a structural design shall be prepared by a registered civil engineer and submitted to the Engineeifor re-iiew and appmval m accordance wivl section 2-53; Steel plate bridging shall be steel plate designed to support the HS20-44 truck loading per CALTRANS Bridge Design Specifications Manual. The Contractor shall maintain a non-skid surface on the steel plate with no less than a coefficient of friction of 0.35 as determined by California Test Method 342. If a different test method is used, the Contractor may utilize standard test plates with known coefficients of friction available from the CALTRANS District 11 Materials Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342. In addition to all other required construction signing, the Contractor shall install Rough Road (W33) sign with black lettering on an orange background in advance of steel plate bridging. Add the following section: 306-1.1.7.5 Measurement and Payment Steel plate bridge materials including, but not limited to: Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II . m Page- d'd' steel plates, anchoring devices, cold milling, elastomeric sealant material, asphalt ramping and drawings and submittals to support the use of steel plate bridging and all other materials, labor, padding, signage, placing, installation, removal, relocation, preparation and processing of shop supervision, overhead of any type or description will be paid for as an incidental to the work that the bridging is installed to facilitate. No separate payment for steel plate bridging will be made. No extension to contract time will be allowed for, or because of, the use of steel plate bridging. 306-1.2.4 Field Jointing of Reinforced Concrete Pipe. add the following: The Contractor shall provide Gasket-type joints for reinforced concrete pipe (watertight joints) where indicated on plans. 306-1.3.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall install detectable underground.utility marking tape 230 mm X 75 mm (9” X 3”) above each or, in the case of bundled underground conduit type and color of detectable underground utility marking tape shall conform to the requirements of of the same type, the upper underground conduit being installed by the open trench method. The section 207-25 et seq. 306-1.3.4 Compaction Requirements. delete Section 306-1.3.4 and replace with the following: The the top 300 mm (12“) of the street right-of-way, compaction shall be 95 percent. Contractor shall densify trench backfill to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction except that in 306-1.5 Trench Resurfacing. 306-1.5.1 Temporary Resurfacing. Delete the fourth and ffih paragraphs and substitute the following: Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials which are placed by the Contractor are for its convenience and shall be at no cost to the Agency. Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials shall be used in lieu of permanent resurfacing only when approved by the Engineer. When temporary bituminous resurfacing materials are used in lieu~of permanent resurfacing it shall be removed and . replaced with permanent resurfacing within 7 days of placement. No additional payment will be made for temporary bituminous resurfacing materials. The price bid for the associated conduit or structure shall include full compensation for furnishing, placing, maintaining, removing, and disposing of such temporary resurfacing materials. 306-1.5.2 Permanent Resurfacing. Add the following: Except as provided in,section 306-1.5.1, “Temporary Resurfacing,” the Contractor shall perform permanent trench resurfacing within 24 hours after the completion of backfill and densification of backfill and aggregate base materials. 306-1.6 Basis of Payment for Open Trench Installation. add the following: Payment for utilities undergrounding which includes the utility trench for CATV and SDGBE and conduit for SDG&E’s electric conversion shall be made on the basis of contract lump sum price for utilities undergrounding and no other payments will be made. Cox Cable will supply and deliver conduits and fittings to be installed by the Contractor. Cox Cable will install enclosures. The Contractor will furnish and install 6.4 mm (W) nylon pull ropes in all conduit. 306-5 ABANDONMENT OF CONDUITS AND STRUCTURES. Add the following: ’ Unless otherwise type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lumpsum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made. SECTION 308 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION Section 02810 - Irrigation Delete this section and replace with the following CSI sections found in Part 4: Section 02900 - Landscape Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II SECTLON 320 - PANTING Delete this section and replace with the following CSI section found in Part 4: Section 09900 - Painting Section 313 - Temporary Traffic Control Devices Add the following section: 313-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC SIGNING. Add the following section: 313-2.1 General. The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary traffic control signs, markers, markings, and delineators at locations shown on plans and specified herein. Add the following section: 313-2.2 Maintenance of Temporary Traffic Signs. If temporary traffic signs are displaced or overturned, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately replace the signs in their original approved locations. The Contractor shall maintain all temporary traffic signs used in the Work' in a clean, reflective and readable condition. The Contractor shall replace or restore graffiti marked temporary traffic signs and posts used in the Work within 18 hours of such working hours, within 2 hours of such discovery of marking. marking being discovered during non-working hours or, when the marking is discovered during Add the following section: 313-4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Temporary channelizers, temporary signing, and temporary appurtenances thereto shown on the plans or required in the specifications are a part of the lump- sum item for traffic control and payment therefor shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in applying, shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specification and these special provisions, and as installing, maintaining, and removing temporary signing, and appurtenances, complete in place, as directed by the Engineer. Payment for signs and reflectors marking them shall include the installation, grading for installation, grading for the approach path, maintenance, painting and repainting, replacement of damaged units and removal and shall also be included in the lump-sum price bid for traffic control. Revised 9/11/00 Contract No. 34561-2 Carrillo Ranch Phase II 1c Page- 40 PART 4 CSI. FORM-ATED SPECS SECTION 01322 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.02 A. Drawings' and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Preconstruction photographs. 2. Periodic construction photographs. 3. Final Completion construction photographs. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 General Provisions for submitting construction photographs and photographic negatives as Project Record Documents at Project closeout. 1.03 SUBMllTALS A. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. B. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include the same label information as the corresponding set of photographs. C. Construction Photographs: Submit two prints of each photographic view. 1. Format 1: 3 V2-by-5-inch color smooth-surface glossy prints on single- weight commercial-grade stock enclosed back to back in clear plastic sleeves that are punched for standard 3-ring binder. 2. Format 2: 3 1/2-by-5-inch black and white smooth-surface glossy prints on single-weight commercial-grade stock enclosed back to back in clear plastic sleeves that are punched for standard 3-ring binder. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Photographic Documentation 01322-1 1.04 1.05 1.06 3. Identification: On back of each print provide an applied label or rubber- stamped impression with the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name and address of photographer. C. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Date photograph was taken. f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction reference north, and elevation or story of construction. 4. Negatives: Submit a complete set of photographic negatives in protective envelopes as a Project Record Document. Identify date photographs 'were taken. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Photographer Qualifications: An individual of established reputation who has been regularly engaged as a professional photographer. If the photographs are taken by the Contractor, the Work shall not proceed until the photographs are developed and are acceptable for submittal. COORDINATION A. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with^ photographer and provide auxiliary services requested, including access to Project site and use of temporary facilities including temporary lighting. EXTRA PRINTS A. Extra Prints: If requested by the Owner, photographer shall prepare extra prints of photographs. Photographer shall distribute these prints directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra prints directly to photographer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA A. Photographic Film: Medium-format 35mm. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Photographic Documentation 0 1 322-2 PART 3 3.01 A. B. C. 3.02 .. A. 8. C. EXECUTION PHOTOGRAPHS, GENERAL Photographer: Engage a qualified commercial photographer to take construction photographs. Date Stamp: Unless otherwise indicated, date and time stamp each photograph as it is being taken so stamp is integral to photograph. Field Office Prints: Retain one set of prints of progress photographs in the field same as for those submitted to Architect. office at Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify photographs the CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take black-and-white and color photographs of Project site and surrounding properties from different vantage points, as directed by the Owner. 1. Take one roll of 36 exp. photographs to show existing conditions adjacent 2. Take two rolls of 36 exp. photographs of existing buildings 'either on or . to the property before starting the Work. adjoining the property to accurately record the physical conditions at the start of construction. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take a minimum of 1 roll of 36 exp. black- and-white and one roll of 36 exp. color photographs monthly, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Photographer shall select vantage points to best show status of construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. Take photographs at beginning and completion of elements of construction. 2. 1. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 0. 9. Salvage of pertinent materials as noted by Architect. Site clearing, removal of landscaping, and excavation. Seismic anchoring and bracing. Adobe stabilization process. Before and after plaster repair coat. Stabilization / preservation of wood, masonry items. Before and after application of paint. Before and after each required mock-up. Final completion. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take 2 rolls of 36 exp. black and white and 2 rolls of 36 exp. color photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. The Owner will direct photographer for desired vantage points. 1. Do not include date stamp. "'END OF SECTION*** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Photographic Documentation 01322-3 * SECTION 01400 .. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. B. C. 1.03 A. B. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for repair and restoration of 2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection construction disturbed by testing and inspecting activities. requirements. DEFINITIONS Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements. Services do not include contract activities performed by Architect. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Quality Requirements 01400-1 C. D. 1.04 A. B. 1.05 A. 0. C. Mockups: Full-size, physical example assemblies to illustrate finishes and materials. Mockups are used to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and are not Samples. Mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they judged. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. SUBMITTALS Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following: 2. 1. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Date of issue. Project title and number. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. Description of the Work and test and inspection.method. Identification of product and Specification Section. Complete test or inspection data. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. QUALITY ASSURANCE Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-setvice performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. Installer Qualificdtions: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Quality Requirements 01 400-2 D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project' and with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are.recognized experts and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated 1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed. conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and H. Preconstruction Testing: Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods. 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens and assemblies representative of proposed materials and construction. Provide sizes and configurations of assemblies to adequately demonstrate capability of product to comply with performance requirements. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. perform the same tasks for Project. materials on Project. C. Fabricate and install test assemblies using installers who will d. When testing is complete, remove assemblies: do not reuse 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. I. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Quality Requirements 01400-3 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as 2. Notify Architect 15 days in advance of dates and times when mockups will 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a 6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise directed by Architect. be constructed. or construction. standard for judging the completed Work. indicated. 1.06 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as .Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone 'numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. jurisdiction, when they so direct. unless agreed to in writing by Owner. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Quality Requirements 01 400-4 C. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner. D. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing. E. RetestinglReinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents. F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies 2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested 3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and 4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract 5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. observed in the Work during performance of its services. and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. similar quality-control service through Contractor. Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require 4. Facilities for storage and field-curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. control by testing agency. equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to and inspecting. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Quality Requirements 01 400-5 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching. 2. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. "'END OF SECTION**' Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Quality Requirements 01 400-6 SECTION 01610 HISTORICAL SALVAGE AND PROTECTION PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. B. 1.03 A. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings' and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY Section includes: 1. Historical salvage and protection as listed and as specified herein, including but not necessarily limited to the following: a. Contractor responsibilities. b. Catalog, Storage and Retrieval. C. Protection and Installation. 2. The Contractor shall provide labor, materials, equipment and services to features and related work as indicated on the drawings and specified perform operations required for the dismantlingkalvage of historic herein and as may be required by conditions of the contract. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation." 2. Division 1 Section "Restoration of Historic Features." CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES The Contractor's responsibilities shall include but are not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Accept the site as it exists on the first day of work under the contract. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to visit the site prior to bidding the work and determine the condition of the site, the exact nature and amount of work to be done, and conditions that affect his work. 2. Dismantle and salvage all historical building features indicated by the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer or the Architect or otherwise 3. Carefully handle, catalog and package all salvaged historic building required by conditions of the contract. features in an approved manner and as deemed appropriate by conservation practices to prevent damage, deterioration, loss or other adverse effects. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Historical Salvage and Protection 01610 - 1 1.04 A. 1.05 A. 1.06 A. B. C. D. 4. Contractor shall transport such salvaged features with care and store in a protected area until such features are ready for restoration or return to the 5. All salvaged items shall be stored by the Contractor for the duration of the site for installation, as indicated by the Contract Documents. Contract. The Contractor is responsible to transport back all salvaged items that were not reinstalled from the Contractor's storage to a place to be determined by the City at a later date. 6. Contractor shall document his work by photographs prior to dismantling and after reinstallation. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS The following codes, standards, laws, regulations, specifications and manuals are applicable to this section and when referenced mean the latest adopted edition, amendment or revision of such referenced code in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. 1. 1998 State Historical Building Code (SHBC), Part 8, Title 24 CCR. 2. Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties (1 995 Edition). SUBMITTALS Photographs: 1. The Contractor shall submit photographs per Division 1 Section 2. Work Description: "Photographic Documentation." a. After acceptance of the site, and prior to commencing with the Work, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval, a written description of all methods and materials to be used in the dismantling, cataloging, transport protection and storage of each salvaged feature. WORKMANSHIP Complete dismantling and salvage in an orderly and careful manner. Remove and undertake dismantling and salvage in a deliberate and systematic manner, taking note of all materials and systems encountered. Ensure that no existing construction is dismantled, demolished or removed without knowing specifically what it is, how it should be handled, and what impact on existing construction, structure and building services its removal or demolition will have. Any questions concerning the disposition of existing construction encountered, notify Architect in writing before proceeding. Contractor assumes all responsibility and liability, including consequential damages, as a result of his failure to proceed without reasonable caution. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Historical Salvage and Protection 01610 - 2 1.07 REMOVAL OF MATERIALS 1.08 1.09 A. Remove all material resulting from the salvage operation that are not indicated as salvaged features, from the site in such a manner as to avoid creating a nuisance. Dispose of such material from the site on a daily basis to locations determined by the Contractor, at no additional cost to the Owner. Take possession of all material and equipment as property of the Contractor and promptly remove from the site. Such material is not to be sold on the site. CATALOG, STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL A. Catalog: 1. The Contractor shall maintain a catalog record system that readily identifies the salvaged feature by salvage number, as indicated in the Salvage Inventory, description, original location (horizontal and vertical dimensions as well as photographic documentation), proposed location, restoration, and installation. This system shall include a schedule(s) that tracks each feature through the construction phase to substantial completion. 2. The Contractor shall control the salvaged features by an orderly system and schedules that permits ready access by which pertinent data relative to new construction, restoration status and installation or transfer to owner control at substantial completion can be known. 3. The above described system and its schedules, once approved by the Architect shall be updated and distributed on a monthly basis to the Architect and his consultants, Sub-Contractors and others as necessary, so that at any given time, a salvaged feature may be researched, during normal business hours, with the assistance of at least one knowledgeable person of the Contractor's staff, who is on the premises. 8. Storage and Retrieval: 1. Employ appropriate conservation practices for protection, transportation the proper temperature and humidity range controls as required. and storage of salvaged features to a weather-tight facility that maintains 2. . Arrange storage to provide access for inspection and research. Periodically inspect to assure features are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions. 3. Provide equipment and personnel to handle features by methods which prevent soiling or damage due to stock and inventory movement necessary to provide access for inspection and research. 4. All items to be stored by the Contractor until completion of the Project. PROTECTION AND INSTALLATION A. All salvaged features shall be protected throughout construction to Substantial Completion including dismantling, transit, storage, restoration, return to the Site, installation and in place at the location for which they are indicated, unless otherwise specified or directed by the Architect. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Historical Salvage and Protection 01610 - 3 0. C. PART 2 PART 3 3.01 .. A. B. C. D. 3.02 A. 0. Salvaged Features protected by the Contractor that are scratched, marred, stained, discolored or otherwise damaged as determined by the Architect review where touch-up cannot be accomplished, shall be replicated "in kind" by the Contractor where all costs shall be borne by the contractor. Certain salvaged features will be stored only and not reinstalled, as indicated, but will be left in protected storage for disposition as directed by the Owner. PRODUCTS (Not Used) EXECUTION EXAMINATION Verify that utilities have been disconnected and sealed. Survey existing conditions and correlate with drawings and specifications to determine extent of salvage operations required. Insofar as is practical, arrange operations to reveal unknown or concealed structural conditions for examination and verification before removal. Verify actual conditions to determine in advance whether removal of any element will result in structural deficiency, overloading, failure, or unplanned collapse. PREPARATION Protection: 1. Provide for the protection of persons passing around or through the area 2. Perform salvage operations so as to prevent damage to adjacent 3. Provide protective measures to ensure free and safe passage of persons 4. , Erect temporary protection such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, etc., of salvage operations. improvements and facilities to remain. to and from occupied areas. where required by authorities having jurisdiction. Structural Support: 1. Construct and maintain shoring, bracing, and supports as necessary to 2. Increase or add new supports as required by the progress of the work. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design and construction of all needed shoring and bracing necessary for salvage operations and shall have a licensed Structural Engineer registered in the State of California design same. Costs for design and bracing shall be borne by the Contractor. 4. The Contractor shall notify his Structural Engineer and the Architect if unusual, latent or presently unknown conditions are encountered which ensure the stability of structures. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Historical Salvage and Protection . 01610 - 4 might affect the structural stability of work to follow, or if existing conditions are found to be different than those indicated. C. Damages: 1. Without cost to the Owner and without delay, repair or replace any damaged property or construction as a result of salvage operations. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean adjoining hardscape areas, sidewalks and planting areas of 'a11 demolition materials dust and dirt. These are to be broom cleaned. ***END OF SECTION'"" Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Historical Salvage and Protection 01610 - 5 SECTION 01 61 1 RESTORATION OF HISTORIC FEATURES PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. B. C. 1.03 A. B. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY Contractor shall provide labor, materials, equipment and services to perform operations required for the restoration of Historic Features and the related scope of work as indicated on the drawings, as listed in this specification section, and as may be required by conditions of the contract. Section includes, but not limited to, the following: 1. Without restricting the totality of the work, this. section shall include historic features restoration and re-installation as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." 2. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry." 3. Division 8 Section "Wood Window Repair." 4. Division 9 Section "Plaster Repair and Restoration". DEFINITIONS Restoration: The act or process of accurately depicting the form, features, and character of a property (historic item) as it appeared at a particular period of time by means of the removal of features from other periods in its history and reconstruction of missing features from the restoration period. The limited and sensitive upgrading of mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems and other code-required work to make properties (historic items) functional is appropriate within a restoration project. Conservator: A person with advanced training in science, studio arts and art history, and with experience in applying manual skills and theoretical knowledge towards the preservation of artistic and historic works. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Restoration of Historic Features 01611-1 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. The following codes, standards, laws, regulations, specifications and manuals are applicable to this section and when referenced mean the latest adopted edition, amendment or revision of such referenced code in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. 1.05 2. 1. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1998 State Historical Building Code (SHBC), Part 8, Title 24 CCR. Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties (1995 Edition). ANSI, American National Standards Institute. ASTM, American Society for Testing and Material. Awl, American Woodworking Institute. NEC, National Electric Code. AIC, American Institute for Conservation of Historic and Artistic Works, UL, Underwriters Laboratories, inc. "Code of Ethics and Standards of Practice" (Latest Edition). QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work shall comply with "The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Historic Preservation Projects" (1 995 edition). B. Salvage, storage, restoration and reinstallation of historic items shall comply with the American Institute for Conservation of Historic and Artistic Works "Code of Ethics and Standards of Practice" (Latest Edition). C. Aggressive or destructive cleaning methods and materials (e.g. sandblasting and waterblasting) will not be allowed. D. Qualifications: Pre-qualifying criteria for the Contractor's sub-contracting labor in regards to restoration and replication of historic features are: 1. Shall demonstrate five (5) years experience in the type and quality of work shown for the specific specialty for which they are listed as sub- contracting labor. Pre-qualification submissions must include a list of completed projects and dated catalogue pages or drawings indicating length of experience. 2. Demonstrate expertise in the use of techniques, materials and finishes similar to the techniques, materials, and finishes of this building. 1.06 MOCK-UPS A. Plaster Repair and Restoration: 1. Provide two mock-ups areas of the plaster repair and restoration, one of each grout injection mix indicated in Section 09210. 2. The repair and restoration mock-ups shall be conducted in an area(s) of the feature(s) exhibiting representative conditions for all materials in that group and as selected by the Architect. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Restoration of Historic Features 01611-2 3. The mock-ups shall be inspected and approved by the Architect. After approval by the Architect, the Contractor shall maintain the samples for the duration of the work and they shall serve as the standard by which subsequent work in this section will be judged. B. Patching Samples : 1. The patch samples shall be conducted in an area(s) of the feature(s) exhibiting representative conditions for all materials in the group. 2. The patch samples shall match the adjacent surfaces in color, texture, 3. The patch samples and materials shall be inspected and approved by the and surface finish. Architect. After approval by the Architect, the Contractor shall maintain the samples for the duration of the work and they shall serve as the standard by which subsequent work in this section wilbbe judged. C. Refinishing Samples : .. 1. Finish samples in areas of material found in the features shall be demonstrated by the Contractor. 2. The finish samples shall be conducted in an area(s) of the feature(s) exhibiting representative conditions for all materials in that group. 3. The finish samples shall match existing historic finishes in good and clean condition, when applicable, or the manufacturer's prescribed surface 4. The finish samples and materials shall be inspected and approved by the finish in color, texture, and surface finish. Architect. After approval by the Architect, the Contractor shall maintain the samples for the duration of the work and they shall serve as the standard by which subsequent work in this section will be judged. D. Cleaning Tests: 1. Cleaning tests for each type of material found in the features shall be performed by the Contractor: 2. The cleaning tests for each material shall be conducted in an area(s) of the feature(s) exhibiting conditions representative of all such features in each section. 3. The testing methods and cleaning and conservation materials used in the tests shall be inspected and approved by the Architect. After approval by the Architect, the Contractor shall maintain the tests for the duration of the work and they shall serve as the standard by which subsequent work in this section will be judged. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RESTORATION MATERIALS GENERAL A. Select and use all restoration materials and equipment with care in accordance with appropriate conservation practices to avoid scratching, marring, defacing, staining, discoloring or otherwise degrading surfaces being restored. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Restoration of Historic Features - 01611-3 B. Use only those restoration materials recommended by the conservation materials manufacturer and/or restoration materials appropriate to conservation practices on surfaces to be restored. C. Use restoration materials only on surfaces for which they are recommended by the restoration material manufacturer or appropriate conservation practices. D. The Contractor shall inspect and confirm that all materials used in the restoration process are in compliance with federal, state and local codes and government regulations. E. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry." F. Gypsum Board: Minimum 5/13 inch thick by 48 inches wide by maximum available lengths; regular-type panels with tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36. G. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section "Painting." H. Water: Potable. 2.02 MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS A. The following manufacturer's have products for use in feature restoration and are knowledgeable in the restoration of materials found in this project. They are an available source for reference to alternate products, methods and standards. The Contractor and his Conservator are responsible for the selection of the final products to be used. All proposed products are to be submitted to the Architect for approval. 1. SureKlean, ProSoCo Inc. 3741 Greenway Circle, Kansas City, KS, 66046 (800) 255-4255. 2. ABATRON Inc. 5501 95th Avenue, Kenosha, Wisconsin, 53144 3. Professional Products of Kansas, Inc. 4456 South Clifton, Wichita, (800) 445-1754 Kansas, 67216 (800) 522-7346. 4. Chem Lab Supplies 1060-C Ottega Way, Placentia, CA, 92870 (714) 630-7902. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise noted, materials used in restoration shall conform to Standard Conservation Practices and Archival Preservation Standards as specified herein. The selection of specific materials shall be dependent upon the condition of the features and the results of tests and sampling conducted by the Contractor at the job site. B. The conservation standard concept of reversibility shall be employed where appropriate to the desired project outcome and shall be waived in those specific instances where adherence to the standard prevents restoration of the historic appearance of the feature. In these instances the Contractor shall submit notice Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Restoration of Historic Features 01611-4 of deviation from the standard to the Architect for approval with a description of the alternative practice and reason for its use. C. Cleaning & Stripping Products 1. Concrete: a. "Limestone Restorer": SureKlean b. "Light Duty Restoration Cleaner": SureKlean C. "Heavy Duty Restoration Cleaner": SureKlean 2. Brick: a. "No. 600 Detergent": SureKlean b. "Vana Trol": SureKlean C. "Light Duty Restoration Cleaner": SureKlean a. "Light Duty Restoration Cleaner": SureKlean b. Grout Cleaner: SureKlean a. "Peel-Away #7": Peel-Away b. "Back to Nature" 3. Grout: 4. Painted Wood: D. FilllPatch Products 1. Concrete: 2. Metal: a. Abocrete; Abatron a. Ferrobond-L: Abatron b. Ferrobond-P: Abatron C. Metalfix-LL: Abatron a. Wood Epox: Abatron b. Woodcast: Abatron a. Aboweld: Abatron b. Epotron 5: Abatron C. Aboweld 55-22: Abatron 3. Wood Consolidant: 4. Adhesives: E. Consolidant and Protection Products 1. Concrete: a. Heavy Duty Weather Seal: SureKlean PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrates are in satisfactory condition to receive restored features. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II ~ Restoration of Historic Features 01611-5 3.02 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 3.03 A. 0. C. D. INSTALLATION Install restored and replicated features in correct location, plumb and true, free of warp or twist; conceal fasteners where possible; any exposed fasteners required fastening methods shall be submitted in advance of use for approval by the for secure installation of salvaged features not in visual accord with historic Architect. Do not begin installation of restored features until potentially damaging construction operations are complete in the installation area. The contractor shall field verify and coordinate salvaged objects and their indicated location prior to final installation: make ready (furring, shimming, and other construction techniques), substrates that are to receive salvaged or replicated items based on contractors verification of conditions as required. Provide temporary supports and bracing as required. Contractor shall employ only methods of temporary support and bracing that will protect the integrity of restored and replicated surface finishes of salvaged and replicated features. Anchor to substrates indicated; provide all fasteners as indicated, where no .fasteners are indicated provide as necessary for secure installation; provide shim's and furring as required. Perform all field fabrication required-for installation. Review preservation briefs in the appendix of these specifications for proper treatment of restoration materials. CLEANING Select and use all cleaning materials and equipment with care to avoid scratching, marring, defacing, staining, discoloring or otherwise degrading surfaces cleaned. Use only cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer of surface (or its component materials) as safe and compatible for cleaning of that surface. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. Touch-up marred, abraded or otherwise damaged areas of finished elements. If upon determination by the Architects review that satisfactory touch-up cannot be accomplished, remove and replace element, where all costs shall be borne by the Contractor. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Restoration of Historic Features 01611-6 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect each feature from adiacent work during salvage, demolition and construction phases until Completion. Employ methods of protection appropriate to conservation standards for the materials of the feature and its surfaces and to the activities from which the feature is being protected. Repair or replace all elements damaged during work. .. B. Protect areas adjacent to each feature from equipment and materials used in the feature and for the activities from which the area is to be protected. restoration process. Use materials appropriate to conservation standards for the *'*END OF SECTION**' Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Restoration of Historic Features . 01611-7 SECTION 01731 . CUlTlNG AND PATCHING PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 0. 1.03 A. B. 1.04 A. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section Selective Demolition for demolition of selected portions 2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations of the building for alterations. applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. a. Requirements in this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. DEFINITIONS Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. SUBMllTALS Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the following information: 1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot be avoided. 2. Changes to Existing Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance and other significant visual elements. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cutting and Patching 01731-1 3. products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily 6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding out of service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with original structure. 7. Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work. the Work. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch the following operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 1. Primary operational systems and equipment. 2. Air or smoke barriers. 3. Fire-protection systems. 4. Control systems. 5. Communication systems. 6. Electrical wiring systems. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 2. 1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. Membranes and flashings. 3. Equipment supports. D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1. If possible, retain original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch exposed Work listed below. If it is impossible to engage original Installer or fabricator, engage another recognized, experienced, and specialized firm. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cutting and Patching 01731-2 PART 2 2.01 A. B. PART 3 3.01 A. 3.02 A. 0. C. a. Processed concrete finishes. b. Adobe masonry. c. Stonework and stone masonry. d. Ornamental .metal. e. Roofing. f. Plaster work. g. Finished wood flooring. PRODUCTS MATERIALS General: Comply with requirements specified in other 'Sections of these Specifications. Existing Materials: Use materials identical, in kind, to existing materials. For the fullest extent possible. exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cutting and Patching 01 731 -3 ~~ ~~~~~~ ~ 3.03 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. I. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side 3. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or into concealed surfaces. partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 4. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in kind, in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II ~ ~ Cutting and Patching 01731-4 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. enclosure to a weathertight condition. ***END OF SECTION*** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cutting and Patching . 01 731 -5 SECTION 01732 ' SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 0. 1.03 A. 0. C. D. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and this Section. Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building or structure. 2. Repair procedures for selective demolition operations. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 General and Supplementary Conditions for temporary construction and environmental-protection 'measures for selective demolition operations. 2. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation'' for preconstruction photographs taken before selective demolition. 3. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures for selective demolition operations. DEFINITIONS Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. I Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Selective Demolition 01732-1 1.04 1.05 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. 8. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered during selective demolition remain Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to Owner. 1. Coordinate with Owner's archaeologist, who will establish special procedures for removal and salvage. SUBMllTALS A. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. 5. Locations of temporary partitions and means of egress, including for other Use of elevator and stairs. tenants affected by selective demolition operations. C. Inventory: After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. D. ' Predemolition Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. Submit before Work begins. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Selective Demolition 01 732-2 B. C. 1.07 A. B. C. D. PART 2 2.01 A. PART 3 3.01 A. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241. PROJECT CONDITIONS Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in .sewice during selective demolition operations. PRODUCTS REPAIR MATERIALS Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual Specification Sections. EXECUTION EXAMINATION Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demoiition required. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Selective Demolition 01 732-3 3.02 C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Owner. E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. UTILITY SERVICES A. Existing Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. .. B. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover. C. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by 2. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 3. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of service to other parts of building. 4. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. Contractor. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Dangerous Materials: Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition operations. 8. Pest Control: Employ a certified, licensed exterminator to treat building and to control rodents and vermin before and during selective demolition operations. C. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris- removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Selective Demolition 01732-4 * 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. 2. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to 4. Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around remain. perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain. 3.04 POLLUTION CONTROLS A. Dust Control: Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental-protection regulations. 1. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and 2. Wet mop floors to eliminate trackable dirt and wipe down walls and doors pollution. of demolition enclosure. Vacuum carpeted areas. B. Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 1. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. C. Cleaning: Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. 3.05 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions level. required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Selective Demolition 01 732-5 3.06 3. ' Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to 4. Do not use cutting torches. 5. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 6. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. avoid marring exisfing finished surfaces. 7. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. 8. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. 13. Removed and Salvaged Items: Comply with the following: 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 1. Clean salvaged items. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. C. Removed and Reinstalled Items: Comply with the following: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of reuse. Paint equipment to match new equipment. containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. E. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain. PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective demolition operations. €3. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Selective Demolition 01732-6 3.07 1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written recommendations. C. Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining construction in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. D. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. 1. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 2. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch intermediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire blends with adjacent surfaces. 3. Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. E. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang~existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 6. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. **'END OF SECTION'** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Selective Demolition 01 732-7 SECTION 02444 FENCE, CHAIN LINK PART 1 1.01 A. 0. 1.02. A. 0. GENERAL APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.): 1. FF-P-101 E(2) Padlocks. 2. RR-F-191JIGEN Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal (Chain Link Fence Fabric) (Detail Specifications). 3. RR-F-I91/1C Fencing, wire and Post, Metal (Chain Link Fence Fabric) (Detail Specifications). 4. RR-F-l91/2C Fencing, wire and post, metal (Chain link fence gates) (Detail Specifications). 5. RR-F-l91/3C Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal (Chain Link Fence Posts, Top Rails and Braces) (Detail Specifications). SUBMITTALS: Manufacturers Certificates of Conformance: 1. Gates Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: 1. Gates and Fences - Shall be manufactured by 'Master Halco, Inc.' La Habra, CA, ph. (800)883-8384, or approved equal. Submit fully detailed drawings of all shop and erection details; including connections, posts, bolts and footings with dimensions and sizes. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION: A. Deliver materials to the site in an undamaged condition. Carefully store materials off the ground to provide proper protection against oxidation caused by ground contact. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Fence, Chain Link 02444 - 1 PART 2 2.01 A. B. C. PART 3 3.01 A. PRODUCTS CHAIN LINK FABRIC, GATES, POSTS, BRACES, AND ACCESSORIES: Fed. Spec. RR-F-I91J/GEN and detailed specifications as referenced herein. Materials shall conform to referenced specifications and other requirements as specified herein. 1. Fencing Fabric: Fed. Spec. RR-F-191/1; Type I, zinc-coated steel, 9-gage coated wire size. Mesh sue shall be 2 inches. Fencing Color in open space shall be coated with black vinyl. 2. Fencing Gates: Fed. Spec. RR-F-191/2; Type II, double swing. shape and size of the gate frames shall be as indicated. Framing bracing members shall match existing chain link fence. Steel member finish shall be zinc-coated. Gate frames and braces shall be the minimum sizes listed in RR-F-191/3 for each class and grade except that steel pipe frames shall be 1-90 inches 0.d. x 0.120 inch minimum wall thickness. Gate fabric shall be as specified herein fencing fabric. coating on latches, stops, hinges, keepers, and accessories shall be zinc-coated steel. Gate latches shall be plunger bar with fork for double swing gates. Gate leaves shall have truss rods or intermediate braces. Attach gate fabric to the gate frame by method standard with the manufacturer, except that welding will not be permitted. Arrange padlocking latches to be accessible from both sides. of the gate, regardless of latching arrangement. 3. Posts: Fed. Spec. RR-F-191/3; types and classes as specified below. Material shall be zinc-coated steel. Fencing Posts in open space shall be coated with black vinyl. a. End Posts: class 1, steel pipe, Grade A or B, or Class 6, steel square sections to match existing fence posts. Concrete: Concrete shall be as specified in Section 03300: "Cast-in- Place Concrete", using 3/4-inch maximum size aggregate, and having minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi at 28 days. Padlocks: Fed. spec. FF-P-101, Type EPB, 1-314 inch size, with chain. EXECUTION INSTALLATION: Install gates in accordance with the fence manufacturer's written installation instructions except as modified herein. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Fence, Chain Link 02444 - 2 1. Excavation: Excavate for concrete embedded items to dimensions indicated. clear post holes of loose material. Dispose of waste material as directed. 2. Post Setting: Set posts plumb. Provide concrete bases if dimensions indicated. Thoroughly compact concrete eliminate of voids, and finish in a dome. In bedrock, set posts with a minimum of one inch of grout around each post. Thoroughly work grout into the hole to eliminate voids, and finish in a dome. Cure concrete and grout a minimum of 72 hours before any further work is done on posts. 3. Gates: Install swing gates as indicated to swing through 180 degrees from closed to open. 4. Padlocks: Provide padlocks for gate openings and on all gates, posts. Provide padlocks keyed alike and provide two keys for provide chains that are securely attached to the gate or gate each padlock. 3.02 CLEAN-UP: A. Remove waste fencing materials and other debris from the fencing site. **’ End of Section *** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Fence, Chain Link 02444 - 3 SECTION 02721 LANDSCAPE DRAINAGE SYSTEM PART 1 1.01 A. B. I .02 A. 1.03 A. PART 2 2.01 A. 8. C. D. E. GENERAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions, and Special Conditions are a part of this section and the Contract for this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. The term 'Owner' shall mean City of Carlsbad. SUMMARY: This work includes all services, labor, materials, transportation and equipment necessary to perform the landscape drainage work as shown and noted on the drawings and/or specified herein. SUBMIlTALS: Contractor shall submit a complete list of all drainage materials to be used a minimum of six (6) weeks prior to delivery. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Solid Drain Pipe - Smoothwall: Pipe shall be manufactured from high density polyethylene resin conforming to ASTM D-3350. Drain Pipe Fittings: Fittings shall be styrene conforming to ASTM D- 2852, compatible with pipe used. Preformed Drain Pipe: Pipe shall be high density polyethylene resin conforming to ASTM D-3350 or a highly chemical resistant, rigid, unplasticized PVC resin conforming to ASTM D 175-85 and D-2241. Pipe shall be shop perforated and shall have a filter mat cover of non- woven needle punctured, polyethylene equivalent. 3/16-inch maximum gradation for solid pipe. Perforated pipe bedding Pipe Bedding: Bedding material shall be compacted, coarse clean sand, shall be graded to size pea gravel (114" - 1/2"). Atrium Drain: (In Landscape Planter). Atrium drain shall be in a 6 inch round plastic atrium grate with low profile adapter color black. Atrium grate and adapter shall be equivalent to National Diversified Sales (800) 233-2509. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Landscape Drainage System 02721 - 1 F. G. PART 3 3.01 A. 8. C. D. E. F. G. 3.02 A. B. C. 3.03 A. Tree Drain Inlet: Tree drain inlet shall be 3" diameter plastic atrium grate; color Mack. hlets shatl be equivatent to National Diversifkd Sales (800) 233-2509. Water proofing: Elastodeck B.T. Waterproofing by 'White Cap', #113- BT5. EXECUTION INSTALLATION: Bedding: Solid and perforated pipe shall be laid on 4" minimum bedding bedding material to 4" over top of pipe. Cover perforated pipe with 4 material with finished bottoms, without blocks. Cover solid pipe with minimum pea gravel over top of pipe. Pipe: Install pipe to line and grade indicated on the drawings, in accordance with manufacturer's published directions. Trenching: Comply with Section 02810, Irrigation. accordance with the manufacturer's published directions. Invert Drain Inlets and Grates: Install parallel to walks and walls, and in at finish grade. Elevations shall be accurate within 1/10 of a foot. Rim elevations shall be Backfill: Comply with Section 0281 0, Irrigation. Connections to Storm Drainage Systems: Make connections to storm drainage lines complete without damage to existing lines or structures. Conduct work so that there is a minimum interruption of service on existing lines. A liquid applied, single-component, moisture-cured polyurethane system. directions). (apply when cold in accordance with manufacturer's published TESTING: Test all lines to insure positive drainage flow and to determine any leakage in lines. Clean out and re-test all lines which have restricted flow of any kind. Repair all damaged, restricted flow, and leaking lines and connections. RECORD DRAWINGS: Record all work on Record Drawings prior to backfilling lines and improvements, showing piping locations and invert elevations. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Landscape Drainage System 02721- 2 3.04 PROTECTION: A. Protect all inlets from entrance of foreign material and debris. 6. Protect all inlets and grates from traffic and damage. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase I1 *** END OF SECTION"' Landscape Drainage System 02721 - 3 SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART 1 1.01 A. I .02 A. 1.03 A. B. 1.04 A. B. GENERAL SUMMARY: The work includes all services, labor, materials, transportation and equipment specified, including all incidental work necessary to make it complete and ready necessary. to perform the work as shown and noted on the drawings and as for operation. DEFINITIONS: Reclaimed water .general requirements, where indicated, shall be Carlsbad established by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, and Requirements set by Reclamation Rules and Regulations for Construction of Reclaimed Water Mains, the County Health Department. SUBMITTALS: All materials and equipment used in sprinkler irrigation work shall be new and without flaws or defects and of quality and performance as specified. The Contractor shall submit for approval by the Landscape Architect, a list of all materials and equipment, along with the manufacturer's brochures, maintenance manuals, warrantees and operating instructions, within 30 days of notice to proceed. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Qualifications: 1. Work shall be performed 'in accordance with the best standards of practice relating to various trades under continuous supervision of a qualified foreman, capable of interpreting plans and specifications. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Code requirements shall be those of Owner and Municipal Codes and Regulations locally governing this work, providing that any requirements of the drawings and specifications, not conflicting therewith, but exceeding the Code Requirements, shall govern unless written permission to the contrary is granted by the Authority having jurisdiction. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Irrigation 02810-1 2. Permission to shut off any existing in-use water line must be obtained 48 hours in advance, in writing from the Owner. The Contractor shall existing in-use water lines, after coordination with the Owner. receive instructions from the Owner authorizing the shut-down of 3. The Carlsbad Municipal Water District shall be notified seven (7) days prior to the start of construction at (760) 438-2722. C. General Requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. All sprinkler heads/ drip emitters/ drip systems shall be installed and operated to keep all water within planting areas and not running off into off-site areas. All sprinkler heads/ drip emitters/ drip systems shall be adjusted to keep water off adobe walls, other walls, walks, structures and paving at all times. No sprinkler shall be installed any closer than 24 inches from any adobe structure. It is intended that only drip irrigation shall be installed adjacent to adobe structures, to ensure against water damage to the structures. Note that new irrigation system zones as shown on plans will, in areas, border existing irrigation systems. Adjustment to sprinkler locations and nozzles on the new systems and/ or existing sprinklers may need to occur. Ensure that no overcoverage or undercoverage of irrigation water in these landscape areas. All sprinkler heads shall be installed and adjusted as required during the plant establishment period, as to height, water coverage pattern or sprinkler head orientation, so as not to allow blockage of spray pattern by All plantings shall be fully watered in upon planting. Do not rely solely plant material that may in turn cause plant decline or demise. upon the sprinkler system (new or existing). Utilize supplemental hose watering as required, initially and during the plant establishment period, to ensure all plantings receive adequate water to the entire root zone. Provide consistent hose watering especially for the new plantings which will be installed in existing landscaped areas with irrigation. minimized and consolidated wherever possible. Sleeving for lateral lines, mainlines and wiring under paved areas shall be All above grade irrigation equipment (ie, sprinklers, drip systems, automatic controllers, weather sensors, valve boxes, etc.) shall be visually obscured from public view with vegetation or other natural appearing means. Provide an irrigation system inconspicuous to the public, to the greatest degree possible. Scheduling of watering with the automatic irrigation system shall only occur between the hours of midnight and 6 a.m., except for drip irrigation systems. Irrigation should not be permitted during visiting hours. Watering shall be monitored on a constant, regular basis as much of the site is planted with drought tolerant plant material which may become susceptible to decline, pests and diseases under excessive moisture conditions. Provide future pipe and wire stub-outs for future phase work. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase I1 Irrigation 028 I 0-2 1.05 A. 1.06 A. E 1.07 A. 1.08 A. PROJECT I SITE CONDITIONS: Existing Conditions: 1. Extreme care shall be exercised at all times by the Contractor in excavating and working in the project area due to existing utilities and irrigation systems. Contractor shall be fully responsible for expenses incurred in the repair of damages caused by his operation. Any repairs shall be made immediately. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: Commencement of Work: 1. The Contractor shall begin the irrigation installation immediately upon notice to proceed as given by the Owner. All construction and testing activities related to the irrigation system installation shall conform to the approved Contract. 2. With the exception of surveying on foot, no construction or other disruptive activities may occur prior to approval by the Owner. Cooperation with Other Contractorsflrades: examine these plans and specifications prior to the installation of the work and Plans and specifications are availabie at the job site. Contractor shall thoroughly shall arrange and coordinate the work of this section with the work of other Contractors to the extent that the installation is accomplished without undue delay. Contractor shall call to the attention of the Owner conflicts between the work of this section and that of other Contractors/trades. WARRANTY: The entire irrigation system shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one(1) year from the date of acceptance of work. Should the Contractor fail during the guarantee period to expeditiously correct a defect upon written notification by the Owner, the Owner shall cause the work to be corrected and bill the actual costs incurred to the Contractor. Defect corrections shall include the complete restoration of existing improvements that were damaged as a result of the defect. SITE OBSERVATION VISITS: In all cases where site observation visits of the irrigation system work are required andlor where portions of the work are specified to be performed under the direction of the Landscape Architect, the Contractor shall notify the Owner or his designated representative at least seven (7) calendar days in advance of the time such site observations andlor directions are required. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Irrigation 02810-3 - B. At a minimum, scheduled site observation visits will be required for the following stages of the work by the Owner or his designated representative. 1. Upon installation and testing of main lines; when pipes are laid and are to be submitted to pressure tests. Do not cover any lines until they have been checked and approved. 2. Upon installation and testing of service and control systems, including any valves, quick coupling valves, automatic controller(s), sensors, and control valves and wires. 3. When the sprinkler system and drip system is completed, but prior to planting, the Contractor in the presence of the Owner, shall perform a coverage test to determine if the coverage of water afforded the planting areas is complete and adequate. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform all work required to correct any inadequacies. Drip system shall be fully exposed prior to inspection and backfill. 4. A final site observation visit and performance test by the Landscape Architect shall be at the same time as the final site observation of the specified plant establishment period. 5. When reclaimed water is available. the Contractor shall perform a cross- connection test and coverage test, shall provide and install signage plans showing the locations and design of Reclaimed Water "DO NOT DRINK" signs. Contractor shall follow all directions given within "Reclaimed Water General Notes", on the irrigation plan, and "Carlsbad Reclamation Rules & Regulations for Construction of. Reclaimed Water Mains" by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. 1.09 TESTING: A. All P.V.C. mains shall be subjected to a pressure test by the Contractor of a minimum of 125 PSI maintained for a minimum period of 4 hours and shall be watertight. No leakage shall be allowed. If leakage is found, the leak points shall be located and repaired, and the hydrotest repeated until there is zero leakage. ONLY POTABLE WATER SHALL BE USED FOR HYDROTESTING AND shall be installed prior to testing. All testing shall be in the presence of the FLUSHING. All remote control valves, quick coupling valves and shut-off valves Landscape Architect, the County Health Department, and the Water District Engineer unless otherwise authorized. B. All installed irrigation control wiring shall be visually observed by the Owner or his designated representative. C. Approval shall be received before backfilling any trench. Do not cover any lines until they have been checked and approved by the Owner. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Irrigation 0281 0-4 1.10 A. B. 1.11 A. PART 2 2.01 A. B. C. RECORD DRAWINGS: Refer to section 2-5.4, Part 1 of the General, Provisions for record drawing requirements. On the inside surface of the cover of each automatic controller, prepare and mount an approved color-coded chart (by stations, showing their respective zones) showing the valves and systems serviced by that particular Controller. All valves shall be numbered to match the operation schedule and the drawings. Only those areas controlled by that Controller shall be shown. This chart shall be a plot plan, entire or partial, showing design area boundaries. A photostatic print of the "As-Built" plan, reduced as necessary and legible in all details, shall be made to a size that will fit into the Controller cover. This print shall be approved by the Landscape Architect and shall then be hermetically laminated in plastic. This shall then be secured to the inside of the controller enclosure door for maintenance personnel. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: ring hard cover binders containing the following information: Prepare and deliver to the Owner as required in the general requirements two 3- 1. equipment with name and addresses of local manufacturers' Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, list of representatives. 2. Catalog and parts sheets on all material and equipment. 3. 4. , Complete operating and maintenance instruction for all major equipment. Guarantee statement. 5. Reclaimed water use guidelines & operators instruction manual. PRODUCTS STANDARD PRODUCTS: Materials furnished under this specification shall be standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such materials, and shall be the manufacturers' latest standard design that complies with the specification requirements. The irrigation material manufacturers will be responsible for defective material or equipment covered under their guarantees. The Contractor shall obtain such written warranties on behalf of the Owner and shall submit to the Owner prior to installation. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all faulty and improper installation and shall correct, repair or replace work as specified. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Irrigation 0281 0-5 2.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE: A. All potable water plastic piping and fittings shall be of white color, Type I Grade I. designated as Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC), SCH 40. B. All reclaimed water plastic piping and sleeving shall be of purple color, Type I, Grade I bell-end type, designated as PVC. Brownline Inc. 'Alertline', or equal. C. PVC Plastic Reclaimed Water Pressure Lines: smaller shall be PVC SCH 40. All piDe crossinq under roads to be PVC SCH 80. Piping 2" and larger shall be Class 315 PVC 1220 (SDR 13.5). Piping 1-1/2" and D. Plastic Non-Pressure Lines: pipe, Class 200 for 3/4" and larger pipe. All lateral pipe end runs shall be 1/2" Piping downstream of remote control valves shall be Class 315 PVC for 1/2" size unless otherwise indicated. E. Identification: Furnish plastic pipe continuously and permanently marked with following working pressure at 73.4 degrees F., and National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) information: Manufacturer's name or trade mark, size, class and type of pipe, rating. Each side of reclaimed waterpipe shall be marked "(TRADE NAME) CAUTION RECLAIMED WATER. 2.03 BRASS PIPE AND FITTINGS: A. Brass pipe and fittings shall be IPS Standard weight 125 pounds, 85% red brass. 2.04 COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS: A. Copper pipe and fittings shall be Type 'K hard copper. 2.05 FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS: A. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Fittings and Connections: 1. Type I, Grade I, Schedule 40, high impact molded fittings, manufactured from virgin compounds as specified for piping tapered socket or molded thread type, suitable for either solvent weld or screwed connections. Fittings and connections shall be of the same type and schedule as the corresponding piping. Machine threaded fittings and plastic saddle and flange fittings are not acceptable. 2. Fumish fittings permanently marked with following information: Nominal pipe size, type and schedule of material, and National Sanitation D2464 and D2466. Spears Mfg. Co., Dura Plastic Products, Inc., or Foundation (NSF) seal of approval. PVC fitting shall conform to ASTM equal. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Irrigation 0281 0-6 2.06 2.08 B. C. A. B. 2.07 A. B. A. B. Brass Pipe Fittings and Connections: Standard 125 pound class 85% red brass fittings and connections, IPS threaded. Polyvinyl Chloride Schedule 80 Risers and Nipples: Type I, Grade I, Schedule 80,. high impact molded, manufactured from virgin compounds as specified for piping and conforming to ASTM D-2464. Threaded ends shall be molded threads only. Machined threads are not acceptable. Spears Mfg. Co., Dura Plastic Products, Inc., or equal. DRIPLINE, MULTI-EXIT DRIP EMITTERS, DISTRIBUTION TUBING, FLUSH MECHANISMS AND OTHER DRIP SYSTEM EQUIPMENT: flush mechanisms shall be specified in the irrigation legend. Dripline, multi-exit drip emitters, air/ vacuum relief valves, access boxes and Drip distribution tubing, stakes and bug caps shall be as specified in the legend. SOLVENT CEMENTS, PRIMERS AND THREAD LUBRICANT: Solvent riements and primers shall comply with ASTM D2564. Socket joints shall with PVC solvent cement by the pipe and fitting manufacturer and procedures be made per recommended procedures for joining PVC plastic pipe and fittings outlined in the Appendix of ASTM D2564. T. Christy Enterprises, IPS Weld-On, or equal. Thread lubricant shall be Teflon ribbon-type, or approved equal, suitable for threaded installations as per manufacturer's recommendations. No liquid pipe thread sealant shall be used. AUTOMATIC CONTROL WIRE, CONTROL WIRE CONDUIT AND WIRE SPLICE CONNECTORS: Remote control wires: all control wires shall be solid copper, 600 volt, type UF, polyethylene insulation of 45 ML. conforming to the following wire colors and installation requirements: 1. Common Wires: White (#I4 AWG). 2. Control Wires: Different color per each station (different color than any 3. Spare Wires: Two (2) red #I4 AWG wires from furthest valve or manifold other wire) (#I4 AWG). to controller, minimum (see also plans). All wire runs under paving or through hardscape structures shall be made in PVC SCH 40 electrical conduit, a minimum of 2 times the diameter of the wire bundle, and shall sweep up into pull boxes (where greater than 200 ft distance under paving occurs). Pull box spacing shall not exceed 200 ft intervals. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Irrigation 0281 0-7 2.09 2.1 1 2.14 C. A. 8. C. 2.1,o A. B. A. 2.12 A. 2.13 A. B. A. Wire splice connectors shall be waterproof 'Dri-Splice #loo' as manufactured by equipment shall be placed together inside a box with wire splices. Span. All wire splices shall be placed in amess or puH boxes. Nu other FLOW SENSOR WIRES AND COMMUNICATION WIRES: Flow sensor wires shall be as recommended by the flow sensor manufacturer. recommended by the manufacturer. Communication wires for controllers and weather sensor shall be as All wire runs shall be made in PVC SCH 40 electrical conduit, a minimum of 2 times the diameter of the wire bundle, and shall sweep up into pull boxes (where greater than 200 ft distance under paving occurs). Pull box spacing shall not exceed 200 ft intervals. Utilize joint trenching with other utilities where controller communication wiring is to connect between controllers. AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY: Controller assembly shall be furnished and installed complete with all electrical connections, ready for operation. All power lines shall be placed in rigid conduit and pull boxes. Furnish 115 volt outlet and shut-off switch on independent circuit for each controller. Controller assembly shall be the latest model of the particular manufacturer as specified in the irrigation legend. WEATHER SENSOR ASSEMBLY: Weather sensor assembly shall be as specified in the irrigation legend. FLOW SENSOR ASSEMBLY Flow sensor assembly shall be as specified in the irrigation legend, WARNING LABELS AND TAGS: Use T. Christy's riser markers, with "RECLAIMED WATER - DO NOT DRINK" in English and Spanish, for all reclaimed water sprinkler risers installed. Use T. Christy's I.D. Tags with "WARNING, - RECLAIMED WATER DO NOT DRINK in English and Spanish for all reclaimed water remote control valves. WARNING TAPES: Warning tape for reclaimed water mainlines: The plastic warning tape shall be prepared with silver printing on a purple field having the words, "CAUTION: RECLAIMED WATER LINE BELOW". The overall width shall be 3 inches. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Irrigation 02810-8 . B. Warning tape for potable water mainlines: , All PVC potable water piping installed within the same project limits as the reclaimed water piping shall be installed in accordance with the Uniform pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with the manufacturer’s Plumbing Code and all other local governing codes, rules and regulations. The name or trademark, nominal size, and schedule or class indicating the pressure rating. In addition, all PVC potable water piping shall be blue or shall be white with blue stenciling appearing on both sides of the pipe with the marking “POTABLE WATER” in 5/8” inch letters repeated every 12 inches, and blue tape identifying it as a potable water line and stating “CAUTION: WATER LINE. BURIED BELOW. 2.15 CONTROL VALVE: A. Remote Control Valve: 2.16 Remote control valve shall be. electrically activated and operate on 24 volts AC. It shall be a normally-closed, globe style, spring loaded, diaphragm type. It shall have a mechanical self-cleaning internal control system without loose flow pins or screens. The valve shall open and close smoothly and be shock free from minimum through maximum flow rates. Disc and diaphragm assembly guided in all positions of opening and closing. A flow-limiting stem with handle to manually throttle or close the valve shall be provided. It shall be .possible to remove or replace the solenoid coil from the valve without shutting off mainline valve. Valve shall be non-pressure regulating or pressure regulating type as specified in legend. VALVE BOX AND PULL BOX: A. All reclaimed water ball valve boxes and lids, remote control valve boxes and lids shall be commercial grade, HDPE, purple colored, locking, 10” x 19. All valve boxes shall have bronze locking insert with locking stainless steel bolt. One valve per box, maximum. B. Valve box and lid for in-line check valves and quick coupling valves shall be 10” diameter round type, purple colored. All valve boxes shall have bronze locking insert with locking stainless steel bolt. One valve per box, maximum. C. All potable water remote control valve boxes shall be commercial grade, green colored plastic valve boxes with lockable green lids, 10” x 19. All valve boxes shall have bronze locking insert with locking stainless steel bolt. One valve per box, maximum. D. For wire splice pull box: commercial grade 10 x 19 green colored plastic valve splicing. All valve boxes shall have bronze locking insert with locking stainless box and lid. Valve boxes used for other purposes may not be used for wire steel bolt. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Irrigation 0281 0-9 E. 2.17 A. 0. 2.15 A. 2.16 A. 0. 2.17 A. 2.18 A. 2.19 A. 2.20 A. 2.21 A. For pressure regulator/ Y-strainer box and drip valve assembly: commercial grade, size green colored plastic valve box and M for potabb systwns, purple colored for reclaimed water systems. All valve boxes shall have bronze locking insert with locking stainless steel bolt. SPRINKLER HEADS: Sprinkler heads shall be of the type and size with diameter (or radius) of throw, pressure, nozzle discharge and/or other designations indicated on the drawings. Sprinkler heads of the same type and size shall be of the same manufacturer. Use reclaimed water use designation heads where used with reclaimed water, and standard sprinklers where used with potable water. QUICK COUPLING VALVE: Quick coupling valves shall be as specified in the irrigation legend. BACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLY AND ENCLOSURE: Backflow prevention assembly shall be reduced pressure type, as specified in the irrigation legend. Assembly shall include enclosure, where specified in the irrigation legend. Y-STRAINER ASSEMBLY Y-strainer assembly shall be as specified in the irrigation legend. SPRING CHECK VALVE: Type I PVC with stainless steel and neoprene internal parts. Valve shall be Spring check valve shall be maintenance free and constructed of heavy-duty and positively after RCV shut-off. Valve shall have a female IPS threaded inlet adjustable from 5 to 40 feet of head and shall prevent low head drainage quickly and outlet. SWING CHECK VALVE: Swing check valve shall be as specified in the irrigation legend. SHUT-OFF VALVE: Shut-off valve shall be as specified in the irrigation legend. SCREEN FILTER: Filter shall have a Y - pattem body constructed of durable polypropylene with a 150 mesh filter screen and shall be the size and type specified in the irrigation legend. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 0281 0-1 0 Irrigation 2.22 CONCRETE FOOTINGS: A. Concrete footings shall be 2,000 P.S.I. concrete at 28 days, 5 sack minimum mix, natural color. 2.23 EXTRA EQUIPMENT: A. Contractor shall provide to the Owner: 1. Five (5) keys for opening and locking each automatic controller cabinet and enclosure. All automatic controller enclosures shall be keyed alike. All automatic controller cabinets shall be keyed alike. 2. Extra drip emitters, drip access boxes, sprinkler heads, shrub adapters, filter screens and nozzles in amounts equal to 2 of each type used on the . project. 3. Extra tools for adjusting sprinkler heads, in the amounts of two tools 4. Two (2) quick coupler keys, with matching swivel hose ells, for each type 5. Two (2) 75 foot long 3/4 diameter virgin rubber hoses. minimum per type of head used. of quick coupling valve used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Verification of Conditions: 1. Contractor shall acquaint himself with all site conditions and proposed site conditions as indicated on the plans and specifications. 2. All scaled dimensions on drawings are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, Contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions and quantities and shall immediately inform Owner of discrepancies between drawings and specifications and actual conditions. No work shall be conducted where discrepancies occur, until approval has been given by the Owner. 2. Plan locations of point of connection, pull boxes, existing equipment, sprinkler heads, backflow prevention devices, valves, controller and pipe lines are diagrammatic and indicate the spacing and relative locations of all installations. Locations shall be changed and adjusted as necessary and as directed to meet existing conditions and obtain complete water coverage. Final locations shall be determined by final site conditions and plantings. Install and extend system as shown on the drawings, and as necessary to carry out the intent of the drawings and specifications; 4. Point of connection shall be approximately as shown on drawings. adapters or other necessary fittings for connection. Connect new underground piping and valves and provide all flanges, Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 0281 0-1 1 Irrigation 3.02 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE INSTALLATION: A. Storage of Materials: 1. Because of the nature of plastic pipe and fittings, exercise caution in handling, loading and storing, to avoid damage. 2. The pipe and fittings shall be stored under cover until using, and shall be transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lay flat so as not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. 3. All pipe that has been dented or damaged shall be discarded unless such dent or damaged section is cut out and pipe rejoined with a coupling. B. Excavation and Backfilling of Trenches: 1. Refer to Reclaimed Water General Requirements where applicable. Install rench warning tape for all reclaimed water pressure mains. 2. Locate existing lines, valves and other underground utilities before digging trenches. Excavate trenches, prepare subgrade. and backfill to operations. Do not backfill until the pipe system has been subjected to a line and grade with sufficient room for pipe fittings, testing and inspecting it has been tested for shorts and visually observed by the Landscape tiydrostatic test as specified. Do not cover any installed control wiring until Architect. 3. Trenches for buried irrigation pressure lines shall be excavated wide enough to allow a minimum of four inches between parallel pipe lines and eight inches from lines of other trades. Lines shall not be installed parallel and directly over one another. Maintain three (3) inches vertical clearance between crossing irrigation lines; minimum transverse angle is 45 degrees. 4. Depth of Trench: Buried Polyvinyl Chloride Pressure Line, 18 inches min., 24 inches max. All Non-Pressure Piping, 12 inches min., 18 inches max. All Pressure Pipe Under Roads, 24 inches min., 36 inches max. 5. Trench depth for buried pipe shall be as specified above from the finish grade to the top of the pipe. The bottom of the trench shall be free of rocks, clods, and other sharp-edged objects over 1” diameter size, 6. Deposit topsoil on one side of trench and subsoil on the opposite side, 7. Backfill trenches, after approval of piping, with approved material, then install irrigation lines and test each section. tamping around pipe and thoroughly compacting all trench fills until 90% relative compaction has been achieved. Backfill material shall be free from rocks and clods. C. Irrigation Piping and Fittings: 1. Pipe shall be snaked from side-to-side to allow for expansion and whether underground or above-grade. contraction. Pipe shall rest on smooth ground without bumps, humps, etc. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 02810-12 Irrigation 3.03 A. B. 3.04 A. B. C. D. E. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. a. Center load below-grade pipe at 10' intervals with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and dipping under pressure. Leave joints exposed for site observation during testing. test requirements. Do not cover any below-grade lines until they have Repair any leaks and replace all defective pipe or fittings until lines meet been checked and approved for tightness, quality of workmanship and materials. Pipe ends and fittings shall be wiped with "MEK" primer, Weld-On "P-70" or equal, before welding solvent is applied. Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling. All field cuts shall be bevelled to remove burrs and excess material before fitting and gluing together. Plastic to brass joints shall be made with plastic female adapters, metal nipple hand tightened, plus one turn with a strap wrench. Plastic to plastic joints shall be solvent-weld, assembled per pipe manufacturer's specifications and using solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer only. All connections to polyvinyl chloride pipe mains shall be made horizontally. No water shall be permitted in the pipe until a period of at least 24 hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing. BRASS PIPE INSTALLATION: wheel, or hand hacksaw. No piping shall be cut with metallic wheel cutter of any Cut brass piping by power hacksaw, circular cutting machine using an abrasive description. Ream and remove rough edges of burrs so smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained. Carefully and smoothly place thread lubricant on male thread only. Tighten screwed joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is not permitted. I REMOTE CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION: Provide one control wire and one common ground wire to service each valve in and maintenance of valves. system. Provide 4-0" minimum expansion loop at each valve to permit removal Wire splices shall be allowed only on runs of more than 500 feet (with no splices under the 500 feet) Install control wires at least 18" below finish grade when not installed in same trench with buried pressure pipe. Bundle wire together with electrical tape 10 feet on center. Install wires with a 2 foot coiled loop up into each remote control valve box along mainline route. Install control wires and irrigation pressure piping in common trenches wherever possible. All irrigation control wiring passing through structure, underneath paving, traveled ways or roadways shall be placed inside conduits. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 02810-13 - Irrigation 3.05 F. G. H. I. J. A. C. C. D. AS a part of the work to attm far posit& damage to any common or curttro~ wire, the Contractor shall run an extra control wire on each leg of mainline from the controller to the farthest RCV. Any other additional wires required to be pulled shall be as noted on plans. All wires in pull boxes shall be loose and shall not come within three inches (3") from lid. Wire Connections: wire length at each end enclosure. Each wire splice shall be encased in the Common, control and spare wires shall be installed with a 4-0 coiled excess waterproof epoxy of waterproof connectors. Wire splices shall be made only in valve or pull boxes. Testing: All wiring shall be tested for continuity, open circuits and unintentional grounds shall be fifty (50) megaohms. Any wiring not meeting this requirement shall be prior to connecting to equipment. The minimum insulation resistance to ground replaced, at the Contractor's expense. The responsibility of testing lies with the Contractor to insure it is completed. Numbering and Tagging: Identify direct burial control wires at each automatic valve and at the terminal strips of the controller with corresponding valve station numbers shown on the drawings. Tag wires at the terminal strips with 3M Scotchcode SER Wire Markers or equal. Identify spare wires by capping ends with waterproof connectors as specified above and tagging with an I.D. tag marked "SP. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION: Automatic controller shall be installed as shown in detail drawings and as directed. Controllers shall be tested with complete electrical power connections. The Contractor shall be responsible for temporaty and permanent power to the controller for operation and testing purposes. Controller shall be fully operable prior to planting operations. Connections to control wiring shall be made within wiring boxes. Electrical supply wiring shall be installed in a rigid PVC conduit from controller to electrical outlet or power pedestal. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for installing all wiring to the sub-panels, clocks, or elsewhere as required, in order to complete this installation. A disconnect switch shall be included as a part of this work. Seal open ends of all electrical conduit with waterproof sealant to keep out pests. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 02810-14 Irrigation E. 3.06 A. B. 3.07 A. B. 3.08 A. 8. C. 3.09 A. 3.10 A. Architect, Cwnty Health Dept., and Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Program time on each station prior to testingkite observation by the Landscape WEATHER SENSOR ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION: Weather sensor shall be installed per the manufacturer's instructions and details, in a location where it shall be exposed to unobstructed rainfall. conduit. Seal open ends with waterproof sealant to keep out pests., Install sensor wire its entire length from controller to'sensor, ,inside electrical REMOTE CONTROL VALVE INSTALLATION: Install remote control valves in locations approximately as shown on the drawings, with.4" distance from top of flow control stem to valve box lid. Install a union type connection. Fit with valve box and locking cover as shown in the water is to be used with valve.. detailed drawings. Fit with reclaimed water use warning tag where reclaimed Install one valve per valve box, maximum. Do not run other pipes through valve boxes. Valves shall be installed in planted areas, 12 from curbs or paved areas, wherever possible. Never place valves in traffic areas or in pavement. VALVE BOX AND PULL BOX INSTALLATION: valve per box. Install valve boxes as shown in the detail drawings. Install no more than one Heat brand in 2" high lettering, the identification number of the valve and the controller clock on the cover of the remote control valve box. Pull boxes shall be labeled "PB" in like manner described for valves, "BV" for ball valve, etc, etc. FLUSHING OF SYSTEMS: After piping and risers are in place, but prior to the installation of the sprinkler heads and drip emitters, a full head of water shall be used to flush out the system. After system is thoroughly flushed, install drip emitters and sprinkler heads. As soon as heads are installed on a system, each head shall be adjusted so that water will not be overspraying onto paving or hardscape areas. Then test system. MULTI-EXIT DRIP EMITTER AND DISTRIBUTION TUBING INSTALLATION: Thoroughly flush out all lateral PVC lines prior to connecting drip emitters to risers. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 02810-15 Irrigation B. Install drip emitters onto risers. Connect distribution tubing to outlets and extend (15 R max.) with bundles in relaxed manner, to plantings. Secure tubing with emitter and typical layout details, and per manufacturer‘s recommendations. tubing stakes and equip each tube outlet with bug cap. Install per the drip C. For dripline tubing system, install PVC non-pressure lines connecting between each planter area, from the drip valve outward. Flush system, then install dripline on grade, using tubing stakes every five feet along tubing length. Flush system again. Install air/vacuum relief valves and flush valves. Test system. 3.1 1 SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATION: A. Install all sprinkler heads as shown in the details, and as shown in the manufacturer’s instructions. 3.12 3.13 3.14 B. Nozzle size of all heads shall be adjusted to suit any particular conditions of the area. This shall be done after the system has been thoroughly tested, immediately after written notification by the Landscape Architect and/or County Health Department. Y-STRAINER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION: A. Install Y-strainer assembly immediately downstream backflow preventer on mainline, prior to any other valves. Coordinate exact location with Park and Recreation Representative for review and determination of placing assembly. SCREEN FILTER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION: A. Install screen filter assembly as shown in the detail. Allow clearance around assembly inside box for maintenance of filter. SHUT-OFF VALVE INSTALLATION: A. Install all shut-off valves approximately where shown on drawings and as shown on the details. 3.15 QUICK COUPLING VALVE INSTALLATION: A. Install quick coupling valves next to paving, a maximum of 150 ft. apart on mainline, and as per the detail. 3.16 FLOW SENSOR INSTALLATION: A. Install flow sensor immediately downstream Y-strainer. Install one per automatic controller. Install flow sensor wires within electrical conduit. 3.17 SPRING CHECK VALVE INSTALLATION: A. Install spring check valves on risers of sprinklers to prevent low head drainage. Install spring check valves on laterals where indicated. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 02810-16 Irrigation 3.18 SWING CHECK VALVE INSTALLATION: A. Swing check valves shall be installed on laterals,where shown, and as detailed. 3.19 CONCRETE FOOTING INSTALLATION: 3.20 A. Footings shall be placed on 90% minimum compacted or undisturbed subgrade. Construct to shapes specified and parallel'to adjacent paved areas. Broom finish exposed surface. SPRINKLER HEAD ADJUSTMENT: A. Immediately, as soon as heads are installed on a system, each head shall be adjusted so that water will not be overspraying out of its intended area of coverage, on paving, etc. 3.21 CLEAN-UP: A. Contractor shall maintain all areas in a neat manner and remove unsightly debris as necessary. After completion of project, Contractor shall remove all debris and containers used in accomplishing work. He shall sweep and clean all asphalt, concrete areas and planting areas and clean all vertical surfaces affected by his work, to the satisfaction of the Owner. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II ** End of Section *** 0281 0-1 7 Irrigation SECTION 02820 , FOUNTAINS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS: A. The General Conditions, and Special Conditions are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. 1.02 SUMMARY: A. Work shall include providing all materials and perfonning'all operations to accomplish all work specified herein. Shown on the drawings, or reasonably implied to complete the construction. Work shall also include investigation of site conditions; locating existing utility lines; excavation and base material for fountain work; furnishing and installation of all fountain equipment, piping, plumbing and accessories; electrical; automatic control of fountain system; guarantees; and clean-up of work. 1.03 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS: A. The following specifications and standards of issues listed in this paragraph form a part of this specification to the extent required by the references thereto. 1. International Conference of Building Officials: Latest Edition Uniform Building Code (UBC) Latest Edition Uniform Plumbing Code (UBC) 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSE) Latest Edition National Electrical Code (NEC) 1.04 RELATED WORK: A. Landscape Irrigation, Section 02810. B. Cast-In-Place Concrete, Section 03300 C. Tile, Section 09300. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Certification: Due to the special nature of the fountain equipment herein specified, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to certify to the Landscape Architect within 35 days after receipt of notice to proceed, that the equipment has been ordered and will be available in a timely manner to complete the work. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Fountains 02820 - 1 8. Shop drawings and list of materials and equipment, within ninety (90) calendar days after the date of notice to, proceed. Complete shop drawings and the list of all materials and equipment proposed for installation under this work shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect giving, in the case of each item to be used, the name of the manufacturer, the trade name, and the catalog number of the article. Items completely identified in the specifications and the drawings by catalog numbers trade names, and model numbers, and which the contractor proposes to furnish therewith, may be listed "as specified" without further description. The quantities of material and equipment need not be included, since these are the contractor's responsibility. C. Substitution: Within ninety (90) calendar days after the date of notice to proceed, five (5) copies of complete description, information, and performance data covering materials, equipment, and methods shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect in requesting a substitution as an equal for that specified. The Landscape Architect will determine the equality of the material, equipment, or method submitted as substitutions, and Landscape Architect's decision will be final. D. Deviations: No deviations from the specifications and drawings shall be allowed unless substitutions have been requested by the contractor in writing and approved by the Landscape Architect in writing. 1.06 SITE CONDITIONS: A. Extreme care shall be exercised in excavating near existing utilities to avoid damage thereto. Information on the drawings is diagrammatic, and any damage to the existing utilities shall be made good by the contractor without cost to the owner. B. Minor deviations found necessary during progress of the work to conform to site conditions shall be made without additional cost to the owner. C. The Landscape Architect shall be notified promptly should utilities be found that are not indicated on the plans. Failure to do so shall make the contractor liable for all subsequent damage caused by his operations. An equitable adjustment in the contract will be made for additional work required, if any, when utilities are found which are not indicated on the drawings or which have not previously been identified. D. The Contractor shall use special precautions when excavating in the areas near gas and electrical ducts or lines. All such ducts and lines shall be exposed by careful hand excavations so as not to damage the ducts or cause personal injury, and shall be suitably marked with warning signs, barricades and all other necessary items of safety. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Fountains 02820 - 2 PART 2 2.01 A. 0. C. D. PART 3 3.01 A. 3.02 A. 3.03 A. 3.04 A. 3.05 A. PRODUCTS: MATERIALS: All equipment and materials furnished under this specification or as shown on the shop drawings shall be supplied and manufactured for fountain construction and installations, and shall be of heavy duty, long life, quality, as manufactured b,y Hydrel, Kim Fountain, or equal. Concrete: All concrete materials shall conform to requirements of Cast- In-Place Concrete, Section 03300. Tile: All tile materials shall conform to requirements of Tile, Section 09300. The Contractor is hereby referred to the drawings for additional material and equipment requirements. EXECUTION: GENERAL: All work shall be installed, cleaned, tested and maintained to carry out the intent of the drawings and specifications. The fountain and all of its appurtenances shall be complete, in working order, and approved prior to acceptance. CONCRETE WORK: All concrete work shall conform to requirements of Cast-In-Place Concrete, section 03300. Concrete foundation slab and required securing appurtenances shall be installed for the pumping water works facility. TILE WORK: All tile work shall conform to requirements of tile, section 09300. PLUMBING WORK: All plumbing work shall conform to requirements of Landscape Irrigation, section 02810. except as herein specified or shown on the drawings. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING: This work includes all excavation, protecting, backfilling and compacting for all fountain work and all plumbing piping to be laid in earth inside or outside of the fountain structures. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Fountains 02820 - 3 3.06 3.07 3.08 0. C. D. E. A. B. A. 0. C. A. No backfilling shall be done until all work in trenches and excavations have been tested, inspected, and approved. Lay piping on minimum of 6 inches of clean concrete sand per state standard specifications and cover with 6-inches minimum of the same. Piping underground shall be'laid to a depth of not less than 24 inches below finished grade, including piping under concrete walks and paving. Backfill for all lines shall be placed in layers of 6 and compacted. The first 2 layers over any lines shall be free of rock, hard clods, and all foreign material. All trench backfill shall be compacted to 95 percent minimum of relative compaction. INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT: All fixtures shall be anchored and set level and square with relation to walls and floor lines, and in neat and workmanlike manner, using equal spacing and neat grouping. Contractor shall see that proper backing and pads for fixtures is installed. Fill void between plumbing and wall or floor with . approved waterproofing mastic sealant and water-seal entire fountain structures. Electrical work shall conform to National Electrical Code (NEC). PROTECTION AND CLEANING: All materials, especially fixtures, shall have ample protection afler installation to protect against vandalism, damage, or use during construction. Fixtures and equipment with damaged finish shall be removed and replaced with new fixtures and equipment by the contractor at his expense. All fixtures and equipment shall be cleaned and maintained until acceptance. IDENTIFICATION TAGS: Wired-on or secured brass identification tags shall be provided for all valves, equipment, and controls specified in this section and as required by the shop drawings. The tags shall have minimum width of 1/2 inch per each row of 112 inch high lettering and sufficient length for the required lettering. Tags shall be imprinted on 1/32 thick brass sheet metal or approved equal. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Fountains 02820 - 4 3.09 A. 3.10 A. 3.1 1 A. 0. 3.12 A AUTOMATIC WATER WORKS SYSTEM: The fountain pumping and control systems shall be installed, complete in- place, with fully automatic controls to operate each system. All work and materials necessary for the automation of the system as required and shown on the shop drawings shall be provided and installed. Locate all equipment in Subgrade valve boxes, per plan. COMPLETENESS: The fountain pumping complete-in-place, shall fully and automatically operate the fountain facility. GUARANTEE AND REPLACEMENT: Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises, or its contents, caused by leaks or breaks in piping equipment, or fixtures furnished and/or installed by him for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the work by the Landscape Architect. All labor and materials shall be guaranteed for a period of two years to function and perform in, the manner specified for a decorative fountain and its pumping systems, and shall be watertight construction with a balanced pumping system. CLEAN-UP: The Contractor shall keep the project area clean of his litter, debris, and excess materials at all times, disposing of the same off the site. *END OF SECTION* Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Fountains 02820 - 5 - SECTION 02870 , SITE FURNISHINGS GENERAL SUMMARY: The work includes furnishing and installing site furnishings .as indicated and as specified. Potable water supply and plumbing for water fountains are specified in Section 02810. SUBMITTALS: Submittal procedures and quantities are specified in Section 01300. Shop Drawings and Descriptive Data: Submitt shop drawings and descriptive data showing. dimensions and cross-section location, size, and type of reinforcement, including reinforcement necessary for safe handling and placement of units. PART 1 1.01 1.02 A. B. C. 1.03 PART 2 2.01 A. 0. C. D. Samples: Submit samples of surface finish, 12 inches by 12 inches by approximately 1-1/2 inches in thickness to illustrate quality, color, and texture of exposed-to-view precast concrete surface finishes. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: Handle and store units in a 'manner that will guard against cracking, chipping, warping, soiling, staining or other physical damage, discoloration, or distortion. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Cement: Type I or 111 conforming to ASTM C 150-85. All cement for exposed concrete surfaces shall be of the same type and from the same manufacturing plant. Water: Water for mixing and curing shall be free of acid, alkali, oil or organic material that may interfere with setting of the cement. Aggregates: Clean, hard, strong, durable material, free of injurious amounts of organic impurities. Admixtures: Use of admixtures is at the Contractor's option. 1. Air-Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C 260-77. 2. Retarding and Water Reducing Admixtures: ASTM C 494-82. 3. Pozzolans: ASTM C 618-85 Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Site Furnishings 02870 - 1 E. Reinforcement: AI1 reinforcing steel, except No. 2 bars shall be deformed. 1. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615-84a, Grade 40 or 60. 2. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185-85. F. Wood Lodgepole: Poles shall be of unfinished lodgepole pine. These shall be straight shafts, shaved and cut clean and bare of branches and stubs, of uniform thickness with a minimum diameter of 9”. Length shall be as per plan. G. Willow Bench: Wood Benches shall be as indicated on the drawings. H. Wood Barrels: Wood Barrels shall be as indicated on the drawings. 2.02 CONCRETE MIXES: A. Proportions: Proportion concrete design mix in accordance with ACI 211.1 or ACI 318, Chapter 4 as required to obtain a compressive strength of 4,000 pounds per square inch at 28 days when tested on a 6 by 12’ cylinder in accordance with ASTM C 39-84, Air content of the concrete shall be between 4 percent and 6 percent. Mixture shall consist of sand and stone aggregates in a ration of I to 4 by weight; white portland cement or a blend of white and~standard portland cement, coloring agent and water as required to achieve the color selected by the Engineer. B. Mixing: Materials shall be mixed in proportions controlled by weight in a semi-automatic batch plant. Mixing shall be done in a turbine type mixer which will distribute coarse and fine aggregates evenly throughout the mix. Water content shall be held to a minimum necessary for placement ensure uniform color throughout the mix. in order to prevent shrinkage cracking. Take all precautions necessary to 2.03 FABRICATION: A. Casting Molds: Precast concrete furnishings shall be cast in polished molds of sufficient rigidity to assure products with dimensional tolerances equal to or better than those specified in PC1 MNL 116. Concrete shall be vibrated in place in closed molds. Molds shall have characteristics to achieve a smooth surface. 8. Reinforcement: Provide all reinforcing necessary to structurally support the anticipated loads on the units and all stresses imposed by transportation and handling. C. Finishes: Finish of formed surfaces shall be smooth and free of all irregularities. Surfaces shall receive an acid etch finish. Texture of surfaces shall be uniform after etching. Color shall be as indicated per plan. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Site Furnishings 02870 - 2 2.04 FURNITURE ITEMS: A. Trash Receptacles: Fabricate or provide trash receptacles to the shapes and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of 1/4 inch except waste container tops shall be within a tolerance of 1/16 inch. I B. Bollards: Fabricate or provide wood bollards to the shapes and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of 1/4 inch. I C. Pedestal Type Drinking Fountains: Fabricate or provide precast concrete pedestal to the shapes and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of 1/4 inch except basin enclosure shall be within a tolerance of 1/16 inch. Fountain shall be as indicated on the drawings. I PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install furnishings in accordance with approved shop drawings and descriptive data. Unload and place units as recommended by the stresses or loads for which they were not designed. Exact location of manufacturer. Unload and handle the units without exposing .them to to supporting pads by means of the connection devices indicated on the units shall be as directed by the Architect or owner. Connect furnishings approved shop drawings. ***END OF SECTION"** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase I1 Site Furnishings 02870 - 3 SECTION 02900 LANDSCAPING PART 1 1.01 A. B. 1.02 A. 0. 1.03 A. B. C. D. E. F. GENERAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions, and Special Conditions are 'a part of this section and the Contract for this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. The term 'Owner' shall mean the City of Carlsbad. SUMMARY: The work includes all services, labor, materials, transportation and drawings and/or specified herein. equipment necessary to perform the work as shown and noted on the All utilities (water and electricity) used during the installation of the landscaping and irrigation systems for this project shall be paid for by the Contractor. SUBMITTALS: Contractor shall submit a complete list of soil amendments, fertilizers, and plant materials, specified with quantities and suppliers of each, a minimum of six (6) weeks prior to delivery to the site. Contractor shall submit signed copies of certificates, invoices and trip slips to the Owner for verification of quantities of all materials delivered to site for incorporation into work. Contractor shall submit one pint of bark mulch to the architect for approval. Contractor shall submit the nursery source for contract grown plant material upon award of the project. Upon completion of grading, Contractor shall obtain four (4) one quart soil samples from four (4) locations designated by the Owner for horticultural soil testing by an independent soils laboratory. Agri-Service. phone: (760)727-5454 or equal) The test report shall list the following information: 2. 1. pH ECe X1 0 3. Sodium Absorption Rate 4. Percolation Rate and soil texture 5. Recommendation for soil conditioner, pH Adjuster, Fertilizers and quantities of each. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 1 1.04 A, B. C. D. 1.05 A. 8. C. 1.06 A. E. C. Leo Carrillo GUARANTEES AND REPLACEMENTS: and vigorously growing for 90 days, from 'date of final acceptance of Shrubs, vines and groundcovers shall be guaranteed to remain healthy project. All Contract grown plants shown on the drawings shall be guaranteed to remain healthy and vigorously growing until final acceptance Of project. All plants found to be dead and all plants not in a vigorous condition days. noted within the Guarantee Period shall be replaced within (14) calendar Plants used for replacement shall be the same kind and size as specified in the plant list. They shall be furnished, planted and fertilized as originally Specified. SITE OBSERVATION VISITS: Site observation visits herein specified shall be made by the Owner or his representative. The Contractor shall request site observation two (2) days in advance of the time observation is required. Site observation will be required for the following parts of the work: 1. Incorporation of soil conditioner and fertilizer into the soil and 2. Approval of plant materials with trees and shrubs spotted in place upon completion of grading prior to planting. 3. When planting, and all other indicated or specified work, except for planting, but before planting holes are excavated. the Maintenance Period, has been completed. Acceptance and written approval shall establish beginning of the Maintenance 4. Final site observation visit at the completion of the ninety (90) day Period. Maintenance Period. This site observation visit shall establish the beginning date for the guarantee period of plant material. The Contractor or his authorized representative shall be on the site at the time of each site observation visit by the Owner. MAINTENANCE: The Maintenance Period begins on the first day after all landscape and approval from the Owner is given to begin the Maintenance Period, and irrigation work on this project is complete, checked, accepted and written shall continue thereafter for no less than ninety (90) continuous calendar days. Acceptance: Upon completion of the final site observation visit and the work of this section, the Contractor will be notified in writing (1) whether the work is acceptable; (2) of any requirements necessary for completion and acceptance. The Contractor shall continuously maintain all involved areas of the Contract during the progress of the work and during the Maintenance Period until the Final Acceptance of the work. ' Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 2 D. E. F. G. H. 1.07 A. 0. C. D. E. Regular planting maintenance operations shall begin immediately after each plant is phted. PhtS shall be kept in a healthy, growing condition and in a visually pleasing appearance by watering, pruning, trimming, edging, fertilizing, restaking, pest and disease controlling, spraying, weeding, cleaning-up and any other necessary operation of maintenance. Landscape areas shall be kept free of weeds, noxious grass, and all other undesired vegetative growth and debris. All plants found to be dead or in an impaired condition shall be replaced immediately. No pruning of tree limbs shall be permitted without the consent of the Owner. The Contract completion date of the Contract Maintenance Period will be extended, when in the opinion of the Owner, improper maintenance and/or possible poor or unhealthy condition of planted material or scheduled Maintenance Period. The Contractor shall be responsible for unestablished non-covering lawns are evident at the termination of the additional maintenance of the work at no change in Contract price until all of the work is completed and acceptable. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protection of the areas. Damaged areas shall be repaired immediately at the Contractor’s expense. Decomposed Granite (maintenance): 1. Remove debris, such as paper, grass clippings, leaves or other 2. During maintenance period, a minor amount of loose aggregate may organic material by blowing or hand raking. appear on the surface. If this material exceeds X”, redistribute material over entire surface and water thoroughly to a depth of 1”. Compact with power roller of no less than %ton. Owner should also note same treatment to apply after maintenance period for first year. 3. If cracking occurs, simply sweep fines into cracks, water thoroughly and hand tamp with 8” to IO” tamp plate. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: The term “Planting Area” shall mean all areas to be planted with shrubs, groundcovers. and vines. Actual planting shall be performed during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice. All rock and other growth or debris accumulated within the duration of the project shall be removed from the site. shall be taken by the Contractor and analyzed as to their respective Upon completion of all soil preparation operations, two (2) soil samples The results of these tests are to be reviewed by the Owner for any agronomic suitabilities by a soil laboratory of the approved by the Owner. required modifications to specified soil preparation. Prior to excavation for planting or placing of plant materials, locate all damage to such improvements. In the event of a conflict between such underground utility lines still in use and take proper precautions to avoid lines and plant locations, immediatelv notifv the Owner who shall arranoe Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II ~ . -. . Landscaping a- 02900 - 3 F. G. H. I. 1.08 A. 0. 1.09 A. for the re-location of one or the other. The Contractor assumes all respansibility for making any and all repairs for damages resulting from work as herein specified. Grading and soil preparation work shall be performed only during the period when beneficial and optimum results may be obtained. If the moisture content of the soil, should reach such a level that working it would destroy soil structure, spreading and grading operations shall be suspended until the moisture content is increased or reduced to acceptable levels and the desired results are likely to be obtained. All scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, carefully check and verify all dimensions and immediately inform the Owner of any discrepancy between the drawings andlor specifications and actual conditions. guaranteed. Check and verify count and supply sufficient number to fulfill Quantities for plant materials are shown for convenience only, and not intent of drawings. Verify any clarifications with the Owner. Adequately stake, barricade, and protect all irrigation equipment, existing trees, manholes, utility lines, and other existing property during all phases of the soil amending planting and grading operations. PLANT SELECTION: Upon award of the project the Contractor shall inform the Owner of the nursery source of all plants. The Owner will check the plants at the nursery source for approval. If the plants are rejected, the Contractor shall be responsible for locating other sources of plants. The contract price for the project shall not change due to rejected plants. The orders to reserve the plants specifically for this project. Contractor shall make all necessary financial arrangements or purchase Shrub Samples: Typical samples, one (1) each of all varieties and sizes (15 gallon and under) shrubs of all plant materials shall be submitted for approval at the site after grading and prior to planting operations. Approved samples shall remain on the site and shall be maintained by the Contractor as standards of comparison for plant materials to be furnished. Samples may be incorporated into the work. REJECTION AND SUBSTITUTION: All plants not conforming to the requirements herein specified and on the drawings shall be considered defective, and such plants, whether in place or not, shall be marked as rejected and be immediately removed from the site of the work and replaced with acceptable plant materials. The plant materials shall meet all applicable inspections required by law. All plants shall be of the species, variety, size, age, flower color and cohdition as will there be any substitution of plant species, variety, or reduced sizes specified herein and/or as indicated on the drawings. Under no condition written consent of the Owner for those listed on the accompanying drawings, except with the express Leo Carrilio Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 4 1.10 A. B. C. 1.11 A. 0. C. D. E. INVOICING OF PLANT MATERIALS AND SOIL PREPARATION CONFORMANCE TEST: A sample of the soil amendments shall be delivered to the Landscape Architect within thirty-five (35) days after submittal of soil report for submittal to the Owner for approval. Upon delivery of materials and/or completion of all soil conditioning and Architect with the heretofore specified signed copies of required grading, but prior to initiating planting operations, the Landscape certificates, trip slips, and invoices for soil preparation materials, shall compare the total quantities of each material furnished against the total area for each operation. If the minimum rates of application have not been met, the Owner will require at the Contractor's expense, the distribution of additional quantities of these materials to fulfill the minimum application requirements specified. After installation of plant materials, but prior to the premaintenance site observation visit, the Owner, with the heretofore specified signed copies and related items, shall compare the total area and/or the amounts of the required certifications, trip slips, and invoices for the plant materials specified. If the minimum amounts have not been furnished, the Landscape Architect will require at the contractors expense, the installation of additional materials to fulfill the minimum requirements specified. DECOMPOSED GRANITE REQUIREMENTS: Tests 1. Perform gradation of decomposed granite material in accordance with ASTM C 136 - Method of Sieve Analysis for Fine and Course. Mock-ups 1. Install 4 ft. wide x 10 ft. long mock-ups of decomposed granite paving with and without Stabilizer additive at locations specified by City representative or Landscape..Architect. Environmental Conditions 1. Do not install decomposed granite paving while raining. For Stabilized Decomposed Granite, contractor must check forecast and proceed only if rain is not predicted for a minimum of 72 hours, and it has not rained for a minimum of 48 hours. Quality Assurance 1. installer - Provide evidence to indicate successful experience in containing Stabilizer binder additive. installing decomposed granite or crushed 3/8" or %" aggregate paving Excess Materials 1. Provide owner's authorized representative. With the following excess materials for use in future decomposed granite repair: 40, 50 Ib. Bags of the aggregate paving 1, 10 Ib. Bag of Stabilizer additive. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 5 - PART 2 2.01 A. 0. C. D. E. F. Leo Carrillo PRODUCTS SOIL AMENDMENT AND FERTILIZER: which has been well composted, consisting of a commercial blend of Soil conditioner shall be commercially processed bark or wood product organic fractions supplying gradient degrees of breakdown and conforming to the following requirements: 1. Derived from bark of pine, white fir or redwood, or from cedar or redwood shavings. 2. Composted a minimum of 180 days and a maximum of '1 year. pH shalibe 7.0 maximum and 5.5 minimum. 3. Salinity maximum 3.1 mmhos per centimeter at 25 degrees C. as 4. Impregnated with a minimum of 1% nitrogen, 0.04% phosphoric measured by saturation extract conductivity. acid, 0.04% available potash, 0.02% calcium, 0.03% magnesium and 0.05% iron. Redwood particles to be 1/50" to 1/4" in size, 5. organic matter 97% moisture content 30%. Ash content not to,exceed 10%. approved equal by landscape Architect. Pre-plant Commercial Fertilizer Soil Conditioner shall be Organo life, A.J. - Ecohumus, Loamex or (15-15-15) shall be uniform in composition, free flowing, suitable for application with approved equipment and delivered to the project site in unopened original container or package, each bearing the manufacturer's statement of guaranteed analysis, and shall contain the following minimum available percentage by weight of plant nutrients: Nitrogen Phosphoric Acid Potash Wil-Gro, Bandini, Gro Power, Kellogg or approved equal Post-Plant Fertilizer (14-7-3). Federal Specifications L-F 241, shall be a free flowing, with less than thirty percent (30%) passing through a twenty- long lasting, slow release, pelleted or chip type, uniform in composition, eight (28) mesh Tyler screen, suitable for application with approved equipment, and containing the following minimum available percentages by weight of plant nutrients: 15% minimum 15% minimum 15% minimum Nitrogen Phosphoric Acid Potash 7.0% minimum 14.0% minimum 3.0% minimum Best, Bandini, Gro Power, Western Farm Services or approved equal. Soil Sulfur: Shall be 99% elemental sulfur, Wilgro Life, Union Chemical or approved equal. Wetting Agent: shall be "Naiad" turf and Ornamental Plantings Soil Penetrate or approved equal. Iron Sulfate: 20% Iron by volume. Warning: Fertilizers containing chelated iron will stain concrete surfaces. The Contractor shall take care not to stain concrete and shall be responsible for removing all iron stains from concrete at no additional cost to the Owner. Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 6 G. H. I. 2.02 A. 8. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. Leo Carrillo gram size, or approved equal. Fertilizer Tablets: Shall be Agriform (20-10-5) chip tablets 21 gram and 5 Gypsum - Commercially packaged, free flowing gypsum containing not less than 95% by volume of calcium sulfate as an active ingredient. Soil Moist - An acrylic co-polymers, 'Terra Sorb' or approved equal by landscape architect. PLANT MATERIALS: Nomenclature: The scientific and common names of plants herein specified conform with the approved names given in "A Checklist of Woody Ornamental Plants of California", published by the University of California, College of Agriculture, Publication 4091 (1979). See list of plant material on drawings. containers for at least six,months, but not over two years. No container Container stock (1 gallon, 5 gallon, and 15 gallon) shall have grown in plants that have cracked or broken balls of earth, when taken from the container, shall be planted, except upon special approval. No trees with damaged roots or broken balls shall be planted. Pruning shall not be done, prior to delivery, except by written approval by the Landscape Architect. Inspection of Plant Materials, required by City, County or Owner authorities, shall be a responsibility of the Contractor, and where necessary the Contractor shall secure permits or. certifications prior to delivery of plants to site. time before or during progress of work, for size, variety, condition, latent Plants shall be subject to approval or rejection, at the project site at any defects and injuries. Rejected plants shall be removed from the project site immediately. Substitutions will not be permitted unless proof is submitted by the Contractor that any plant specified is not obtainable. A proposal for approval. substitution will be submitted by the Contractor to the Owner for Quantities shall be furnished as needed to complete work shown on drawings. The Owner reserves the right to check root condition of any species, particularly those grown from seed, and if found defective, to reject the plants represented by the defective sample. Identify plant species or varieties correctly on legible, weatherproof labels attached securely to the plant material. There shall be a minimum of one labeled plant for each 25 plants in a lot. Groundcover plants shall be healthy vigorous rooted cuttings grown in flats until transplanting. Lawn shall be as indicated on the drawings. Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 7 2.03 LAWN SEED: A. All lawn seed shall be labeled and shall be furnished in sealed standard containers with duplicate signed copies of a statement from the vendor certifying that each container of seed delivered is fully labeled in accordance with the California State Agricultural Code. Seed which has become wet, moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or storage will not be each lot of seed shall be as follows: acceptable. The minimum percentage by weight of pure, live seed in SEED TYPE % of Yo of L seed germination ARID Tall Fescue REBEL II Tall Fescue APACHE 34% 90 % 33% 33% 90% 90% Application Rate shall be 10 Ibs per 1,000 square feet. Seed mix shall be Triple Crown tall fescue blend available through Butlers Mill (or equal), San Diego. CA, ph#(619) 263-6181. Top dressing shall be the soil conditioner. 2.04 IRRIGATED HYDROSEED MIX : A. All seed in hydroseed mix shall be labeled and furnished in sealed vendor certifying that each container of seed delivered is fully labeled in standard containers with duplicate signed copies of a statement from the accordance with the California State Agricultural Code. Seed which has become wet, moldy or othewise damaged in transit or storage will not be acceptable. The minimum percentage by weight of pure, live seed in each lot of seed shall be as follows: BOTANICAL NAME GERMINATION MIN. PURITY1 LBS.1ACRE Agrostis pallens 70170 4 Artemesia douglasiana 10150 2 Artemesia palmerii Collinsia heterophylla 15/50 98185 2 1 Deschampsia cespitosa 90180 3 Elymus glaucus 90185 8 Encelia californica 40160 3 Escholzia californica 98180 3 Hordeum brachy antherum 90185 Lasthenia Glarata 6 90185 1 Layia platyglossa 90185 Lupinus bicolor 98185 1 Muhlenbergia rigens 80180 2 2 Nassella pulchra 90180 4 Sysrinchium bellum Total 95/75 4 Seed mix shall be available from S&S seeds (or equal) 805-684-0436. 46 2.05 HERBICIDES: A. Pre-emergence herbicide shall be Surflan, Treflan, Dymid or approved equal. Leo Carrilio Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 8 2.06 A. 2.07 A. B. C. 2.08 A. B. C. D. BARK MULCH: (All areas with less than 2:l slope) Bark mulch shall be fir or pine ”walk - on” shredded bark, clean and free of debris. Submit 112 cu. ft. for review. DECOMPOSED GRANITE SCREENINGS: Crushed Stone Sieve Analysis Percentage of Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieve AASHTO TI 1-82 and T27-82 ’/4” Minus Aggregate Gradation Sieve Designation 318” No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 65-55 No. 30 40-50 Range of % Passing 100 95-100 75-80 No. 50 No. 100 No. 200 25-35 20-25 5-1 5 Provided by KRC. Inc. ph. # 800-427-0572. or approved equal. Stabilizer Binder 1. Patented, non-toxic, organic binder that is colorless and odorless concentrated powder that naturally binds crushed Aggregate 2. Provided by Stabilizer Solutions, Inc. 800-336-2468. or approved screenings (CAS) together to produce a natural firm surface. equal. Local suppliers (via Stabilizer Solutions inc.): KRC Inc. (800-427-0572) Gail Materials (600442-ROCK) Synthetic Fiber Reinforcement (optional) 1. As provided by Stabilizer Solutions, Inc. 800-336-2468 or approved equal. SILICA SAND #20 Silica Sand #20 shall conform to Section 19-3.025B, “Sand Bedding”, of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, and these Special Provisions. Contractor shall install Silica Sand #20 within beach area at cabana as per plans. All silica sand shall be 100 percent #20 silica for play areas shall be free of deleterious organic material, loam, clay and debris, with, a ”mean effective size” between .55 and .65 and a “mean uniformity coefficient“ between 1.0 and 1.54. The Contractor shall submit certification of the above requirement and a 0.5 cubic foot sample to the Engineer for approval prior to sand placement. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 9 2.09 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET A. North American Green S/50 8. As supplied by 'North American Green' (800) 772-2040 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SOIL CONDITIONING, FERTILIZING AND ROTOTILLING: A. After the areas have been graded, the following rates of soil conditioning and shall be thoroughly scarified to an average depth of eight (8) inches and amendment materials shall be evenly spread over all planting areas by rototilling a minimum of two (2) alternating passes, followed by eight (8) inches of water leaching performed in four (4) applications of two (2) inches each. 2. 1. Soil Conditioner: 5 cu.yd./l,OOO sq.ft. Soil Sulfur: 3. Gypsum 251bs./1,000 sq.fl. 4. Pre Plant Fertilizer 100 Ibs.ll000 sq.ft. 30 1 bs.ll000 sq.ft. 5. Iron Sulfate 6. 40 lbs./1000 sq.ft. Naid 1 Quart per acre (prior to amending soil) 7. Soil Moist 1 lb./1000 sq.ft. 8. Planting backfill in shrub planting areas shall be a thoroughly blended mixture of excavated soil from .the planting pits and soil amendments at the following mixture: VineslShrubs 1. Soil Conditioner 2. On Site Soil 40% Vines/Shrubs 60% 3. Soil Sulfur 4. 5. Pre-Plant Fertilizer 6. Gypsum Iron Sulfate 7. Naid 8. Soil Moist ,9. Super Thrive 1 Ibs./cu. yd. 3 Ibs./cu. yd. 3 Ibs./cu. yd. 12 Ibs/cu. yd. 1 oz./cu. yd. 1 Ib./cu.yd. 1 capful C. Rate of application shown is for bidding purposes only. Soil test may reduce or increase total soil amendment yardage. Adjustment (plus or minus) may be necessary. The Contractor shall obtain six (6) soil tests of final grade at site as specified herein and submit results to City representative or Landscape Architect for interpretation and recommendation. Contractor shall submit unit prices on above amendments for add/deduct options based on submitted soil test reports. D. The thoroughness and completeness of the rototilling and incorporation of the soil conditionerslamendments shall be acceptable to the Owner prior to commencement of planting operations. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 10 3.02 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. 3.03 A. 3.04 A. B. C. FINISH GRADING: built Civil drawings. Finish grades shall be as existing at the site and as indicated on the as- Finish grades shall be measured as the final water compacted and settled surface grades and shall be within plus or minus 0.1 foot of the spot elevations and grade lines indicated on the drawing. Finish grades shall be measured at the top surface of surface materials. slope and as directed by the Owner or Landscape Architect. Molding and rounding of the grades shall be provided at all changes in All undulations and irregularities in the planting surfaces resulting from tillage, rototilling and all other operations shall be leveled and floated out before planting operations are initiated. The Contractor shall take every precaution to protect and avoid damage to existing and new sprinkler heads, irrigation lines, and other underground utilities during his grading and conditioning operations. Final finish grades shall insure positive drainage of the site with all surface drainage away from buildings, walls, and toward roadways, swales, drains and catch basins. Final grades shall be acceptable to the Owner or Landscape Architect before planting operations will be allowed to begin. Planting surfaces shall be graded with no less than one (1) percent surface slope for positive drainage. PLANTING: The layout of locations for plants and outlines of groundcover to be planted shall be approved on the site by the Owner, prior to their planting. All such locations shall be checked for possible interference with existing underground piping, or improvements, prior to excavation of holes. If improvements, underground construction or utility lines are encountered in the excavation of planting areas. other locations for the planting may be selected by the Owner. Damage to existing utilities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. PLANTING SHRUBS AND VINES: In general, planting holes shall be twice the diameter of the container size, but in no case too small to accommodate plants. encountered within the areas to be excavated for plant pits and planting Excavation shall include the stripping and stacking of all acceptable soil to be temporarily stacked pending its re-use for the fillings of holes, pits beds. Protect all areas that are to be trucked over and upon which soil is and beds. over the site by the Contractor. Excess soil, generated from the planting holes shall be spread evenly Leo Carrilio Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 11 D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. 3.05 A. B. C. All used containers shall be removed to the storage area or from the site by the Contractor. The plants shall be planted at approved locations with the heretofore specified conditioner and soil planting backfill. The plants shall be placed in the planting pits on the soil which has been hand tamped and water settled to the rootball base levels prior to the placement of the plants. After setting the plants, the remaining backfill material shall be carefully tamped and settled around each rootball to fill all voids. Each shrub shall be placed in the center of the hole and shall be set plumb and held rigidly in position until the planting backfill has been tamped from around each root ball. All plants shall be set at such a level that after settling they bear the same relationship to the surrounding finish grade as they bore to the soil in the container. Planting tablets shall be placed in each shrub planting hole at the following rates. 2. 2-21 gram tablets per 5 gallon container. 1. 2-21 gram tablets per 15 gallon container. No plant will be accepted if the rootball is broken or cracked, either before, during or after the process of installation. All plants shall be thoroughly watered into the full depth of each plant hole immediately after planting. 3. 1-21 gram tablet per each 1 gallon container. The Contractor shall be responsible for all surface and subsurface drainage required which may affect his guarantee of the shrubs, and vines. Pruning after planting shall be required on all shrubs and vines when necessary to provide the specified or approved standard shapes, form andlor sizes characteristic to each plant. Pruning may include thinning, topping, and/or cutting and shall be under the direction of the Owner. Cuts over 3/4 inch in diameter shall be painted with an approved sealant. PLANTING GROUNDCOVERS: Groundcovers shall be planted in the areas indicated on the drawings. The groundcover plants shall be rooted cuttings grown in flats, and shall remain in those flats until transplanting. All groundcover plants shall be planted with soil around roots in staggered rows, evenly spaced at the intervals called out on the drawings. The groundcover plants shall be planted sufficiently deep to cover all roots and shall be fertilized with a 5 gram plant tablet and immediately sprinkled after planting until the entire area is soaked to the full depth of all holes. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 12 3.06 BARK MULCH APPLICATION: A. Apply 2 minimum depth of bark mulch to all shrub and groundcover areas less than 2:l slope. 3.07 HERBI'CIDE APPLICATION: A. Apply approved herbicide 'to subgrade in all planting areas and decomposed granite areas as required by owner. B. Apply herbicides according to manufacturer's directions only, using all proper safety precautions. Do not apply herbicides during high winds or rainy weather. 3.08 STAKING MATERIALS: A. Single Staking: Stakes shall be of lodgepole pine. 'These shall be straight shafts, shaved and cut clean and bare of branches and stubs, of uniform thickness with a minimum diameter of 2 inches, free of loose knots, splits or bends. Stakes shall be no less than ten (10) feet in length. 3.09 GUYING MATERIALS: A. Guy wires shall be of pliable, zinc-coated steel of No. 12 gauge. B. Anchors (deadman) for holding guy wires shall be 8" x 8" x 16" concrete C. Pipe for covering wire, shall be I/? dia. by 5' long white PVC plastic D. Tree ties shall be V.I.T. Cinch-Tie or approved equal. blocks. Set 18" below finish grade. pipes. 3.10 PLANT MATERIALS: A. Nomenclature: The scientific and common names of plants herein Woody Ornamental Plants of California", published by the University of specified conform with the approved names given in "A Checklist of California, College of Agriculture, Publication 4091 (1979). See list of plant material on drawings. 5. Container stock (1 gal.. 5 gal., 15 gal. boxes) shall have grown in containers for at least six months, but not over two years. No container plants that have cracked or broken balls of earth, when taken from the container, shall be planted, except upon special approval. No trees with damaged roots or broken balls shall be planted. C. Pruning shall not be done, prior to delivery, except by written approval by the Landscape Architect. D. Inspection of Plant Materials, required by City, County or State authorities, shall be a responsibility of the Contractor, and where plants to site. necessary he shall secure permits or certifications prior to delivery of Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 13 E. F. G. H. I. J. K. 3.1 1 A. C. D. E. F. Leo Carrillo Plants shall be subject to approval or rejection, at the project site at any time hefore or during progress of work for size, variety. condition, latent defects and injuries. Rejected plants shall be removed from the project site immediately. Substitutions will not be permitted except that if proof is submitted that any plant specified is not obtainable, a proposal will be substituted subject to Landscape Architect's written approval. drawings. Quantities shall be furnished as needed to complete work shown on The Landscape Architect reserves the right to check root condition of any species, particularly those grown from seed, and if found defective, to reject the plants represented by the defective sample. Identify plant species or varieties correctly on legible, weatherproof labels attached securely to the plant material. There shall be a minimum of one labeled plant for each 25 plants in a lot. flats until transplanting. Groundcover plants shall be healthy vigorous rooted cuttings grown in Lawn seed shall be type as indicated on drawings. SEEDING OF LAWNS: fertilizing, the areas to be seeded shall be loosened to a depth of two Floating: After preparation of soil, finish grading, deep watering and inches and raked and floated to the final finish grade by any standard method acceptable to the Contractor with the finish surfaces left even and smooth, free from ridges and depressions and reasonably well firmed. Compacting: The Contractor shall determine the need for compaction to provide a seed bed that will not "footprint". Compaction, if needed, will be The final rolling shall be at right angles to slopes to prevent erosion. accomplished with a roller weighing 60-90 pounds per lineal foot of roller. entire lawn area. During the sowing, care shall be exercised to keep Broadcasting of Seed: The seed shall be evenly broadcast over the uniform seed spacing. Architect shall be employed, using an approved mechanical power drawn Method Sowing: A method of sowing satisfactory to the Landscape drill or "Brillon" seeder or equal, (no known equal). Top Dressing: All seeded areas shall be top dressed uniformly in a continuous blanket using 3/4 cubic yard per 1,000 square feet at the windward side of the area. (Approximately 1/4 inch layer). The top dressing shall be spread starting mist spray shall be applied to the lawn areas to anchor the dressing to Initial Watering: Immediately following the top-soil dressing a light, fine the soil, forming a protective crust to prevent wind erosion and drying out of the seed. The lawn areas shall be kept moist, but not glistening wet, until full germination. Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 14 G. H. I. J. K. 3.12 A. B. C. D. Leo Carrillo dry sufkiently to permit rolling and shall then be rolled with a 60-90 Final Compaction: The fully germinated lawn areas shall be allowed to pounds per lineal foot roller to compact the soil around the grass roots to provide a firm, smooth mowing surface. areas shall be filled with screened conditioned topsoil and re-seeded Filling: Following compaction and irrigation settlement, all depressed where necessary. Protection: The lawn areas shall be protected against foot traffic and other use immediately after seeding is completed by placing warning signs and temporary twine and flagging around the areas. Damaged areas shall be repaired immediately by the Contractor. Finishing: After the seeding operations have been completed, the top surface of the lawn areas shall be left smooth and even and shall conform to finish grades. Alternate Sowing Method: The Contractor at his option may elect to hydroseed the lawn utilizing an approved hydroseeding equipment. In lieu of a top dressing application utilize a fibermulch or wood or paper along with the lawn seed and fertilizer, as specified herein. prepared specifically for hydromulch at the rate of 1500 Ibs. per acre HYDROSEEDING: hydroseeding landscape contractor shall carefully check planting area Inspection of Conditions: Before proceeding with any work, the conditions and shall immediately inform the Landscape Architect of any discrepancies between the drawings and actual conditions. No work shall conditions are unsuitable for successful plant material establishment until be done on any area where there are such discrepancies or where approval has been given by the Landscape Architect. Quality of Work: The hydroseeding work shall be performed by a with the best standards and practices related to the trade. competently trained individual OT hydroseeding company in accordance Soil Preparation: 1, Water all planting areas thoroughly and continuously for three (3) consecutive days to saturate upper layers of soil prior to hydroseeding operation. 2. The allow planting area soil surface to dry out for one day only allow the soil surface to be super saturated with water prior to the prior to the hydroseeding application. Care must be taken to not hydroseeding installation. At the same time the soil surface should not be bone dry. There should be some residual moisture within the first 1/4 inch of soil surface. 3. Begin the hydroseeding operation on all areas as specified herein. Materials: All materials shall be standard, approved, first grade quality and in prime condition when installed. All commercial process or packaging material shall be delivered to the site in the original unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 15 .. .. 1. Hydromulching Application and Planting Schedule: The hydromulching shall be applied in the form of a slurry consisting of organic soil amendments, commercial fertilizer, and other chemicals called for. When hydraulically sprayed onto the soil, the mulch shall not form a blotter like material. The spray operation must be so directed that the slurry spray will also penetrate the soil surface as to drill and mix the slurry components into the soil, thus ensuring maximum impregnation and coverage. E. Preparation of Hydroseeding Mixture: 1. The slurry shall be prepared at the site and its components shall be mixed to supply the rates of application as per specifications. 2. Slurry preparation shall begin by adding water to the link when the engine is at one-half throttle. When the water level has reached the height of the agitator shaft and good recirculation has been established, the fertilizers shall be added to the mixture (the tank shall be at least I13 filled with water at this time). 3. The engine throttle shall be open to full speed when the tank is 1/2 filled with water. All organic amendments, fiber, and full. At this time the seedmix shall also be added. chemicals shall then be added by the time the tank is 2-1/3 to 3/4 4. Spraying shall commence immediately when the tank is full and F. Application: The operator shallspray the area with a uniform visible coat using the dark color of the cellulose fiber or organic amendment as a visual guide. The slurry shall be applied in a downward drilling motion via a fan stream nozzle. G. Time Limit: The hydromulching slurry components are not to be left than two hours in the machine, the Contractor shall add 50% more of the machine for more than two hours. If slurry components are left for more within the two hours after mixing. The Contractor shall add 75% more of originally specified seedmix to any slurry mix which has not been applied the original seedmix to any slurry mixture which has not been applied eight hours after mixing. Any mixture not applied after eight hours shall be rejected and disposed of off-site at Contractor's expense. H. Protection: Special care is to be exercised by the Contractor to prevent any of the slurry from being sprayed onto any adjacent property, etc. Any slurry sprayed onto these areas shall be cleaned off at the Contractor's expense. area shall be presoaked with water by the irrigation system to a depth of three (3) inches 48 hours prior to the hydroseeding installation. the slurry is mixed. I. Hydromulching Schedule: As an added precaution, the hydroseeded J. Application Rates: Cellulose Fiber - 2000 Ibs. per acre. "Binder - 140 Ibs. per acre. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 16 Seed Mix - as specified on drawings. 16-6-8 Fertilizer - 6 Ibs. per 1000 sq.ft. Hydroseeding Equipment: The specified components shall be mixed together in a hydroseeding machine described as follows: 1. The hydromulching. equipment shall meet the minimum requirements of a slurry distribution line large enough to prevent closing and shall be equipped with a set of hydraulic spray nozzles which will provide a continuous non-fluctuating discharge of at least 25 psi at the end of the spray nozzle. The slurry tank shall have a minimum capacity of 2000 gallons and shall be separate unit. mounted on a traveling unit either self-propelled or drawn by a 2. The equipment shall have a built-in agitation system under operating capacity sufficient to agitate, suspend and homogeneously mix a slurry containing not less than 20 kilos (44 additives and solids for each 100 gallons of water. Ibs.) of organic mulching amendment plus fertilizer chemical K. 3.13 A. 0. C. D. E. F. G. H. Leo Carrillo DECOMPOSED GRANITE: Stake and measure areas according to the rate of Decomposed Granite (D.G.) and Stabilizer to be used. Spread all decomposed granite mixes to desired depths and levels to grade over specified base material. (See civil plans for depth and locations of designated stabilized and non-stabilized D.G. areas). It is critical that stabilizer be thoroughly and uniformly premixed (at the supplier plant) throughout the total depth of the decomposed granite to City representative. profile. Contractor to provide trip slips and invoices of materials provided Optional - Bend 3-5 Ibs of Sportsgrid fibers per ton of decomposed granite screenings (verify with owner) for vehicular parking 'lot area only. Contractor to provide separate bid price for this as add/deduct item. the mix. (Do not water with a water truck). Test for penetration by Water heavily with a hose to achieve full depth moisture penetration of random core inspection. Roll and compact to 95% relative compaction with a two to five - ton double drum roller. If the surface is flaky or sticks to the roller drum, add more water. If the roller creates a wash board effect or rills, extra setup time is necessary. Do not begin compaction for 6 hours after placement and up to 48 hours. Take care in compacting decomposed granite screenings when adjacent to planting and irrigation systems. defective, or does not meet minimum requirements of this section. Remove and replace decomposed granite paving that is damaged, drawings to shed water off the sides. Contractor to grade all decomposed granite areas as per Civil engineers Repairs: Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 17 3.14 A. B. 3.15 A. B. 3.16 A. 3.17 1. Excavate damaged areas to the depth of Stabilized decomposed granite and square up side walls. 2. If area is dry, moisten damaged portion lightly. 3. Preblend the dry required amount of Stabilizer powder with the proper 4. Add water to the pre - blended decomposed granitelStabillzer mix. amount of decomposed granite in a cement mixer or pug mill. Thoroughly moisten mix with 25-35 gallons per ton of pre-blended material, or to approximately 10% moisture content. 5. Apply moistened, pre-blended decomposed granite screenings to excavated area to finish grade. 6. Compact with an 8” to 10” hand tamp or 250 to 300 Ib. Roller (if the area is high traffic area, i.e. Parking lot, use a larger roller - % ton minimum. Keep traffic off areas for 12 to 48 hours after repair has been completed. SILICA SAND #20 Install sand as per plans. The contractor price for silica sand #20 shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in installing silica sand #20 as shown on the plans, and as directed by the Engineer, including clean-up, repairs and guarantees. EROSION CONTROL BLANKET Install per manufacturer’s specifications Optional ‘Green Dot System’ may be used if deemed necessary by city engineer. POST FERTILIZATION: planting at a rate of 15 Ibs. per 1,000 sq.ft. and again at the end of the Post Fertilization for all planting areas (14-7-3) shall occur 45 days after maintenance period. CLEAN UP: A. As project progresses, the Contractor shall maintain all areas in a neat manner and remove unsightly debris as necessary. After completion of accomplishing work. All sidewalks, decomposed granite paving and concrete project, Contractor shall remove all debris and containers used in areas adjacent to plantings shall be swept clean and washed down by the expense. Contractor, and any stains or discolorations shall be removed at contractor’s *** End of Section *** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Landscaping 02900 - 18 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK GENERAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions, and Special Conditions are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this work and apply to section as fully as if repeated herein. SUMMARY: This section covers the furnishing and installing and removing of forms for cast-in-place concrete work as shown and noted on the drawings and as specified. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: be exposed in the finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or other Forms for Unexposed Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which will not acceptable material. 1. Lumber shall be standard or better grade Douglas fir, in accordance with WCLlB "Standard Grading Rules 1981' or WWPA "Western Lumber Grading Rules 80". Boards shall be surfaced on at least 2 edges and one side for a tight fit. Form Ties and Spreaders: Standard metal form clamp assembly, of type acting as spreaders and leaving no metal within 1" of concrete face. Inner tie rod shall be left in concrete when forms are removed. Wire ties or wood spreaders will not be permitted. Form Coating: Non-grain raising and non-staining type that will not leave residual matter on surface of concrete or adversely affect proper bonding of subsequent application of other material applied to concrete surface. Coatings containing mineral oils or other non-drying ingredients will not be permitted. Form coating for use with form liners shall be of type recommended by form liner manufacturer. EXECUTION DESIGN OF FORMWORK: The engineering and construction of all formwork, shoring, and bracing shall be carried out by and under the direction of the Contractor, and he PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. PART 2 2.01 A. B. C. PART 3 3.01 A. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Concrete Formwork 03100 - 1 B. 3.02 A. B. C. D. E. F. shall be held responsible for the engineering, construction, maintenance, and safety of all formwork during the entire construction period. The formwork shall be designed for the loads and lateral pressures outlined in Part 3, Section 102, of ACI 347-78, and lateral forces as specified by the Uniform Building Code. CONSTRUCTION: Earth Forms: Earth forms may be used for footing only where the soil is firm and stable and the concrete will not be exposed to view. Where earth forms are to be used, excavations shall be cut neat and accurately to size for placing of concrete directly against the excavation. Construct wood edge strips at each side of trench at top to secure reinforcing and prevent trench from sloughing. Form sides of footings where earth sloughs. Earth forms shall be tamped firm and cleaned of all debris and loose material before depositing concrete. Wood Forms: Construct forms of sound material to the correct shape and dimensions, mortar tight, and of sufficient strength, and so braced and tied together that the movement of men, equipment, materials, or placing and vibrating the concrete will not throw them out of exact shape under all imposed loads. They shall be so constructed that they may be easily removed without damage to the concrete. Before concrete is placed in forms, the horizontal and vertical position of the form shall be carefully verified and all inaccuracies corrected. All wedging and bracing shall be completed in advance of placing of concrete. Framing bracing, supporting members, and centering shall be of ample size and strength to safely carry, without deflection, all dead and live loads to which forms may be subjected, and shall be spaced sufficiently close to prevent any bulging OF sagging of forms. Concrete out of line, level, or plumb will be cause for rejection of the whole work affected. Form Ties: Ties shall be of sufficient strength and used in sufficient quantities to prevent spreading of the forms. Ties shall be placed at least 1" away from the finished surface of the concrete. Arrangement: Arrange formwork to allow proper erection sequence and to permit form without damage to concrete. Joints: Construction joints, isolation joints, shrinkage control joints, saw- cut joints and expansion joints shall be installed as needed and as approved. Location of construction joints, particularly those exposed to view at walls and columns, shall be coordinated with and are viewed in advance of concrete pouring. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Concrete Formwork 031 00 - 2 G. H. I. J. 3.03 A. B. C. Leo Carrillo Embedded Piping and Rough Hardware: 1. The Contractor shall afford every tradesman who is required to fasten his work to that of the Contractor, or who is required to inset therein any piping, box, bolt, anchor, insert, or other rough hardware, with every facility for setting the same accurately in the forms. 2. Conduits or pipes shall be so located as not to reduce the strength of the construction and in no case shall be placed in a slab less than 3-1/2 inches in thickness except for local off-sets. No conduit buried in a concrete slab shall have an outside diameter greater than 30 percent of the thickness of the slab, and no conduit shall be placed under slab reinforcing steel, except for slab mesh. Coating of Forms: Thoroughly clean forms and coat with specified form coating before each use. Do not reuse any form for exposed work which cannot be reconditioned to "like new " condition. Apply form coating to all forms in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. Apply form coating to all forms before placing reinforcing steel. Inspection: Prior to placing of concrete, and afler placement of can be made. Such notification shall be made at least 2 working days in reinforcing steel in the forms provide notification so that proper inspection advance of placing concrete. Rejection of Defective Work: Any movement or bellying of forms during construction or variations in excess of the tolerances specified will be concrete work so affected. Reconstruction of forms, new concrete and considered just cause for the removal of such forms and in addition, the the Owner. any required reinforcing steel shall be furnished at no additional cost to REMOVAL OF FORMS: Formwork for walls and other parts not supporting the weight of the concrete may be removed as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations, but not sooner than 24 hours after placing concrete. When shores and other vertical supports are so arranged that the form facing material may be removed without loosening or disturbing the shores and supports, the facing material may be removed at an earlier age as specified or permitted. The shores and supports shall remain in place until the concrete has reached its specified 28-day strength, unless otherwise specified or permitted. Whenever the formwork is removed during the curing period, the exposed concrete shall be cured by one of the methods specified in Section 03300. Ranch - Phase II Concrete Formwork 03100 - 3 D. Use softwood wedges to release form faces from concrete. DO not pry with metat) tool. E. Clean-up and remove all formwork and related materials from the site. *** End of Section *** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Concrete Formwork 03100 - 4 - SECTION 03200 , CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT GENERAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions, and Special Conditions, are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. SUMMARY: This section covers the furnishing and installing of reinforcing steel for cast-in-place concrete work as shown and noted on the drawings and as specified. CODES: Except as modified by the requirements specified herein and /or the details on the drawings, concrete reinforcing work shall conform to the "Uniform Building Code" (UBC), Chapter 26, "Concrete". REFERENCES: The editions of the specifications and standards referenced herein, published by the following organizations, apply to the work only to the extent specified by the reference: PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 1.03 A. 1.04 A. 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI). 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI). 4. American Welding Society (AWS). 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop and placement drawings of all reinforcing for review. 1. Placement drawings shall show the locations and spacing of reinforcing in the various parts of the improvements with details as required, all in accordance with ACI 315-80. Cutting and bending lists submitted without placement drawings will be returned without review as incomplete. Placement drawings shall be complete so that placement of the reinforcing may proceed without reference to the design drawings. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Concrete Reinforcement 03200-1 B. 1.06 A. B. 1.07 A. PART 2 2.01 A. B. 2: Review shall not act to relieve the Contractor from responsibility for accuracy of the fabrication details and placing diagrams. Dimensions and locations shall be verified 3. prior to the preparation of shop drawings. No work shall be done except from reviewed drawings which must be kept at all work locations. Product Data: Mill affidavits, stating the grades and physical and chemical properties of the reinforcing steel, and conformance with ASTM Specifications, shall be submitted before delivery of the steel to the job site. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Delivery: Delivery reinforcement bundled and tagged to identify placement and certify testing. Reinforcing steel shall be transported to the site, stored and covered in a manner which will insure that no damage shall occur to it from moisture, dirt, grease, or any other cause that might impair bond to concrete. A sufficient supply of approved reinforcing steel shall be stored on.the site at all times to insure that there will be no delay of the work. Identification of steel shall be maintained after bundles are broken. COORDINATION: Contractor shall check architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical drawings for anchor bolt schedules and locations, anchors, inserts, conduits, sleeves, and any other items which are required to be cast in concrete and shall make necessary provisions as required so that reinforcing steel will not interfere with the placement of such embedded items. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Reinforcing Bars: New, deformed, billet steel bars, conforming to ASTM A 615-84. Deliver bars new and free from rust and mill scale in original bundles with mill tags intact. Welded Wire Fabric: New welded steel wire fabric, conforming to ASTM A 185-79. Gauge and center-to-center spacing shall be as indicated in drawings. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Concrete Reinforcement 03200-2 C. Accessories: Reinforcement accessories, consisting of spacers, chairs, ties, and similar items shall be provided as required for spacing, assembling, and supporting reinforcement in place. Accessories shall be galvanized steel or approved plastic accessories, conforming to the applicable requirements of the CRSl Standards hereinbefore specified. D. Tie Wire: Tie wire for reinforcement shall be #I6 gauge or heavier, where noted or specified, black or galvanized steel wire, conforming to ASTM A 82-79, PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION: A. Fabrication of steel reinforcement shall be in accordance with the details shown on the drawings. Where specific details are not shown or noted, comply with the applicable requirements of UBC and ACI 315-80 herein before specified. B. Bars shall be accurately bent, cut, and placed as indicated on the drawings. 3.02 PLACING: A. drawings and the applicable requirements of the "Codes and Standards" General: Reinforcing steel shall be placed in accordance with the hereinbefore specified. Install reinforcement accurately and secure against movement, particularly under the weight of workmen and the placement of concrete. B. Reinforcing Supports: Bars and welded wire fabric larger than 8 gauge shall be supported on metal chairs or spacers on metal hangers, accurately placed and securely fastened to steel reinforcement in place. Support legs of accessories in forms without embedding in form surface. Spacing of chairs and accessories shall conform with CRSl's "Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports". No wood will be permitted inside forms. Precast concrete cubes may be used to support footing and slab on ground reinforcing. C. Placing and Tying: All reinforcing shall be set in place, spaced, and rigidly and securely tied or wired with #I6 gauge steel tie wire at all splices and at crossing points and intersections in the position shown, or as directed. Point ends of wire away from forms. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Concrete Reinforcement 03200-3 D, E. F. G. H. I. J. 3.03 A. shown, the dear spacing for main longitudinal dm reinforcement Spacing: Bars shall be spaced as indicated on the drawings. Where not shall be less than 1.5 times the nominal bar diameter, or 1-172 inches, or parallel bars, where spacing is not shown, the minimum clear spacing 1-1/3 times the maximum size aggregate, whichever is less. For all other times the maximum size aggregate, whichever is less. The clear shall not be less than the nominal bar diameter, or one inch, or 1-1/3 contact lap splice and adjacent bars. distance limitations above also apply between the bars being spliced at a Splices: Except for temperature bars in slabs and horizontal wall reinforcing, no splicing will be allowed for reinforcing bars unless detailed locations are given for these splices on the design drawings, or approval is given. Stagger lapped splices for horizontal wall reinforcing and slab temperature bars by the required lap splice length minimum. Wherever possible, splices of adjacent bars shall be staggered. Install ladder reinforcing continuously spaced as indicated, with splice laps of 54 wire diameters in a grouted cell, 75 wire diameters in the mortar bed joints. Welded Wire Fabric: Wire fabric shall be in as long lengths as practicable and shall be wired at all laps and splices. Laps shall be one full spacing of the cross wires plus 2 at splices. Welded wire fabric shall be supplied in flat sheets. deposited. In the event there are no bars in position to which dowels Dowels: Dowels shall be tied securely in place before concrete is and anchorage. Bending of dowels after placement of concrete will not may be tied, No. 3 minimum shall be added to provide proper support be permitted unless approval is obtained. Dowels extended for future construction shall be protected from weather exposure as shown on drawings. Compliance with Safety law requirements for extended dowel is required. Cleaning: Reinforcement, at time of pour, shall be free of coatings that would impair bond to concrete. Welding: Welding of reinforcing steel will not be permitted except as specifically approved. Welding shall comply with AWS Dl .4-79 using low hydrogen electrodes. Prior to welding, determine weldability of reinforcing bars by a laboratory chemical analysis. TESTING AND INSPECTION: Contractor shall provide notification at least 2 working days ahead of each concrete pour, and no concrete shall be placed until all reinforcing steel has been installed by the Contractor and approved. All reinforcing shall be complete in every way by the end of the working day prior to concrete placing. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Concrete Reinforcement 032004 3.04 DEFECTIVE WORK: A. The following reinforcing steel work will be considered defective and shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner 2. 1. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on drawings. Bars injured due to bending or straightening. 3. Bars heated for bending. 4. specifications. Reinforcement not placed in accordance with the drawings or 3.05 CLEAN-UP: A. Remove all excess reinforcing materials and debris from site at completion of work. .. ***END OF SECTION*** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Concrete Reinforcement 03200-5 SECTION 03300 PART 1 I .01 A. 1.02 A. 1.03 A. "1.04 A. B. C. D. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. DEFINITIONS Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume. SUBMllTALS Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test"results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mix water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated, based on comprehensive testing of current materials: Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with requirements: 1. Cementitious materials and aggregates. 2. Form materials and form-release agents. 3. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 4. Admixtures. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-1 1.05 A. 0. C. D. E. F. 1.06 A. 5. Curing materials. 6. Floor and slab treatments. 7. Bonding agents. 8. Adhesives. 9. Epoxy joint filler. 10. Joint-filler strips. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS Dl .4, "Structural Welding Code--Reinforcing Steel." ACI Publications: Comply with the following, unless more stringent provisions are indicated: 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete." 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-2 PART 2 2.01 A. B. C. D. E. F. PRODUCTS FORM-FACING MATERIALS Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High-density overlay, Class 1, or better. b.. Mediumdensity overlay, Class 1, or better, mill-release agent treated and edge sealed. C. Structural 1, B-B, or better, mill oiled and edge sealed. d. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1, or better, mill oiled and edge sealed. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber- reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. Pan-Type Forms: Glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or formed steel, stiffened to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. Void Forms: Biodegradable paper surface, treated for moisture resistance, structurally sufficient to support weight of plastic concrete and other superimposed loads. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel .form-facing materials. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-3 2.02 A. B. C. D. 2.03 A. 2.04 A. B. C. 2.05 A. STEEL REINFORCEMENT Reinforcing.Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M. Grade 60, deformed. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn. Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 496. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSl's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete or fiber-reinforced concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete, and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSl Class 1 plastic-protected or CRSl Class 2 . stainless-steel bar supports. CONCRETE MATERIALS Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1/11. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C.33: 1. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94, ADMIXTURES General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-4 2.06 RELATED MATERIALS Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type 11, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. Epoxy-Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class and grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1. Type II, non-load bearing, for bonding freshly mixed concrete to hardened 2. Types I and II, non-load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed 3. Types IV and V, load, bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete. concrete to hardened concrete. concrete to hardened concrete. CONCRETE MIXES Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows: 1. Proportion normal-weight concrete according to ACI 21 1.1 and ACI 301. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs for the laboratory trial mix basis. Footings and Foundation Walls: Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 2500 psi. 2. Maximum Slump: 6 inches. Slab-on-Grade: Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows: 1. As specified in Section 03350. Cementitious Materials: For concrete exposed to deicers, limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement according to ACI 301 requirements. A. B. C. 2.07 A. B. C. D. E. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-5 F. G. 2.08 A. 2.09 A. PART 3 3.01 A. B. C. D. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cemenfitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 15 percent. Maximum Water-Cementiiious Materials Ratio: 7 gallons per 94 pound sack, FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSl's 'Manual of Standard Practice." CONCRETE MIXING Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. 1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. or smaller, continue mixing at least one and one-half minutes, but not more than' five minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released. 2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd. 3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location indicating Project identification name and number, date, mix type, mix of final deposit in structure. EXECUTION FORMWORK Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 1. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-6 E. I=. G. H. .. 1. J. K. 3.02 A. 3.03 A. B. C. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates ,or compacting-type screeds. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. Do not chamfer corners or edges of concrete. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets,. blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release .agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. EMBEDDED ITEMS Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor bolts, accurately located, to elevations required. STEEL REINFORCEMENT General: Comply with CRSl's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cast-in-Place Concrete . 03300-7 D. E. 3.04 A. B. C. 3.05 A. B. C. D. 1. Shop- or field-weld reinforcement according to AWS D1.4, where indicated. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. Install welded wire fabric in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. JOINTS General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. CONCRETE PLACEMENT embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and unless approved by Architect. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement, limitations of ACI 301. Before placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase 11 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-8 3.06 E. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic, to avoid cold joints. 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to segregate. F. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form amiform and open-textured surface plane, free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. elevations. FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections exceeding ACI 347R limits for class of surface specified. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch in height. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, or painting. 2. Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth-formed finish. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cast-in-Place Concrete - 03300-9 3.07 A. B. C. D. 3.08 A. 3.09 A. 3.10 A. FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS General: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull-floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes. 1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finishes. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete Work. CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with recommendations in ACI 305R for hot-weather protection during curing. JOINT FILLING Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-1 0 3.1 1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement according to requirements specified in this Article. 6. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and sutimit test reports during concrete placement. Sampling and testing for quality control may include those specified in this Article. C. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; ASTM C 173, volumetric method, for structural lightweight concrete: one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064: one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31 M; cast and laboratory cure test for each composite sample. one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. a. Cast and field cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; test two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and two at 28 days. a. Test two field-cured specimens at 7 days and two at 28 days. b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. D. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-1 1 E. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number,. date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-and 28-day tests. F. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. G. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as directed by Architect. "'END OF SECTION**' Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300-12 SECTION 03350 SPECIAL CONCRETE FINISHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS: A. The general conditions and special conditions are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. 1.02 SUMMARY: A. The work includes all labor, material and equipment for the furnishing and installing of all special concrete finishes as shown and noted on the drawings and/or specified herein. B. Other Applicable Sections apply to Work under this Section. 1. Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 2. Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 3. Section 03300 Cast -in - Place Concrete 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS: A. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. 302; Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. 302.1 R; Recommend Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications, data and installation instructions. B. Provide sample panels on the project site of the following finishes and colors: 1. Light Broom Finish Concrete 2. Light Sandblast finish Concrete 4. Cobblestone Brow Ditches 3. Stamped Concrete C. Sample panels shall be approved before proceeding with the respective work. Sample panels, if approved, may be left in place as part of the completed construction. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Special Concrete Finishes 03350-1 1.05 A. PART 2 2.01 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. Protection: Special finishes of concrete surfaces shall be protected until final acceptance of the project. PRODUCTS MATERIALS: Forms: As specified in Section 03100. Reinforcement: As specified in Section 03200 Cement, water, admixtures, and aggregate: As specified in section 03300. Sealer for Colored Concrete: Clear, penetration, water - based , low luster sealer recommended by pigment manufacturer that is compatible with colored concrete components and will not adversely affect concrete color or slip resistant. Color Admix for use in Integrally Colored concrete: Colors shall be selected by the Architect. Approved products or equal shall comply with Section 01630. 'Chromix Admixture'; LM~ Scofield CO., Integral Colors for Concrete; LM Scofield Materials and blasting should comply with State and County Air Pollution Blasting sand; graded to sizes suitable for surface to be finished. Ordinances. Aggregate and Cobblestones: Utilize rock as specified in the drawings. Surface Retardant for surface residue removal. Approved products shall comply with State and County Pollution Ordinances. Bomanite Release Agent or approved equal. 2.02 CONCRETE MIXES: A. Sand Blast Finish Concrete 1. Compressive Strength at 28 days 3500 PSI 2. Sacks Cement/C.Y. 5.5 Sacks 4. 3. Maximum Slump 4 inches Integral Color (Vehicular driveway, Walks and Stairs) 5. Aggregate a. %" crushed rock b. Washedsand 6. Integral color shall be as indicated on the drawings. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Special Concrete Finishes 03350-2 B. Medium Broom Finish Concrete +. compressive strength at 28 days 3500 Psi 2. Sacks CemenVC.Y. 5.5 Sacks 3. Maximum Slump 4 inches 4. Aggregate a. %” crushed rock b. Washed sand 5. Integral color shall be as indicated on the drawings. C. Stamped Concrete 1. . Compressive Strength at 28 days 3500 PSI 2. Sacks Cernent/C.Y. 5.5 Sacks 3. Maximum Slump 4 inches 4. Aggregate a. %” crushed rock b. Washed sand 5. Stamped Concrete pattern to be ‘Flagstone’ with medium brown finish by “Bomanite Corporation or approved equal. Pattern and integral color to match existing stamped concrete on “Flying LC Lane”. D. Cobblestone Brow Ditches 1. Compressive Strength at 28 days 3500 PSI 2. Sacks Cement/C.Y. 5.5 Sacks 3. Maximum Slump 4 inches 4. Aggregate a. %” crushed rock. b. Washed sand C. Cobble on surface of swales shall be 3” - 8” size river rock ‘Sierra Cobble’ 5. Integral color shall be as indicated on the drawings. 2.03 FINISHES: A. Sandblast finish B. Broom Finish C. Stamped Concrete D. Cobblestone Brow Ditches PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Notify architect minimum of 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations. B. Verify that all items to be cast into concrete are placed, held securely,’and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Special Concrete Finishes 03350-3 C. 3.02 A. B. 3.03 A. 3.04 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Patching: hmw&atety after removing famrs, patm minor defects and honeycombed areas; patch before concrete is thoroughly dry. Repair by cutting out back to a full solid surface and in manner to form a key for cement mortar till, Thoroughly wet areas to be patched prior to placing patching mortar. Patch with cement mortar, one part cement, 2 parts sand, and of a dry consistency. Compact mortar into place; neatly finish exposed surface. Patch exposed concrete to match adjoining surface. PREPARATION: Apply form release agent to formwork in accordance with manufacture's instructions. Install embedded items prior to placing reinforcing steel. PLACING CONCRETE: Place and finish concrete in accordance with section 03300 where applicable. SANDBLASTED FINISH: Do sandblasting with wet sand method using proper equipment, abrasive and skilled workmen, for sandblast finish. Mask areas surrounding sandblasting with plywood templates to ensure crisp, even, straight patterns. Medium Sandblast: As soon as possible after removal of forms, sandblast so as to expose a uniform pattern of the course aggregate or to a minimum uniform depth of 1/8'. Light Sandblast: Sandblast surface to remove forms material laitance and to provide a light sand appearance. Make passes with nozzle in both directions so pattern from blast does not appear on concrete. Sand and water shall emerge from the nozzle in a steady uninterrupted flow. Sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly washed down with clean water immediately after the nozzleman has finished blasting the area. Do not round-off concrete corners any more than absolutely necessary. Collect sand and waste from concrete promptly so it does not encumber construction operations or enter drains. All sandblasting operations shall comply with State and County Air Pollution Ordinances. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Special Concrete Finishes 03350-4 3.05 A. B. 3.06 A. B. C. 3.07 A. 3.08 A. B. C. D. E. 3.09 A. INTEGRALLY COLORED CONCRETE: Mix coloring material into the concrete specified under Section 03300 in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to achieve the color selected. Upon completion of placing colored concrete slabs, and not more than 24 hours after placing, apply curing compound and sealers as recommended by the color mix manufacturer. CONCRETE RETARDANT APPLICATION: Upon completion of pouring concrete for the swales, contractor shall embed cobblestones by hand into the concrete surface as indicated per detail. The spacing of cobblestones shall be random and vary from 2 to 8 apart. Contractor to add concrete as necessary to stabilize cobblestones into surface. Apply surface retardant and method as recommended by manufacturer. Wash off surface residue in a timely manner to reveal cobblestone finish. BROOM FINISH: General: Initial steel trowel surface as specified for steel trowel finish; after surface has hardened sufficiently, broom lightly with stiff fiber brushes to produce a uniform even texture as specified; broom at right angle to traffic, unless othewise directed. STAMPED CONCRETE: The Contractor for this work shaU be a licensed Bomanite contractor. trained and equipped by Bomanite Corporation with a minimum of three years experience similar to scope work specified. After placing concrete slabs shall be screened to the finished grade, and floated to tolerances required before stamped pattern is applied. Provide and apply Bomanite stamped pattern as indicated on the drawings with curing compound. Concrete should be in its plastic stage of set. Provide and apply grout for imprinted joints upon curing of concrete. Provide and apply sealer. EDGE &JOINT FINISH: Use standard tools to produce rounded edges intermediate line scoring and sawcuts as per drawings. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Special Concrete Finishes 03350-5 3.10 CURING: A. Cure special concrete finishes in accordance with Section 03300 and manufacturer recommendations. 3.1 1 CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION: A. Maintain control of concrete dust and debris in each area of work. Clean up and remove such material at completion of each day application. Prevent migration of airborne materials be use of tarpaulins, windbreaks and similar containing devices. B. Corporate with other trades for protection of complete finishes. "'END OF SECTION"*' Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Special Concrete Finishes 03350-6 SECTION 041 00 I ADOBE MASONRY PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 0. 1.03 A. 0. C. D. 1.04 A. 0. C. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Mortar and grout for unit masonry and adobe. 2. Adobe Bricks. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 4 Section “Adobe and Masonry Stabilization”. 2. Division 9 Section “Plaster Repair and Restoration”. REFERENCES ASTM C5 - Quicklime for Structural Purposes. ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. Preservation Brief #5: Preservation of Historic Adobe Buildings, U.S. Department of the Interior, National Park Service. Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Preservation Projects. SUBMllTAL Submit product data. Include design mix, environmental conditions, and admixture limitations. Submit .manufacturer‘s installation instructions. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II ~~ ~ Adobe Masonry 04100-1 . 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50 degrees F prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TESTING ADOBE FOR COMPATIBILITY A. Testing the adobe samples is required to determine specific physical characteristics of the adobes with which you are working. Only from these analyzes can a replacement adobe be specified. The testing should include the following: 1. Particle size distribution (texture or soil classification). 2. Soluble salt content. 3. Plastic and liquid limits. 4. Compressive strength. Particle Size: The most important analysis is particle size distribution (or soil classification). The goal of this analysis is to determine both the sizes of the sand, silt, and clay particles found within the sample and the relative percentage (by weight) of each, First the sample is crushed and weighed: then it is sifted. By sifting a sample of at least 1009 through a series of sieves, separate the sand by grain size (see ASTM D-22). The sieves (or screens) have their own designation system (for example, sieve 10 = 2mm, sieve 35 = 0.5mm, sieve 120 = 125um, and sieve 200 = 75um). Particles passing the 200 sieve are considered the fines. The separation of sand allows analysis of the color, shape, and character. All particle size testing to be performed by a licensed soils engineer. The Contractor is to pay for all tests. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements. 6. Test data should be used to develop a compatible material specification. C. Adobe bricks should be natural, untreated, sun-dried units with a sand-silt-clay ratio compatible with the original material. D. The soil used for new adobes should contain less than 0.10 percent soluble salts or less than the existing adobes, whichever is less. The plastic and elastic limits of the new soil should be compatible with the existing adobes. E. The plastic limit should not be below 15% moisture content by weight. F. The compressive strength should be 150 psi or above unless a detailed engineering study is completed by a qualified structural engineer. G. The moisture content should be below 15% at the time of installation. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Adobe Masonry 041 00-2 2.02 MATERIALS A. Water: Clean and potable. B. Adobe bricks to be of compatible size with existing adobe bricks on site. Contractor to verify size with Architect before manufacturing of bricks. C. Adobe bricks to be as manufactured by: Hans Surnpf Company 40101 Avenue 10 Madera, CA 93638 Telephone: (209) 439-3214 Special formulation to match the existing adobe composition for the areas to be restored and reconstructed. No emulsified bricks are allowed. D. Mortar for laying adobe shall be of the same composition as the adobe bricks. Reconstituted adobe soil (from broken or salvaged bricks) shall receive a herbicide during the mixing phase. 2.03 MORTAR MIXES A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use. B. If water is lost by evaporation, retemper within two hours of mixing. Do not retemper mortar after two hours of mixing, as this will cause weak mortar. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Clean concrete grout spaces of excess mortar and debris. B. Repairs to original adobe must be done with materials that are no harder than the original. "'END OF SECTION*"* Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Adobe Masonry 041 00-3 SECTION 04230 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 1.03 A. 1.04 A. 1.05 A. GENERAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions, and Special Conditions are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. SUMMARY: The work includes the furnishing and installing of all reinforced concrete unit masonry work, including reinforcing steel as shown and noted on the drawings and specified herein. REFERENCES: the drawings, work shall conform to the applicable provisions of the Except as modified by the requirements specified herein or the details on following codes and standards: 1. Uniform Building Code, Chapter 24, Masonry. 2. American Society for testing and Materials (ASTM): The 3. San Diego Regional Standard Drawings: General Notes for specifications and standards hereinafter referred to. Masonry Walls. QUALITY ASSURANCE: concrete blocks have been properly and thoroughly cured at the plant Certifications: Furnish a certificate, executed in triplicate, stating that all before shipment, and that they conform to all of the requirements of this specification. Each certificate shall be signed by the block manufacturer and shall contain the name of the Contractor, the project location, and the quantity and date or dates of shipment or delivery to which the certificate applies. HANDLING AND STORAGE: Immediately upon delivery to the site, masonry units shall be, stacked under cover or othewise protected from exposure to the weather and from contact with soil. Care shall be exercised in handling these items to avoid chipping and breakage and to protect them from damage. Use of damaged blocks will not be permitted. Units shall be stored on pallets or temporary wood floom off the ground and out of the way of other trades. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230 - 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Concrete Masonry Units: Hollow load-bearing units, conforming to ASTM C 90-81, Grade N, Type 1, medium weight units, except that units shall have a maximum linear shrinkage of 0.06%. Block shall be standard units 8" and 8 x 16" faces by thickness indicated. 1. Concealed units shall be standard color and texture as specified per the Architect. B. Cement: Standard Type II portland cement, conforming to ASTM C 150- 80, low alkali. C. Lime: Hydrated, conforming to ASTM C 207-79, Type S. D. Mortar Sand: Natural sand , clean and graded, conforming to ASTM C 144-76. E. Grout Aggregate: Clean and graded concrete aggregates, conforming to ASTM C 33-81. F. Water: Fresh, clean and potable, and free from such amounts of mineral and organic substances as would adversely affect the hardening of cement mortar. G. Reinforcing Steel: Furnish and install reinforcing steel for grouted block masonry in accordance with the requirements of Section 03200. 2.02 STRENGTHS AND COLORS OF MORTAR AND GROUT: A. Mortar Strengths and Color: Mortar for grouted unit masonry shall be type S mortar in accordance with Chapter 24 of the Uniform Building Code, 1982 Edition and shall have a minimum compressive strength at 28 days at 1800 psi. Mortar shall be colored to match block. B. Grout Strengths and Color: Strength shall be 2000 psi at 28 days. Color shall be natural. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 UNIT MASONRY CONSTRUCTION: A. General: Walls shall be 'straight, plumb and true, with all courses true to shall be filled solid with grout, unless otherwise noted on drawings. line and level, built to dimensions shown. Cells containing reinforcement Blocks shall be laid up in running bond unless otherwise indicated. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230 - 2 B. Joints: Both vertical and horizontal joints shall be uniformly 3/8" to 1/2" thick, with mortar cwerage for futl shetl thickness at both vertical and horizontal joints. Exposed joints, both vertical and horizontal shall be concaved. Vertical control joints shall be placed at 32 foot intervals maximum. Joints shall be designed to resist shear and other lateral forces while permitting longitudinal movement. Vertical expansion joints shall be placed at 96 foot intervals maximum. C. Bed Joints: The top surface of the concrete foundations or other bed joints shall be clean, smooth concrete with aggregate exposed before start of laying. Tops of foundations shall be sandblasted, if necessary, to remove laitance for exposing aggregates in the concrete. Foundation tops shall be kept clean during the construction by cleaning at least once a day. Where block is to be laid on slabs, bed joints shall be roughened and cleaned, and a bonding agent shall be applied before laying first course of block. D. Alignment of 'Vertical Cells: Masonry shall be built to preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the cells. The vertical alignment shall be sufficient to maintain a clear, unobstructed vertical flue, measuring not less than 3" in all directions for grouted masonry. E. Cleanouts: Cleanout opening shall be provided at the bottoms of cells to be filled at each lift or pour of grout, when such lift or pour of grout is in excess of 4-0" in height. Cleanouts shall be sealed after inspection and before grouting. F. Reinforcement: Vertical reinforcing bars shall be held in place by standard reinforcing supports. Horizontal bars shall be tied to vertical bars as the block work progresses and shall be embedded -in grout. Ladder reinforcing shall be imbedded in grout. Stagger lapped splices for horizontal wall reinforcing and slab temperature bars by the required lap splice length minimum. Wherever possible, splices of adjacent bars shall be staggered (See Section 03200). G. Grouting: 1. Grout Mix: Grout shall be designed in accordance with UBC 2403 for manufacturer designed mixes. The use of an admixture for the purpose of reducing water content will be permitted, subject to approval of the admixture, and provided the strength of grout is not impaired. Waterproofing admixture shall be added in amount recommended by the manufacturer but not to the extent that grout strength specified is impaired. 2. Construction: Grout shall conform to applicable requirements of the Uniform Building Code. Grout shall be placed by means of an approved grout pump capable of handling at least 12 cubic yards per hour of the specified 3/8 maximum size aggregate mix. 3. High-Lift Construction: At the Contractor's option, grout may be placed by means of the high-lift grouting method under' the Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230 - 3 H. I. J. 3.02 A. 3.03 A. 3.04 A. 3.05 A. supervision of a qualified Masonry Inspector, employed and paid for by the Cm, in which case grouting shatl conform to the Uniform Building Code, Mortaring: 1. Mortar Mix: Mortar shall be designed and installed in accordance Anchorage items: Bolts, straps, hangers, inserts and other anchorage devices required to support framing and other attachments shall be built- in, unless otherwise indicated, and shall be installed as the masonry work progresses. Finishes: See sections 03350 - special concrete finishes ( Rock Veneer) and 09150 - Stucco for wall and Plaster finishes. with UBC for manufacturer designed mixes. CLEANING: After erection and pointing, masonry shall be cleaned down with stiff brushes and water, followed by a thorough rinsing with clean water. CURING: Attention shall be given to the pmper curing of mortar joints as well as the shall be kept damp but not saturated for at least 7 days to prevent too grout concrete pour. The masonry work and the top of the grout pour rapid drying during hot or drying weather, and drying winds. PROTECTION: when necessary to protect them from rain or from hot, dry weather. Masonry surfaces shall be covered with non-staining waterproof paper Surfaces not being worked on shall be protected. TOLERANCES: The following tolerances shall apply to the masonry work: 1. Plumb: In adjacent units - 1/8; in 10 feet- 1/4"; in any story or 20 2. Level: Any bay or 20 feet maximum - 1/4"; in 40 feet or more - feet maximum - 3/8 1 /2". *** End of Section *** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Reinforced Unit Masonry 04230 - 4 PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 ., A. B. 1.03 A. B. C. D. 1.04 A. SECTLQN Q4500 ADOBE AND MASONRY STABILIZATION GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Protection of adjacent non-adobe surfaces. 2. Repair of all adobe surfaces indicated on drawings, apparent on the job site and as identified during the pre-bid walk through to a finished condition per Preservation Briefs #5: Preservation of Historic Adobe Buildings, US. Department of the Interior, National Park Service. 3. Remudding procedures. 4. Crack repair. 5. Cleaning up of residue. 6. Repointing mortar joints. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 4 Section "Adobe Masonry". 2. Division 9 Section "Plaster Repair and Restoration". REFERENCES ASTM C5 - Quicklime for Structural Purposes. ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. Preservation Brief #5 Preservation of Historic Adobe Buildings. Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Preservation Projects. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Municipal or State Historic Building Code regulations governing cleaning, scaffolding, and protection to adjacent properties. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Adobe and Masonry Stabilization 04500-1 E C. 1.05 A. B. C. 1.06 A. B. Drawings detailing temporary or permanent support are to bear a seal by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of California. Adobe restoration procedures to follow those outlined in Preservation Brief #5: the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Historic Preservation Projects. The Preservation of Historic Adobe Buildings. Restoration methods also to follow SUBMllTAL Submit product data. Include design mix, environmental conditions, and admixture limitations. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS may drop below 40 degrees Fahrenheit within 24 hours. Do not lay masonry repoint, caulk, wash down or wet surfaces when temperature Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50 degrees Fahrenheit prior to, during, and after completion of masonry work. 1.07 PROTECTION A. PART 2 2.01 A. B. C. Protect windows, doorways, trim and other surfaces from damage and immediately remove stains, efflorescence, or other unsightly excess resulting from the work of this Section. PRODUCTS MATERIALS Adobe Bricks: To match existing in composition and texture, submit test results and materials to Architect for approval for all replacement adobe units. Adobe bricks to be specially manufactured by 40101 Avenue 10 Hans Sumpf Company Madera, CA 93638 Telephone: (209) 439-3214 The existing bricks will need to be tested for their composition before manufacture. No emulsified bricks are allowed. Mud: As specified by testing lab. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II ~ ~~ Adobe and Masonry Stabilization 04500-2 PART 3 3.01 A. 3.02 A. .. B. C. D. E. F. EXECUTLON PREPARATION Protect adjacent materials and surfaces not receiving work from possible damage. Repairs to original adobe must be done with materials that are no harder than the original. REBUILDING materials. Attend pre-bid walk-through with the Architect for Scope of Work. Disassemble adobe with care in a manner to prevent damage to existing General Adobe Repair: At areas where the adobe has eroded and cement or lime plaster remains, remove plaster and build out the adobe before replastering. Eroded areas not to be built out with plaster. Needle structure as necessary In advance of cutting out units. Build-in reclaimed or new units following procedures for new work as specified in Section 04100. Ensure that anchors and reinforcing~are correctly located and built-in. Build-in adobe work in kind with existing, with joints and coursing to match existing in kind at site, even if not level or plumb. 3.03 CRACK REPAIR A. Cut a V-shaped groove into the crack as far back as necessary to visually determine that the separation is 1/2" or less. Remud under directions found in Section 3.4. If the crack is deeper than 4 inches, and becomes wider than 1/2", and continues through the wall, the following Structural Crack Repair shall be used. 8. Structural Crack Repair / Injection: 1. Expose the full length of the crack to be injected. Remove plaster and other obstructing materials, being careful not to disturb framing members. 2. Remove accessible loose pieces of adobe and mortar from the crack. 3. Blow dust and small particles from the cracks with compressed air. 4. Caulk cracks on both sides of wall with wet newspapers. Caulk in lengths of about 6 inches between one-have inch diameter openings. Press the wet newspaper into the cracks at a depth about equal to the cracks width. Alternatively, caulk with stiff grout to which two parts Portland cement have been added. When caulk is hard, drill one-half inch diameter holes into the crack at six inches on center. Use non-impact drilling equipment. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Adobe and Masonry Stabilization 04500-3 3.04 A. B. C. D. 5. Prepare a grout of the following matetials accurately measured by weight 55 Ibs. - soil 30 Ibs. - silica sand (20 grit) 5 Ibs. - plastic Portland cement 9 8 Ibs. - fly ash (Type F) 2 Ibs. - lime (Type S) 100 Ibs. 2.5 02. - Sika Grout-aid II Water as required for proper consistency 6. Inject each crack from one side of the wall only. Injection process shall be by low pressure only. Start from the bottom and inject into one-half inch diameter openings in sequence working up. Plug injected holes with wet newspapers. Flow of grout shall be observed from one-half inch diameter opening on the opposite side of the wall. If grout does not appear on the opposite side of the wall, the problem shall be determined and corrected before. proceeding. As grout flows from a hole on the opposite side of the wall, the hole shall be plugged with wet newspaper. Proceed with injection until the crack is filled with grout. 7. Newspaper caulking shall be left in place until grout has set (approximately two or three days). Remove newspaper caulking before the grout hardens (approximately seven to ten days). 8. Remove all harden spills and unused grout from the site and dispose of it legally. Leave floors broom clean. REMUDDING PROCEDURES OVER ADOBE BRICKS See attached appendix Preservation Brief #5: Preservation of Historic Adobe Buildinas. (NPS) Mud formula as specified by the testing lab. Experiment with area 10' x 10' for approval by Architect. This is a craftsman procedure and several applications may be applied before desired texture and adhesion is achieved. The bricks should be left exposed and cleaned with a small hand wisp broom. Any large, loose chunks of adobe brick should be removed. Moving down the wall, care should be taken not to remove so much that the structural integrity of the wall will be impaired. The adobe brick needs to be moistened to provide approximately 1/4" of saturation of water. This can be done by misting the wall through wet burlap bags hung approximately 3 from the face of the adobe bricks. Care should be taken not to overwet the wall, because "melting" could occur and the wall could fall down. After the existing adobe bricks are sufficiently moistened, the mud shall be prepared using the correct composition. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase I1 Adobe and Masonry Stabilization 04500-4 E. Working up the wall, all of the large holes and gaps should be packed tightly with the mud, but not to exceed 314" build-out at any'one time. The mud should be allowed to dry (cracks will occur). This process should continue until a reasonable flush surface has been achieved against the adobe brick. At all times, the wall should be kept moist, not wet. If water in the adobe mud is lost be evaporation, retemper within two hours of mixing. Do not retemper mortar after two hours of mixing. F. The adobe mud should then be applied over the entire face of the adobe brick at a thickness of 1/4. The bricks should be previously scored with a dull knife in grooves that are 1/2" deep in a criss-cross 45 pattern. The adobe mud should be left to dry behind the burlap bags. The bags should be kept wet, but not the wall. This will help to better cure the adobe mud. G. Depending upon the original finish for the walls being repaired or reconstructed, all walls should be finished with lime plaster or whitewash. 3.05 CLEANING A. Promptly as work proceeds and upon completion, remove excess mortar, B. Clean adjacent and adjoining surface of marks arising out of execution of this smears, and droppings. Section. C. Sweep up and remove sand, cleaning compounds, and mixtures, dirt, debris, and rubbish from the work area. "'"END OF SECTION"' .. I. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Adobe and Masonry Stabilization 04500-5 1.02 1.03 PART 1 1.01 A. A. B. A. 1.04 A. B. C. SECTION 04901 STONE MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING GENEML RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Repairing stone masonry, including replacing damaged units. 2. Cleaning exposed stone masonry surfaces. 3. Repointing mortar joints. Allowances: Quantity allowances for masonry restoration and cleaning are specified in Division 1 Section "Allowances." DEFINITIONS Restoration: The act or process of accurately depicting the form, features, and character of a property (salvaged historic item) as it appeared at a particular period of time by means of .the removal of features from other periods in its history and reconstruction of missing features from the restoration period. The limited and sensitive upgrading of mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems and other code-required work to make properties (salvaged historic items) functional is appropriate within a restoration project. SUBMllTALS Product Data: For each product indicated. Include recommendations for application and use. Include test reports and certifications substantiating that products comply with requirements. Samples for verification, before erecting the mockup, of the following: 1. Each new exposed masonry material to be used for replacing existing textures to be expected in the completed Work. materials. Include in each set of samples the full range of colors and Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Stone Masonry Restoration and Cleaning 04901 -1 1.05 D. Restoration program for each phase of the restoration process, including protection of surrounding materials on the building and Project site during operations. Describe in detail the materials, methods, equipment, and sequence of operations to be used for each phase of the restoration work. 1. If alternative materials and methods to those indicated are proposed for any phase of restoration work, provide a written description, including evidence of successful use on other comparable projects, and a testing program to demonstrate their effectiveness for this Project. E. Cleaning program indicating cleaning process, including protection of surrounding materials on building and Project site, and control of runoff during operations. Describe in detail the materials, methods, and equipment to be used. 1. If materials and methods other than those indicated are proposed for cleaning work, provide a written description, including evidence of successful use on other comparable projects, and a testing program to demonstrate their effectiveness for this Project. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Follow procedures outlined in the Preservation Brief #2: Repointing . Mortar Joints in Historic Masonry Buildings, US. Department of the Interior, National Park Service. Restoration methods also to follow the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Historic Preservation Projects B. Restoration Specialist: Engage an experienced masonry restoration and cleaning firm that has completed work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Mockups: Prepare field samples for restoration methods and cleaning procedures to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. Use materials and methods proposed for completed Work and prepare samples under same weather conditions to be expected during remainder of Work. 1. Locate mockups on the structure where directed by Architect. 2. Masonry Repair: Prepare sample panels of size indicated for each type of masonry material indicated to be patched, rebuilt, or replaced. Erect sample panels into an existing wall, unless otherwise indicated, to demonstrate the quality of materials and workmanship. 3. Cleaning: Prepare sample approximately 25 sq. ft. in area for masonry and surface condition. a. Test cleaners and methods on samples of adjacent materials for possible adverse reactions, unless cleaners and methods are known to have a deleterious effect. b. Allow a waiting period of not less than 7 days after completion of sample cleaning to permit a study of sample panels for negative reactions. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Stone Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . 04901 -2 D. E. 1.06 A. 0. C. D. E. 1.07 A. 0. 4. Repointing: Prepare 2 separate sample areas approximately 36 inches high by 72 inches wide for each type of repointing required; 1 for demonstrating methods and quality of workmanship expected in removing mortar from joints and the other for demonstrating quality of materials and workmanship expected in pointing mortar joints. 5. Notify Architect 7 days in advance of the dates and times when samples 6. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting the remainder of will be prepared. masonry restoration and cleaning. 7. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. Preconstruction Testing: Owner will engage an independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing. Submit samples of proposed type of replacement stone for testing. Source of Materials: Obtain 'materials for masonry restoration from a single source for each type of material required (stone, cement, sand, etc.) to ensure a match of quality, color, pattern, and texture. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Carefully pack, handle, and ship masonry units and accessories strapped together in suitable packs or pallets or in heavy-duty cartons. Deliver other materials to Project .site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with type and name of products and manufacturers. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location. Store aggregates, covered and in a dry location, where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for minimum and maximum temperature requirements for storage. PROJECT CONDITIONS Do not repoint mortar joints or repair masonry unless air temperature is between and 40 and 80 deg F and will remain so for at least 48 hours after completion of Work. Cold-Weather Requirements: Comply with the following procedures for masonry repair and mortar-joint pointing: 1. When air temperature is below 40 deg F, heat mortar ingredients, temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. masonry repair materials, and existing masonry walls to produce Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Stone Masonry Restoration and Cleaning 04901 -3 C. D. E. F. 1.08 A. 0. PART 2 2.01 A. 2. When mean daily air temperature is between 25 and 40 deg F, cover completed Work with weather-resistant, insulating blankets for 48 hours after repair and pointing. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect restoration work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and patching materials. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 90 deg F and above. Clean masonry surfaces only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and will remain so for at least 7 days after completion of cleaning. Prevent grout or mortar used in repointing and repair work from staining face of surrounding masonry and other surfaces. Immediately remove grout and mortar in contact with exposed masonry and other surfaces. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Order replacement materials at the earliest possible date, to avoid delaying completion of the Work. Perform masonry restoration work iA the following sequence: 1. Remove plant growth. 2. Repair existing masonry, including replacing existing masonry with 3. Rake out existing mortar from joints indicated to be repointed. 4. Point existing mortar joints of masonry indicated to be restored. 5. Inspect for open mortar joints and repair before cleaning to prevent the intrusion of water and other cleaning materials into the wall. 6. Clean masonry surfaces. Remove paint before general cleaning. 7. Rake out existing mortar from joints indicated to be repointed. 8. Point existing mortar joints of masonry indicated to be restored. salvaged or new masonry materials. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase I1 Stone Masonry Restoration and Cleaning 04901 -4 8. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Cleaner: a. Sure Klean 942 Masonry Cleaner; ProSoCo, Inc. b. Sure Klean 1028 Restoration Cleaner; ProSoCo, Inc. c. Sure Klean Light Duty Restoration Cleaner; ProSoCo, Inc. 2.02 MASONRY MATERIALS 2.03 A. Stone and Accessories: Provide stone and accessories, including specially molded, ground, cut, or sawed shapes where required to complete masonry restoration work. 1. Provide units with color, surface texture, size, and shape to match existing stonework in kind and with physical properties not less than those determined from preconstruction testing of selected existing units. MORTAR MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II. 1. Provide white cement containing not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to ASTM C 114. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Quicklime: ASTM C 5, pulverized lime. D. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Colored-Mortar Aggregate: Natural or manufactured sand selected to 2. For pointing mortar, provide sand with rounded edges. 3. Match size, texture, and gradation of existing mortar as closely as produce mortar color indicated. possible. E. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars. F. Water: Potable. 2.04 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Water for Cleaning: Potable. B. Warm Water: Heat water to a temperature of 140 to 160 deg F. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Stone Masonry Restoration and Cleaning 04901 -5 2.05 C. Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium polyphosphate (TSPP), 112 cup of laundry detergent (Tide, All, etc.), 5 quarts of 5 percent sodium hypochlorite (bleach), and 15 quarts of warm water for each 5 gal. of solution required. MORTAR MIXES A. Preparing Lime Putty: Slake quicklime and prepare lime putty according to appendix to ASTM C 5 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Measurement and Mixing: Measure cementitious and aggregate material in a dry condition by volume or equivalent weight. Do not measure by shovel; use known measure. Mix materials in a clean, mechanical batch mixer. 1. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious and aggregate materials together before adding any water. Then mix again adding only enough water to produce a damp, unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this dampened condition for 1 to 2 hours. Add remaining water in small portions until reaching mortar of the desired consistency. Use mortar within 30 minutes of final mixing; do not retemper or use partially hardened material. C. Colored Mortar: Produce mortar of color required by using selected ingredients. Do not adjust proportions without Architect's approval. 1. Mortar Pigments: Where mortar pigments are indicated, do not exceed a pigment-to-cement ratio of 130 by weight. D. Do not use admixtures of any kind in mortar, unless otherwise indicated. E. Mortar Proportions: Mix mortar materials in the following proportions: 1. Pointing Mortar: 1 part portland cement, 4 parts lime, and 12 parts colored- or natural-mortar aggregate. a. Add mortar pigments to produce mortar colors to match original in kind as required. 2. Rebuilding Mortar: Same as pointing mortar, PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from injury resulting from masonry restoration work. 1. Do not clean masonry during winds of sufficient force to spread cleaning Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Stone Masonry Restoration and Cleaning solutions to unprotected surfaces. 04901 -6 3.02 A. B. .. C. D. E. F. G. 3.03 A. B. 2. Dispose of runoff from cleaning operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors. 3. Erect temporary protection covers over pedestrian walkways and at points of entrance and exit for persons and vehicles that must remain in operation during course of masonry restoration work. STONE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT Carefully remove by hand, at locations indicated, stones that are damaged or deteriorated. Remove full units from joint to joint and in a manner to permit replacement with full-size units without damaging surrounding masonry. Support and protect remaining masonry that surrounds removal area. Maintain flashing, reinforcement, lintels, and adjoining construction in an undamaged condition. Salvage as many undamaged stones as possible. Remove mortar, loose particles, and soil from salvaged stones by cleaning with brushes and water. Store stones for reuse. Clean remaining stones at edges of removal areas by removing mortar, dust, and loose particles in preparation for replacement. into bonding and coursing pattern of existing stones. Install new or salvaged stones to replace removed stones. Fit replacement units Lay replacement stones with completely filled bed, head, and collar joints. Butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Use wetting methods that ensure units are nearly saturated but surface dry when laid. Maintain joint width for replacement units to match existing units. 1. Tool exposed mortar joints in repaired areas to match joints of surrounding existing stonework. 2. . Rake out mortar used for laying stones before mortar sets and point new mortar joints in repaired area to comply with requirements for repointing existing masonry. CLEANING MASONRY, GENERAL Proceed with cleaning in an orderly manner; work from top to bottom of each scaffold width and from one end of each elevation to the other. Work from bottom to top of the building for each scaffold drop. Use only those cleaning methods indicated for each masonry material and location. 1. Use natural-fiber brushes only. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Stone Masonry Restoration and Cleaning - 04901-7 2. Use spray equipment that provides Controlled application at volume and pressure indicated, measured at spray tip. Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that cleaning methods do not damage masonry. a. Equip units with pressure gages. 3. For water spray application, use a fan-shaped spray tip that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees. C. Perform each cleaning method indicated in a manner that results in uniform coverage of all surfaces, including corners, moldings, and interstices, and that produces an even effect without streaking or damaging masonry surfaces. D. Water Application Methods: Where water application methods are indicated, comply with the manufacturer’s recommendations. E. Rinse off chemical residue and soil by working upward from bottom to top of each treated area at each stage or scaffold setting. 3.04 CLEANING STONEWORK 3.05 A. Select and use all cleaning materials and equipment with care to avoid scratching, marring, defacing, staining, discoloring or otherwise degrading surfaces cleaned. B. Use only cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer of surface (or its component materials) as safe and.compatible for cleaning of that surface. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. D. Touch-up marred, abraded or otherwise damaged areas of finished elements. If upon determination by the Architects review that satisfactory touch-up cannot be accomplished, remove and replace element, where all costs shall be borne by the Contractor. REPOINTING MASONRY A. Rake out joints as follows: 1. Remove mortar from masonry surfaces within raked-out joints to provide reveals with square backs and to expose masonry for contact with debris. pointing mortar. Brush, vacuum, or flush joints to remove dirt and loose 2. Replace damaged masonry units. a: Cut out old mortar by hand with a chisel and mallet, unless otherwise indicated. b. Do not use power-operated grinders. Quality-control program shall include provisions for supervising performance and preventing damage due to worker fatigue. Stone Masonry Restoration and Cleaning Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase I1 04901 -0 3.06 B. Point joints as follows: 1. Rinse masonry-joint surfaces with water to remove dust and mortar particles. Time rinsing application so, at the time of pointing, excess water has evaporated or run off and joint surfaces are damp but free of standing water. 2. Apply the first layer of pointing mortar to areas where existing mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas. Apply in layers not greater than 3/8 inch until a uniform depth is formed. Compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying the next layer. 3. After joints have been filled to a uniform depth, place remaining pointing mortar in 3 layers with first and second layers each filling about two-fifths of joint depth; third layer, the remaining one-fifth. Fully compact each layer and allow to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. Take care not to spread mortar over edges onto exposed masonry surfaces or to featheredge mortar. 4. When mortar is thumbprint hard, tool joints to match original appearance of joints, unless otherwise indicated. Remove excess mortar from edge of joint by brushing. 5. Cure mortar by maintaining in a damp condition for at least 72 hours. 6. Where repointing work precedes cleaning of existing masonry, allow mortar to harden at least 30 days before beginning cleaning work. FINAL CLEANING A. After mortar has fully hardened, thoroughly clean exposed masonry surfaces of excess mortar and foreign matter; use stii-nylon or -fiber brushes and clean water, spray applied at a low pressure. B. Do not use metal scrapers or brushes. C. Do not use acidic or alkaline cleaners. ***END OF SECTION"" Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Stone Masonry Restoration and Cleaning 04901 -9 1.02 1.04 PART 1 1.01 A. A. B. 1.03 A. B. A. B. SECTION 05400 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior load-bearing wall framing. 2. Interior non load-bearing wall framing. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 5 Section metal^ Fabrications" for masonry angles and 2. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for sheathing. connections. DEFINITIONS Minimum Uncoated Steel Thickness: Minimum uncoated thickness of cold- formed framing delivered to the Project site shall be not less than 95 percent of the thickness used in the cold-formed framing design. Lesser thicknesses shall be permitted at bends due to cold forming. Producer: Entity that produces steel sheet coil fabricated into cold-formed members. SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of cold-formed metal framing product and accessory indicated. formed metal framing; fabrication: and fastening and anchorage details, including Shop Drawings: Show layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold- mechanical fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining Work. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05400-1 1.05 A. 0. C. D. E. F. G. 1.06 A. 0. QUALrrY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed cold-formed metal framing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Mill certificates signed by steel sheet producer indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including uncoated steel thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, ductility, and galvanized- coating thickness. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS Dl .1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel," and AWS Dl .3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where metal framing is part of a fire- resistance-rated assembly, provide framing identical to that of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency . acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by GA File Numbers in GA-600, "Fire Resistance Design Manual," or by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency. AIS1 Specifications: Comply with AISl's "Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members" for calculating structural characteristics of cold-formed metal framing. Comply with HUD's "Prescriptive Method for Residential Cold-Formed Steel Framing." DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Protect cold-formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. ventilate to avoid condensation. Store cold-formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase II ~ ~~~~~~ Cold-Formed Metal Framing . 05400-2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide cold-formed metal framing by one of the following: 1. Allied American Studco, Inc. 2. Angeles Metal Systems. 3. California Metal Systems, Inc. 4. Dietrich Industries, Inc. 2.02 2.03 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1. Grade: 33 for minimum uncoated steel thickness of 0.0428 inch and less; 40 for minimum uncoated steel thickness of 0.0538 inch and greater. 2. Coating: G60. LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: 1. Minimum Uncoated-Steel Thickness: 0.0428 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-518 inches. B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with straight flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: 1. Minimum Uncoated-Steel Thickness: Matching steel studs. 2. Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches. 2.04 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel-framing accessories of the same material and finish used for framing members, with a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi. B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless.othenvise indicated, as follows: 1. Supplementary framing. 2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05400-3 3. End clips. 4. Foundation clips. 5. Backer plates. 2.05 A. B. C. D. 2.06 A. B. C. D. 2.07 A. ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A 123. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to sustain, ASTM E 1 190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. without failure, a load equal to 10 times design load, as determined by testing per Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, self-threading steel drill screws. 1. Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780. Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage-compensating ASTM C 1107, with fluid consistency and 30-minute working time. agents, and plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with Thermal Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I, unfaced mineral-fiber blankets produced by combining glass or slag fibers with thermosetting resins. FABRICATION Fabricate cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to manufacturer's written recommendations and requirements in this Section. 1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates. 2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase I1 Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05400-4 3. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. Comply with AWS Dl .3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 4. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening, as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop welding work. Drawings, with screw penetrating joined members by not less than three exposed screw threads. 5. Fasten other materials to cold-formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw fastening, according to Shop Drawings. 8. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent distortion. C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows: 1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold-formed metal framing assembly to a maximum out-of-square tolerance of 1/8 inch (3 mm). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. . Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach continuous angles, supplementary framing, or tracks to structural members indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cold-Formed Metal Framing . 05400-5 3.03 B. , After applying sprayed fire-resistive materials, remove only as much of these materials as needed to complete installation of cold-formed framing without reducing thickness of fire-resistive materials below that are required to obtain fire-resistance rating indicated. Protect remaining fire-resistive materials from damage. C. Grout bearing surfaces uniform and level to ensure full contact of bearing flanges or track webs on supporting concrete or masonry construction. INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cold-formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. 6. Install cold-formed metal framing according to ASTM C 1007, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Install shop- or field-fabricated, cold-formed framing and securely anchor to supporting structure. 1. Bolt or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush, even, true-to-line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). D. Install cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to manufacturer's written recommendations and requirements in this Section. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening, as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS Dl .3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screw penetrating joined members by not less than three exposed screw threads. E. Install framing members in one-piece lengths, unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. F. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05400-6 G. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold-formed metal framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. H. Install insulation in built-up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. I. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. J. Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 118 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 118 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening .. requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.04 LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor at corners and ends, and at spacings as follows: 1. Anchor Spacing: 32 inches. B. Squarely seat studs against webs of top and bottom tracks. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom tracks. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: As indicated. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar configurations. D. Align studs vertically where wall-framing continuity is interrupted by floor framing. Where studs cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. E. Align floor and roof framing over studs. Where framing cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. F. Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, to supporting structure as indicated. G. Install headers over wall openings wider than stud spacing. Locate headers above openings as indicated. Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required to transfer load to supporting studs, complete with clip-angle connectors, web stiffeners, or gusset plates. 1. Frame wall openings with not less than a double stud at each jamb of frame as indicated on Shop Drawings. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cold-Formed Metal Framing . 05400-7 2. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor tracks to jamb studs with clip angles or by welding, and space jack studs same as full-height wall studs. H. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in stud framing indicated to support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim, furnishings, and similar work requiring attachment to framing. 1. If type of supplementary support is not indicated, comply with stud manufacturer's wriien recommendations and industry standards in each case, considering weight or load resulting from item supported. I. Install horizontal bridging in stud system, 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1. Bridging: Cold-rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs with a minimum of two screws into each flange of the clip angle. 2. Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. J. Install steel sheet diagonal bracing straps to both stud flanges, terminate at and fasten to reinforced top and bottom tracks. Fasten clip-angle connectors to multiple studs at ends of bracing and anchor to structure. K. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall-framing system. "'END OF SECTION"' Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Cold-Formed Metal Framing 05400-8 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 A. A. B. A. 0. A. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Loose bearing and leveling plates. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for metal framing anchors and other rough hardware. SUBMllTALS Product Data: For the following: 1. Paint products. 2. Grout. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 1. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. QUALITY ASSURANCE Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- sewice performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Metal Fabrication 05500-1 1.05 B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS Dl .1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 2. AWS Dl .3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." 3. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where metal fabrications are indicated to fit walls and other construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. Allow for trimming and fitting. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. 2.02 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36lA 36M. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Metal Fabrication 05500-2 5. C. D. E. F. G. 2.03 A. B. Steel Tuhing: Cold-formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. Malleable-Iron Castings: ASTM A 47, Grade 32510. Gray-Iron Castings: ASTM A 48, Class 30, unless another class is indicated or required by structural loads. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type indicated below, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials capable of sustaining, without failure, the load imposed within a safety factor of 4, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 15WA 153M. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal ailoy welded. PAINT Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 Section "Painting." Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide Type 304 or 31 6 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating 'complying with ASTM B 633, Class FeKn 5, where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. B. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers. C. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36. D. Machine Screws: ASME 818.6.3. E. Lag Bolts: ASME 818.2.1. F. Wood Screws: Flat head, carbon steel, ASME B18.6.1. G. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ASME 818.22.1. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Metal Fabrication 05500-3 H. I. J. 2.05 A. 0. 2.06 A. 0. C. D. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ASME 818.21.1. Expansion .Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Material: Carbon-steel components zinc-plated to comply with 2. Material: Alloy Group 1 or 2 stainless-steel bolts complying with ASTM B 633, Class FeLn 5. ASTM F 593 and nuts complying with ASTM F 594. Toggle Bolts: FS FF-B-588, tumble-wing type, class and style as needed. GROUT Nonshrink, Metallic Grout: Factory-packaged, ferrous-aggregate grout complying with ASTM C 1107, specifically recommended by manufacturer for heavy-duty loading applications. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 11 07. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. FABRICATION, GENERAL Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. Ease exposed edges to a.radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless othenvise indicated. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. and corrosion resistance of base metals. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Metal Fabrication . 05500-4 2.07 2.08 2.09 E F. G. H. I. J. K. A. 0. A. B. A. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening up of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change .(Range): 120 deg F, ambient: 180 deg F, material surfaces. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straightsharp edges. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. Form exposed connections with^ hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. Galvanize plates after fabrication. FINISHES, GENERAL Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. STEEL AND IRON FINISHES Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Metal Fabrication 05500-5 1. ASTM A 123, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface- preparation specifications and 'environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: 1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1 B): SSPC-SP WNACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast 2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." Cleaning." C. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, or masonry, unless No. 1 ," for shop painting. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing metal fabrications to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. 6. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack and measured from established lines and levels. C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. E. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. and corrosion resistance of base metals. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Metal Fabrication 05500-6 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. 3.02 SElTING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout. 1. Use nonshrink grout, either metallic or nonmetallic, in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use nonshrink, nonmetallic grout in exposed locations, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. .. 3.03 'ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II END OF SECTION Metal Fabrication * 05500-7 SECTION 05990 , MISCELLANEOUS METALS GENERAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions, and Special Conditions are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this work and apply to this section .as fully as if repeated herein. SUMMARY: The work includes the furnishing and installing of all miscellaneous metal work and related connections complete as shown and noted on the drawings and as specified (ie ... such as hand railing). REFERENCES: The editions referenced herein of Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.) and of the other standards and specifications published by the following organizations, apply to the work only to the extent specified by the reference. 1. American National Standards Instituted (ANSI). 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 4. American Welding Society (AWS). 5. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer's (NAAMM). 6. Uniform Building Code and Supplementary Ordinances by the.City of San Diego. SUBMITTALS: Shop Drawings. 1. Submit fully detailed shop drawings of all miscellaneous metal work giving sizes; details of fabrication and construction; methods of required. 2. Drawings shall include all shop and erection details, including cuts, connections, holes bolts and welds. All welds, both shop and field, shall be indicated by standard welding symbols in AWS D1.l-81. Drawings shall show the size, length and type of each weld. All materials to be brazed or soldered shall have connections indicated by symbols which are industry standards. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for all field fabrication and for correct fitting of metal members shown on shop drawings. No materials shall be fabricated or delivered to the site until the shop drawings have been reviewed and returned to the Contractor. PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. ., 1.03 A. 1.04 A. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Miscellaneous Metals 05990-1 1.05 HELD MEASUREMENTS AND TEMPLATES: A. Secure all field measurements required for proper and adequate fabrication and installation of the work. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS: A. Deliver material in time to insure uninterrupted progress of the work. Materials shall and identification of each shipment. Steel materials either plain or fabricated, shall be stored in a manner to preclude damage and permit ready access for inspection be stored above the ground upon platforms, pallets, skids, or other supports. Materials shall be kept free from dirt, grease, and other foreign matter, and shall be protected from corrosion. Material showing evidence of damage will be rejected and shall be repiaced immediately. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Steel, Rolled Shapes, Bars and Plates: All miscellaneous steel shall be standard structural sections, conforming to ASTM A36-81. B. Steel tubes: shall conform to ASTM A501-81 or A500-82 grade B, and shall be seamless tube. C. Shop primer of steel, other than galvanized, shall meet Federal Specification TT-P- 86G, Type 111 (red lead) or TT-P-645 (zinc chromate). D. Hinges and latches shall be as shown. All joints and grind welds shail be smooth. Finish shall be as specified on the drawings. 2.02 FABRICATION: A. Materials shall be fabricated and assembled in the shop to the greatest extent possible. Shearing, flame cutting, and chipping shall be done carefully accurately. Coordinate all details to concrete or masonry. Verify all lines, levels, and dimensions, where possible, just prior to commencing fabrication of connection details. Correct any work that does not fit. Schedule and coordinate work under this section with that specified elsewhere in order to produce a workmanlike installation. When not otherwise shown or specified, comply with all applicable requirements of AlSC “Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings”. Finished surfaces of all exposed members shall be as specified on plans and be free of any markings, burrs, or other defects. B. Connections shall be bolted, brazed or welded as indicated. One-sided or other types of eccentric connections will not be permitted. C. Holes shall be cut, drilled or punched at right angles to the surface of the metal and shall not be made or enlarged by burning. Holes in base or bearing plates shall be Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Miscellaneous Metals 05990-2 PART 3 3.01 A. 3.02 A. 0. C. 3.03 A. 0. C. drilled: Holes shall be provided in members to permit connecting the work of other tracks. EXECUTION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: General: All steel and miscellaneous metal work shall conform with the applicable requirements of the hereinbefore referenced "Codes and Standards". All details shown are typical. Similar details apply to similar conditions. Drawings shall be checked with the drawings for dimensions, elevation, size, and locations of all installations. All miscellaneous metal items shall be supplied in ample time for incorporation in the work. Include all reinforcing angles, plates, straps, brackets, hangers, clips, lugs, holes, sleeves, shims, etc. as shown or required for erection of steel and miscellaneous metal work and as required to complete the work as shown on the drawings. WELDED CONNECTIONS: All welders shall be certified qualified welders. All welders welding light gauge metal shall be qualified for light gauge metal welding. Welded connections shall be made in strict accordance with AWS Dl.1-83. All welding shall be done in the shop unless otherwise shown or specified. All welds and other connections exposed in the finished work shall be ground and dressed smooth and so that the shape and profile of the item welded is preserved. INSTALLATION: Miscellaneous metal items shall be installed as rapidly as the progress of other work will permit. Splices and field connections shall be made with bolts, expect where welding or brazing is indicated or approved on the shop drawings. Fasteners shall be installed as specified hereinafter. Metal work shall be set accurately at the established lines and levels. Installation shall be in strict accordance with approved shop drawings and actual conditions, true and horizontal or perpendicular as the case may be, level and square with angels and edges parallel with related lines of the building. After assembly, the various members forming parts of a completed frame shall be aligned and adjusted accurately before being fastened. Tolerances shall conform to the applicable requirements of AlSC "Code of Standard Practice". Contact shall be cleaned before the members are assembled. Poor matching of holes shall be corrected by drilling to the next larger size. *** END OF SECTION*** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Miscellaneous Metals 05990-3 PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 0. 1.03 A. 0. C. SECTION 061 00 ROUGHCARPENTRY GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 2. 1. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. a. Wood framing. Wood blocking and nailers. Miscellaneous lumber for attachment and support of other work. Wood furring and grounds. Sheathing. Epoxy anchors. Preservation treatment. Wood consolidant. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view and not specified in another Section. SUBMIITALS' Shop Drawings: Prepare and submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified by minimum allowable unit stress, submit: 1. Statement of species and grade selected for each application Product Data: Manufacturer's printed product information indicating compliance with specified requirements including: 1. Epoxy Anchors. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Rough Carpentry 06100-1 1 .a4 PART 2 2.01 A. B. 2.02 A. B. 2.03 A. B. C. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect wood products against moisture and dimensional changes. Support stacks at several uniformly spaced points to prevent deformation. Store stacks raised above ground. Cover to protect from rain. Select and arrange cover to allow air circulation under and all around stacks to prevent condensation. Maintain and restore displaced coverings. Remove from the site any wood products that have been subjected to moisture or that do not comply with the specified moisture and requirements. PRODUCTS DIMENSION LUMBER Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements. WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL Size: Provide nominal sizes indicated, complying with NBS PS 20 except where actual sizes are specifically required. Refer to the Structural General Notes for species and grade. WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED'MATERIALS Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 , except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). 1. . Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Rough Carpentry - 061 00-2 D. 2.04 A. 2.05 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 2.06 A. B. 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece, or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed 2. Wood framing members less than 18 inches (460 mm) above grade. 3. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact members in contact with masonry or concrete. with earth. EPOXY ANCHOR MATERIALS Epoxy anchors: Anchors shall be Covert CIA adhesive anchors. Install and test in accordance with ICBO Report 4846. Alternate anchors may be approved by the Architect and'the Structural Engineer and installed in accordance with the appropriate ICBO Reports. FASTENERS General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1.667. Power-Driven Fasteners: CAB0 NER-272. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. (ASME B18.2.3.8M). Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6; with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. WOOD CONSOLIDANT MATERIALS Wood Preservative: Liquid Wood: Clear liquid wood consolidant; Manufactured by Abatron, Inc. Wood Filler: Wood Epox, Adhesive putty; Manufactured by Abatron, Inc. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Rough Carpentry 061 00-3 C. 2.07 A. PART 3 3.01 A. B. C. D. E. F. 3.02 A. B. C. Manufacturer: Abatron, Inc. 5501 - 95th Avenue Kenosha, WI 53144 Telephone: (800) 445-1754 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Building Paper: Asphalt-saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), unperforated. EXECUTION INSTALLATION, GENERAL Arrange work to use full length pieces except where length would exceed commercially available length. Discard pieces with defects that would lower the required strength or appearance of the work. Cut and fit members accurately. Fasten carpentry in accordance with applicable codes and recognized standards. Where exposed, countersink nails, screws and bolts and fill flush with suitable wood filler. Use fasteners of appropriate type and length. Predrill members when necessary to avoid splitting wood. All new lumber to used in the project to be date stamp with month and year of installation. All stamp marks not to be exposed to public view.. All wood pieces to be stamped no matter how small. MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY Provide miscellaneous blocking, nailers, grounds, and framing as shown and as required for support of facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. Cut and shape to the required size. Provide in locations required by other work. Use countersunk fasteners appropriate to applied loading. All new fasteners to be countersunk and filled with wood plug (matching grain direction). No new fasteners to be exposed to view. Structural Drawings indicate location and size of structural fasteners only and do not imply the architectural finish. All details regarding the seismic retrofit are to be hidden from view. Install permanent grounds for concrete and masonry where required. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Rough Carpentry 061 00-4 3.03 WOOD FRAMING, GENERAL A. Comply with sizes, spacing, and configurations indicated. Where not specifically indicated, comply with applicable codes and NFPA "Manual for Wood Frame Construction." Splice members only where specifically indicated or approved. B. Space fasteners as indicated. Where not specifically indicated, comply with applicable codes and the "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of NFPA "Manual for Wood Frame Construction" and "National Design Specification for Wood Construction." 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Employ the following fastening method: 1. Nail roof sheathing to framing. Staples not permitted. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II ~~~ ~ ~~~~~. *'*END OF SECTION*** Rough Carpentry - 061 00-5 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.02 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 2. Exterior standing and running trim. 1. Reinstallation or replacement of existing finish carpentry. 3. Exterior soffits. 4. Interior standing and running trim. 5. Interior paneling. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view and for structural wood decking and framing exposed to view. carpentry. 2. Division 9 Section "Painting" for priming and backpriming of finish 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: .1. NELMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association. 2. 3. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association. 4. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service. 5. SCMA - Southern Cypress Manufacturers Association. 6. WCLIB -West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 7. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, textures, and colors. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Finish Carpentry - 06200-1 1.06 1.07 1.05 A. 0. C. A. 0. A. 0. PART 2 2.01 A. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturer's written comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer. Quality of Materials and Workmanship: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with WIC's "Manual of Millwork" (hereinafter referred to as "woodworking standard"). Where contract documents indicate deviations from the woodworking standard, the contract documents shall govern. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Protect materials against weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. Deliver interior finish carpentry' only when environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas. If finish carpentry must be stored in other than installation areas, store only where environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas. PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior finish carpentry until building is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit work to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements and at least one coat of specified finish to be applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness. PRODUCTS MATERIALS, GENERAL Lumber: 1. Premium grade. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Finish Carpentry 06200-2 2.02 A. B. 2.03 .. A. B. C. D. PART 3 3.01 A. 2. Provide materids that comply with requirements of the WIC quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise indicated. .. 3. Where glued-up lumber is used on exterior, use waterproof adhesive; 4. Moisture content at time of fabrication: Not greater than optimum 5. Provide lumber dressed on all exposed faces, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Do not use twisted, warped, bowed, or otherwise defective lumber. 7. Sizes shall match existing exactly. 8. Do not mark or color lumber, except where such marking will be moisture content as specified in woodworking standard. .. concealed in finish work. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails or screws of the following materials, in sufficient length to penetrate minimum of 1-1/2 inches into substrate, unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer: 1. Stainless steel. 2. Hot-dip galvanized steel. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment and concealed. FABRICATION Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of specified inspection of finish carpentry at relative humidity conditions existing during time of agencies and with manufacturer’s written recommendations for moisture content fabrication and in installation areas. Fabricate in sizes and shapes indicated. Complete fabrication and assembly in shop. 1. Disassemble units if too large for convenient shipping or installation. 2. For applied fixtures and fittings, cut openings in shop rather than at the site. Prepare for finishing in accordance with woodworking standard. EXECUTION PREPARATION Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase I1 Finish Carpentry 06200-3 0. C. D. E. 3.02 A. 0. C. D. E. F. G. H. 1. 3.03 A. Verify that blocking and backings have been installed at appropriate locations for anchorage. If shop-fabricated items are not fully fabricated, complete fabrication. Prime the concealed surfaces of exterior woodwork which is to be painted, using methods specified in Section 09900 - Painting. Date Stamp all individual pieces of lumber on the "blind side". INSTALLATION, GENERAL Do not begin installation of interior woodwork until potentially damaging construction operations are complete in the installation area. Field Joinery: Comply with requirements of the woodworking standard for shop joinery. Make joints neatly, with uniform appearance. Install woodwork in correct location without rack or warp. 1. Install with no variation in flushness of adjoining surfaces. Conceal all shims. Tightly fit joints in exterior woodwork or otherwise arrange to shed water. Secure woodwork to blocking or use anchors indicated. 1. Where anchorage method is not indicated, conceal all fasteners where 2. Where' exposed nailing is required or indicated, use finishing nails, 3. Use matching, prefinishsd fastener heads where indicated. Repair damaged and defective woodwork to eliminate visual and functional defects: where repair is not possible, replace woodwork. Standing and Running Trim: Use longest pieces available and as few joints as possible. 1. Stagger joints in built-up trim members. 2. Use diagonal (scarfed) joints in lengths of trim. 3. Cope or miter at inside corners and miter at outside corners; fit tightly. possible. countersink, and fill. CLEANING Clean finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factoty- applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Finish Carpentry 06200-4 B. Protect woodwork from damage and maintain design environmental conditions. "'END OF SECTION*" Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Finish Carpentry 06200-5 PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. B. 1.03 A. B. 1.04 A. B. SECTION 07210 ' BUILDING INSULATION GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Concealed building insulation. Related'Sections include the following: 1. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete". 2. Division 5 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing". 2. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry". 3. Division 9 Section "Portland Cement Plaster". SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for insulation products. QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation through one source. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84. 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Building Insulation 07210-1 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Glass-Fiber Insulation: a. Johns Manville Corporation. b. Owens Corning. 2.02 INSULATING MATERIALS A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. B. Faced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type 111 (blankets with reflective membrane facing), Class A (membrane-faced surface with a flame spread of 25 or less); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier), faced with foil- scrim-kraft, foil-scrim, or foil-scrim-polyethylene vapor-retarder membrane on one face; consisting of fibers manufactured from glass. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Building Insulation 0721 0-2 3.02 A. 3.03 A. B. C. .. D. 3.04 A. B. C. D. PREPARATION Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations .or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or of interfering with insulation attachment. INSTALLATION, GENERAL Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. -If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. Set vapor-retarder-faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, unless otherwise indicated. .Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping. 1. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation. Install mineral-fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the.following requirements: 1. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets' by taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal studs. ASTM C 1320 and as follows: For wood-framed construction, install mineral-fiber blankets according to Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Building Insulation 0721 0-3 3.05 1. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, secure insulation by inset, 2. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over stapling flanges to sides of framing members. flange of adjacent blanket to produce airtight installation after concealing finish material is in place. PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II "'END OF SECTION"' Building Insulation 0721 0-4 PART 1 1.01 A. 1, .02 A. 8. 1.03 A. 1.04 A. B. C. SECTION 0731 1 ASPHALT SHINGLES GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Asphalt shingles. 2. Felt underlayment. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section 'Rough ~ Carpentry" for roof deck wood structural 2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim". panels. DEFINITIONS Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCAs "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definitions of terms related to roofing work in this Section. SUBMlnALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Samples for Verification: For the following products, of sizes indicated, to verify color selected. 1. Asphalt Shingle: Full-size asphalt shingle strip. 2. Ridge and Hip Cap Shingles: Full-size ridge and hip cap asphalt shingle. 3. Exposed Valley Lining: 12 inches square. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Asphalt Shingles . 0731 1-1 1.05 A. 8. C. 1.06 A. 0. 1.07 A. 1.08 A. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual that is approved, authorized, or licensed by asphalt shingle roofing system manufacturer to install roofing system indicated. Source Limitations: Obtain ridge and hip cap shingles through one source from a single asphalt shingle manufacturer. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide asphalt shingle and related roofing testing identical products per test method below by UL or another testing and materials with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E 108 or UL 790, for application and roof slopes indicated. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING asphalt shingle manufacturer's written instructions. Store underlayment rolls on Store roofing materials in a dry, well-ventilated, weathertight location according to end on pallets or other raised surfaces. Do not double-stack rolls. 1. Handle, store, and place roofing materials in a manner to avoid significant or permanent damage to roof deck or structural supporting members. Protect unused underlayment from weather, sunlight, and moisture when left overnight or when roofing work is not in progress. PROJECT CONDITIONS Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit asphalt shingle roofing to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. WARRANTY Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace asphalt shingles that fail in materials[ or workmanship] within specified warranty period. Materials failures include manufacturing defects and failure of asphalt shingles to self-seal after a reasonable time. 1. Material Warranty Period: 30 years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Wind-Speed Warranty Period: Asphalt shingles will resist blow-off or 3. Algae-Discoloration Warranty Period: Asphalt shingles will not discolor damage caused by wind speeds up to 70 mph. 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Asphalt Shingles 0731 1 -2 B. PART 2 - 2.01 A. 2.02 A. B. 2.03 A. 2.04 A. B. 4. Workmanship Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. Special Project Warranty: Roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by roofing Installer, covering Work of this Section, in which roofing Installer agrees to repair or replace components of asphalt shingle roofing that fail in materials or workmanship within the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Con'ipletion. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide. one of the products specified. GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED ASPHALT SHINGLES Laminated-Strip Asphalt Shingles: ~ ASTM D 3462, laminated, multi-ply overlay construction, glass-fiber reinforced, mineral-granule surfaced, and self-sealing. 1. Products: a. Celotex Corporation; Dimensional 30 Series, Bark Brown. 2. Butt Edge: Crenelated cut. 3. Algae Resistance: Granules treated to resist algae discoloration. 4. Color and Blends: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. Hip and Ridge Shingles: Manufacture's standard unit to match asphalt shingles. UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS Felts: ASTM D 4869, Type 11, asphalt-saturated organic felts, nonperforated. ACCESSORIES Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type 11, asbestos free. Roofing Nails: ASTM F 1667; aluminum, stainless-steel, copper, or hot-dip galvanized steel wire shingle nails, minimum 0.120-inch- diameter, smooth shank, sharp-pointed, with a minimum 3/8-inch- diameter flat head and of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 inch into solid wood decking or extend at least 118 inch through OSB or plywood sheathing. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Asphalt Shingles 0731 1-3 1. Where nails are in contact with metal flashing, use nails made from same metal as flashing. C. Felt Underlayment Nails: Aluminum, stainless-steel, or hot-dip galvanized steel wire with low profile capped heads or disc caps, 1-inch minimum diameter. 2.05 METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." B. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNAs "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Examine roof sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing and blocking or metal clips and that installation is within flatness 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, tolerances. and completely anchored: and that provision has been made for flashings and penetrations through asphalt shingles. 3. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Double-Layer Felt Underlayment: Install double layers of felt underlayment on roof deck perpendicular to roof slope in parallel courses. Install a 19-inch-wide starter course at eaves and completely cover with full-width second course. Install succeeding courses lapping previous courses 19 inches in shingle fashion. Lap ends a minimum of 6 inches. Stagger end laps between succeeding courses at least 72 inches. Fasten with felt underlayment nails. 1. Apply a continuous layer of asphalt roofing cement over starter course and on felt underlayment surface to be concealed by succeeding courses as each felt course is installed. Apply over entire roof. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Asphalt Shingles 0731 1 -4 2. Terminate felt underlayment flush against sidewalls, curbs, chimneys and other roof projections. 6. Concealed Closed-Cut Valley Lining: Comply with .ARMA and NRCA recommendations. Install a 36-inch- wide felt underlayment centered in valley. Fasten to roof deck with felt underiayment nails. 1. Lap roof deck felt underlayment over valley felt underlayment at least 6 inches. 2. Install a 36-inch- wide strip of granular-surfaced valley lining centered in. valley, with granular-surface face up. Lap ends of strips at least 12 inches in direction to shed water, and seal with asphalt roofing cement. Fasten to roof deck with roofing nails. 3.03 METAL FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install metal flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 1. Install metal flashings according to recommendations in ARMAs "Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual" and asphalt shingle recommendations in NRCAs "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual." 3.04 ASPHALT SHINGLE INSTALLATION A. Install asphalt shingles according to manufacturer's written instructions, recommendations in ARMAs "Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual," and asphalt shingle recommendations in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual." 8. Install starter strip along lowest roof edge, consisting of an asphalt shingle strip at least 7 inches wide. with self-sealing strip face up at roof edge. 1. Extend asphalt shingles 1/2 inch over fascia at eaves and rakes. 2. Install starter strip along rake edge. C. Install first and remaining courses of asphalt shingles stair-stepping diagonally across roof deck with manufacturer's recommended offset pattern at succeeding courses, maintaining uniform exposure. D. Closed-Cut Valleys: Extend asphalt shingle strips from one side of valley 12. inches beyond center of valley. Use one-piece shingle strips without joints in the valley. Fasten with extra nail in upper end of shingle. Install asphalt shingle courses from other side of valley and cut back to a straight line 2 inches short of valley centerline. Trim upper concealed corners of cut-back shingle strips. 1. Do not nail asphalt shingles within 6 inches of valley center. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Asphalt Shingles 0731 1-5 2. Set trimmed, concealed-corner asphalt shingles in a 3-inch-wide bed of asphalt roofing cement. E. Ridge Cap Shingles: Maintain same exposure of cap shingles as roofing shingle exposure. Lap cap shingles at ridges to shed water away from direction of prevailing winds. Fasten with roofing nails of sufficient length to penetrate sheathing. "*END OF SECTION"' Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Asphalt Shingles . 0731 1-6 SECTION 07320 ROOF TILES 1.02 1.04 PART 1 1.01 A. A. B. 1.03 A. B. A. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Repair and replacement of broken and missing Mission clay roofing tiles. 2. Replacement of deteriorated sheathing. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for sheathing; roof deck; and wood battens, nailing strips, and framing. downspouts, flashing, and other sheet metal work not included in this Section. 2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for gutters, SUBMITALS Product Data: For each type of product specified. Include details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, textures, and colors. Samples for Verification: Full-size units of each type of roof tile indicated; in sets for each color, texture, and pattern specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. QUALITY ASSURANCE Mockups: Before installing roof tiles, construct mockups for each form of construction and finish required to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for completed Work. 1. Locate mockups in the location and of the size indicated or, a not indicated, as directed by Architect. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Roof Tiles 07320-1 1.05 A. 0. 1.06 A. 1.07 A. 0. 1.08 A. 2. Notify Architect 7 days in advance of the dates and times when mockups 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before proceeding with 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a will be constructed. construction of roof tiles. standard for judging the completed Work. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's unopened bundles or containers with labels intact. other physical damage. Store roll goods on end. Comply with manufacturer's Handle and store materials at Project site to prevent water damage, staining, or written instructions for Project site storage, handling, and protection. PROJECT CONDITIONS Weather Limitations: Proceed with roof tile Work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to be installed according to manufacturer's wriien instructions and when substrate is completely dry. WARRANTY General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. agreeing to repair or replace roof tiles that fail in materials or workmanship within Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty, executed by manufacturer, the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, deformation or deterioration of roof tiles beyond normal weathering. 1. Warranty Period: 30 years from date of Substantial Completion. EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Roof Tile Units: Full-size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each size, shape, and color indicated, but not less than 1 square. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Roof Tiles 07320-2 PART 2 2.01 A. 2.02 A. 2.03 A. 2.04 A. 2.05 A. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Clay Tile: a. Hans Sumpf Co. b. Ludowici Roof Tile, Inc. C. M.C.A. Clay Roof Tiles. 2. Tile Fasteners: a. Newport Fastener Company, Inc. ROOF TILES Clay Tile: Molded-clay roof tile units of shape; color, and configuration to match existing historical tile in kind, kiln fired to vitrification, and free from surface . imperfections. Include specially shaped, color-matched units as indicated or required for eaves, rakes, ridges, hips, valleys, and other conditions. Provide with fastening holes prepunched at factory before firing. This will be a special made product. 1. Durability: ASTM C 11 67, Grade 1. UNDERLAYMENT Underlayment: Two layers #40 organic coated base sheets, ASTM approved, solid hot mopped between sheets, Type 111, 36-inch rolls. Install per manufacturer's recommendations. ' FASTENERS Copper Twisted-Wire-Tie System: Continuously twisted, 0.1 02 -inch- diameter, copper wire element with loops formed at 6 inches O.C. Wire tie system shall be accordance with ICE0 Report No. 3362. "Twisted Wire Tyle-Tye" System by Newport Fastener Company, Inc. Install in ACCESSORIES Asphalt Plastic Cement: Nonasbestos-fibrated asphalt cement complying with ASTM D 4586, designed for trowel application. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Roof Tiles 07320-3 PART 3 3.01 A. B. C. D. E. 3.02 A. B. C. D. 3.03 A. B. EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for substrates, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of Work of this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Review site at which products will be installed for installation conditions unacceptable to the manufacturer. 1. Correct unacceptable substrate before start of roofing tile installation. Clean and,dry roof deck before start of roofing tile work. Inspect existing roof tiles prior to reinstallation. Inspect roof sheathing for soundness. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. PREPARATION Remove all existing roofing materials down to the existing roof sheathing. Care shall be taken to salvage existing clay roof tiles. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. Remove all deteriorated sheathing and replace with sheathing to match in kind. Coordinate installation with flashing, gutters, and other adjoining work to ensure proper sequencing. Do not install roofing materials until all vent stacks and other penetrations through roof have been installed and are securely fastened against movement. INSTALLATION Adhered Underlayment: Place 19-inch wide starter course at eaves. Over starter course apply underlayment set in hot asphalt or mastic with minimum 4-inch side lap and 6-inch end laps. Re-install salvaged tile along with new tile in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Roof Tiles 07320-4 3.04 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Visual Observation: After 75 to 100 tiles have been laid, observe the installation with the Architect to assure tile courses are true to line and Colors are Correctly blended. B. Continue periodic review throughout installation. CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged or broken tile. 13. Remove excess tile and other roof tiling construction debris from site. END OF SECTION 07320 Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Roof Tiles . 07320-5 SECTION 07460 WOOD SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.02 1.03 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior wood board and batt siding. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 5 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing". 2. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed~to view and for structural wood decking and framing exposed to view. 3. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry".for interior woodwork not specified in this Section. 4. Division 9 Section "Painting" for priming and backpriming of wood siding. DEFINITIONS A. Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service. 2. SCMA - Southern Cypress Manufacturers Association. 3. SPlB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 4. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. 1.04 SUBMllTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, textures, and colors. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Actual materials in small sections for siding for each type of material indicated. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Wood Siding 07460-1 1.05 A. 1.06 A. PART 2 2.01 A. 2.02 A. B. 2.03 A. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Protect materials against Weather and contact with damp or. wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. PROJECT CONDITIONS Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit work to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements and at least one coat of specified finish to be applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness. PRODUCTS MATERIALS, GENERAL Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards' Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency indicating grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. 2. For exposed lumber, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by inspection agency. SIDING Lumber Siding: Kiln-dried lumber siding complying with DOC PS 20, factory coated with exterior alkyd primer. 1. Clear All Heart redwood; RIS. 2. Board Siding: Actual overall dimensions of 1 inch by 12 inches, measured 3. Batt Siding: Eased edges, actual face width (coverage) 2 112 inches and on the face and thick edge at 19 percent moisture content. thickness of 3/8 inch, measured at 19 percent moisture content. Siding Textures and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated, provide siding with the following requirements: 1. Match existing batt siding in kind including hewn edges. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails or screws of the following materials, in sufficient length to penetrate minimum of 1-1/2 inches into substrate, unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Wood Siding 07460-2 1. Hot-dip galvanized steel. Glue: Aliphatic- or phenolic-resin wood glue recommended. by manufacturer for general carpentry use. Flashing: Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing materials installed in finish carpentry. Sealants: Comply with requirements for materials required for sealing siding work. FABRICATION Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of specified inspection agencies and with manufacturer's written recommendations for moisture content of finish carpentry at relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. B. C. D. 2.04 A. PART 3 3.01 A. 3.02 A. 0. C. 3.03 A. B. EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. Before installing wood siding, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours. Prime lumber for exterior applications to be painted, including both faces and edges. Cut to required lengths and prime ends. Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section "Painting." INSTALLATION, GENERAL Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements. 1. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns. Install finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Wood Siding 07460-3 3.04 1. Scribe and cut finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. SIDING INSTALLATION A. Flashing: lnstali metal flashing as indicated on Drawings. B. Finish: Apply finish within two weeks of installation. 3.05 ADJUSTING 3.06 A. Replace finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. Finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. CLEANING A. Clean finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory- applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. "*END OF SECTION"' Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Ii Wood Siding . 07460-4 SECTION 0751 1 ' BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 1.02 1.03 PART 1 1.01 A. A. 0. A. 0. 1.04 A. B. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings' and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Built-up asphalt roofing system. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, cants, curbs, and 2. Division 7 Section "Sheet -Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal roof blocking. 3. Division 15 Section "Plumbing " for accessories. penetration flashing and counterflashing. DEFINITIONS Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCAs "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. Hot Roofing Asphalt: Roofing asphalt heated to its equiviscous temperature, the temperature at which its viscosity is 125 centipoise for mopping application and 75 centipoise for mechanical application, within a range of plus or minus 25 deg F, measured at the mop cart or mechanical spreader immediately before application. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Built-up Asphalt Roofing 0751 1-1 C. D. 1.05 A. B. C. D. E. F. 1.06 A. 0. C. Roofing System Design: Provide a roofing system that is identical to systems that have been successfully tested by a qualified testing and inspecting agency to resist uplift pressure calculated according to ASCE 7. FMG Listing: Provide roofing membrane, base flashings, and component materials that comply with requirements in FMG 4450 and FMG 4470 as part of a roofing system and that are listed in FMG's "Approval Guide" for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FMG markings. SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. 1. Base flashings, cants, and membrane terminations. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. 12-by-12-inch square of mineral-granule-surfaced cap sheet of color selected from manufacturer's standard. Installer Certificates: Signed by roofing system manufacturer certifying that Installer is approved, authorized, or licensed by manufacturer to install roofing system. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article. 1. Submit evidence of meeting performance requirements. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's warranty. roofing system identical to that used for this Project. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that has UL listing for Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Built-Up Asphalt Roofing 0751 1-2 D. E. 1.07 .. A. B. 1.08 C. A. 1.09 A. Source Limitations: Obtain components for roofing system approved by roofing system manufacturer. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide roofing materials with the fire-test- per test method below by UL, FMG, or another testing and inspecting agency response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E 108, for application and 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119, for fire-resistance-rated roof roof slopes indicated. assemblies of which roofing system is a part. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken manufacture, and directions for storage. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. PROJECT CONDITIONS Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. WA.RRANTY Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, without monetary limitation, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failure includes roof leaks. 1. Special warranty includes roofing membrane, base flashings, roofing 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. membrane and other components of roofing system. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Built-up Asphalt Roofing . 0751 1-3 B. PART 2 2.01 A. 2.02 A. B. 2.03 A. B. 2.04 A. 2.05 A. Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer, covering Work of. this Section, including all components of roofing system such as roofing membrane, base flashing, and fasteners, for the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Built-up Asphalt Roofing: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. GAF Materials Corporation. c. IntedPermaglas; Div. of US. Intec, Inc. d. Johns Manville International, Inc. BASE-SHEET MATERIALS Sheathing Paper: Red-rosin type, minimum 4 Ib/l00 sq. ft. Base Sheet: ASTM D 4601, Type II, nonperforated, asphalt-impregnated and - coated, glass-fiber sheet, dusted with fine mineral surfacing on both sides. ROOFING MEMBRANE PLIES Ply Sheet: ASTM D 2178, Type IV, asphalt-impregnated, glass-fiber felt. Cap Sheet: ASTM D 3909, asphalt-impregnated and -coated, glass-fiber cap sheet, with white coarse mineral-granule top surfacing and fine mineral surfacing on bottom surface. FLASHING MATERIALS Flashing Sheet: ASTM D 6164, Type I or 11, polyester-reinforced, SBS-modified asphalt sheet: granular surfaced; suitable for application method specified and as follows: 1. Granule Color: Terra Cotta. ASPHALT MATERIALS Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41 Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Built-up Asphalt Roofing 0751 1-4 2.06 2.07 B. A. B. C. D. E. F. A. PART 3 3.01 A. 3.02 Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312, Type 111 or IV as recommended by built-up roofing system manufacturer for application. AUXILIARY ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with built-up roofing. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required by roofing system manufacturer for application. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene, plain or modified bitumen, nonhardening, nonmigrating, nonskinning, and nondrying. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion-resistance provisions in FM 4470; designed for fastening roofing membrane components to substrate; tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength; and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." Metal Flashing Sheet: Metal flashing sheet is specified in Division 7 Section by roofing system manufacturer. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide miscellaneous accessories recommended COATING MATERIALS Roof Coating: ASTM D 1227, Type 11, Class 1, mineral-colloid-emulsified, fibered asphalt emulsion, asbestos free. EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced and that roof drains are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood cants, blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored 3. Verify that deck is securely fastened with no projecting fasteners and with to roof deck at penetrations and terminations. no adjacent units in excess of 1/16 inch out of plane relative to adjoining deck. 4. .Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Built-up Asphalt Roofing - 0751 1-5 3.03 A. B. C. A. B. C. D. E. F. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. Prime surface of concrete deck with asphalt primer at a rate of 3/4 gal./lOO sq. ft. and allow primer to dry. ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION, GENERAL Install built-up roofing membrane system according to roofing system ARMNNRCA's "Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Built-up manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations of Roofing." 1. Install roofing system BU-N-A-G3 with base sheet, according to specification-plate classifications in NRCAs "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" and requirements in this Section. Start installation of built-up roofing membrane in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel.^ Where roof slope exceeds 1 inch.per 12 inches (1:12 ), install sheets of built-up roofing membrane parallel with slope. 1. Backnail roofing membrane sheets to substrate according to roofing system manufacturer% written instructions. Cooperate with testing and inspecting agencies engaged or required to perform setvices for installing built-up roofing system. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation and roofing membrane sheets are not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1. Provide tie-offs at end of each day's work to cover exposed roofing membrane sheets and insulation with a course of coated felt set in roofing cement or hot roofing asphalt with joints and edges sealed. 2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to 3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system. roofing. Asphalt Heating: Heat roofing asphalt and apply within plus or minus 25 deg F of equiviscous temperature unless otherwise required by roofing system manufacturer. Do not raise roofing asphalt temperature above equiviscous Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Built-up Asphalt Roofing 0751 1-6 temperature range more than one hour before time of application. DO not exceed roofing asphalt manufacturer's recommended temperature limits during roofing asphalt heating. Do not heat roofing asphalt ,within 25 deg F of flash point. Discard roofing asphalt maintained at a temperature exceeding finished blowing temperature for more than 4 hours. G. Substrate-Joint Penetrations: Prevent roofing asphalt from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging roofing system components or adjacent building construction. 3.04 ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Loosely lay one course of sheathing paper, lapping edges and ends a minimum of 2 inches and 6 inches, respectively. B. Install one lapped course of base sheet, extending sheet over and terminating beyond cants. Attach base sheet as follows: 1. Mechanically fasten to substrate. C. Install three ply sheets starting at low point of roofing system. Align ply sheets without stretching. Shingle side laps of ply sheets uniformly to achieve required number of plies throughout thickness of roofing membrane. Shingle in direction to shed water. Extend ply sheets over and terminate beyond cants. 1. Embed each ply sheet in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt applied at rate required by roofing system manufacturer, to form a uniform membrane without ply sheets touching. D. Cap Sheet: Install lapped granulated cap sheet starting at low point of roofing system. Offset laps from laps of preceding ply sheets and align cap sheet without stretching. Lap in direction to shed water. Extend cap sheet over and terminate beyond cants. 1. Embed cap sheet in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt applied at rate required by roofing system manufacturer. 3.05 FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION A. Install base flashing over cant strips and other sloping and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof, and secure to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Prime substrates with asphalt primer if required by roofing system 2. Flashing Sheet Application: Adhere flashing sheet to substrate in a solid manufacturer. mopping of hot roofing asphalt applied at not less than 425 deg F. Apply hot roofing asphalt to back of flashing sheet if recommended by roofing system manufacturer. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Built-up Asphalt Roofing 0751 1-7 B. C. D. 3.06 A. 3.07 A. B. C. Extend base flashing up walls or parapets a minimum of 8 inches above roofing membrane and 4 inches onto field of roofing membrane. Mechanically fasten top of'base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing. 1. Seal top termination of base flashing. Install stripping, according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions, where metal flanges and edgings are set on built-up roofing. 1. Flashing-Sheet Stripping: Install flashing-sheet stripping in a continuous coating of asphalt roofing cement or in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt applied at not less than 425 deg F, and extend onto roofing 2. Flashing-Sheet Stripping: Install flashing-sheet stripping by heat welding membrane. and extend onto roofing membrane. 3. Built-up Stripping: Install stripping of not less than 2 roofing membrane ply sheets, setting each ply in a continuous coating of asphalt roofing cement or in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt, and extend onto roofing membrane 4 inches and 6 inches, respectively. COATING INSTALLATION Apply coatings to base fiashings according to manufacturer's written instructions, by spray, roller, or other suitable application method. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. Test Cuts: Before flood coating and surfacing built-up roofing membrane, test specimens will be removed to evaluate problems observed during quality- assurance inspections of roofing membrane as follows: 1. Approximate quantities of components within roofing membrane will be determined according to ASTM D 3617. 2. Test specimens will be examined for interply voids according to ASTM D 3617 and to comply with criteria established in Appendix 3 of ARMNNRCA's "Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Built-up Roofing." Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion and submit report to Architect. 1. Notify Architect or Owner 48 hours in advance of date and time of inspection. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Built-up Asphalt Roofing 0751 1-8 D. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where test results or inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.08 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction. period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. **'END OF SECTION"' Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Built-up Asphalt Roofing 0751 1-9 SECTION 07620 ' SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. B. 1.03 A. 1.04 A. 0. C. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings ' and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes sheet metal flashing and trim in the following categories: 1. Roof-drainage systems. 2. Exposed trim. 3. Copin.gs. 4. Metal flashing. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 4 Sections for through-wall' flashing and other integral masonry 2. Division 7 Roofing Sections for flashing and roofing accessories installed flashings specified as part of'masonry work. integral with roofing membrane as part of roofing-system work. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing. SUBMITTALS General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product Data including manufacturer's material and finish data, installation instructions, and general recommendations for each specified flashing material and fabricated product. Shop Drawings of each item specified showing layout, profiles, methods of joining, and anchorage details. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07620-1 1.05 A. B. 1.06 A. PART 2 2.01 A. 2.02 A. QUALITY ASSURANCE sheet metal flashing and trim work similar in material, design, and extent to that Installer Qualifications: Engage an experience Installer who has completed indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. Mockups: Prior to installing sheet metal flashing and trim, construct mockups indicated to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution.' Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final unit of Work. 1. Locate mockups on-site in the location and of the size indicated or, if not 2. Notify Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Construct mockups for the following type of sheet metal flashing and trim: indicated, as directed by Architect. mockups will be constructed. a. Gutters and downspouts. b. Exposed trim. 5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before start of final unit of Work. 6. Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. a. When directed, demolish and remove mockups from Project site. b. Approved mockups in an undisturbed condition at the time of Substantial Completion may become part of the completed Work. PROJECT CONDITIONS Coordinate Work of this Section with interfacing and adjoining Work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance, durability of Work, and protection of materials and finishes. PRODUCTS METALS Copper: ASTM B 370; temper HOO, cold rolled except where temper 060 is required for forming; not less than 16 oz./sq. ff ., unless otherwise indicated. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES Solder: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, used with rosin flux. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07620-2 ~ ~~~~~ 2.03 B. C. D. E. F. G. H. A. 0. C. D. E. F. Fasteners: Same metal as sheet metal flashing or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. Asphalt Mastic: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type asphalt mastic, nominally free of sulfur and containing no asbestos fibers, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. and fabricator of components being sealed. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by sheet metal manufacturer Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet metal manufacturer for waterproof and weather-resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet metal. similar accessory units as required for installation of Work, matching or Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and compatible with material being installed; noncorrosive; size and thickness required for performance. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I, asbestos free, asphalt based. FABRICATION, GENERAL Sheet Metal Fabrication Standard: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations of SMACNAs "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item indicated. Comply with details shown to fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that fit substrates and result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance once installed. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. Form exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal . to Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase I1 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim . 07620-3 2.04 G. H. A. 0. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of sheet metal exposed to public view. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as sheet metal component being anchored 'or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. 1. Size: As recommended by SMACNA manual or sheet metal manufacturer for application but never less than thickness of metal being secured. SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS with performance requirements but not less than that listed below for each General: Fabricate sheet metal items in thickness or weight needed to comply application and metal. Gutters with Girth 26 to 30 Inches: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Copper: 24 oz./sq. ft.. Downspouts: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Copper: 20 oz./sq. ft.. Copings: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Copper: 24 oz./sq. R.. Base Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Copper: 20 oz./sq. ft.. Counterflashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Copper: 16 oz./sq. ft.. Valley Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Copper: 16 oz./sq. ft.. Eave Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Copper: 16 ozJsq. R. (0.55 mm thick). Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Copper: 16 oz./sq. ft. (0.55 mm thick). Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07620-4 PART 3 3.01 A. 3.02 A. .. B. C. D. E. F. EXECUTION EXAMINATION to be installed and verify that Work may properly commence. Do not proceed Examine substrates and conditions under which sheet metal flashing and trim are with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION General: Unless otherwise indicated, install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's installation instructions, and SMACNAs "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Anchor units of Work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install Work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges . Install exposed sheet metal Work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. Roof-Edge Flashings: Secure metal flashings at roof edges according to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified wind zone. Work. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), except where pretinned surface would show in finished Work. 1. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. Sealed. Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to completely conceal sealant. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim . 07620-5 3.03 I. Use joint adhesive for nonmoving joirits specified not to be soldered. G. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. H. Separations: Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces, at locations of contact, with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Bed flanges of Work in a thick coat of roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. I. Roof-Drainage System: Install drainage items fabricated from sheet metal, with straps, adhesives, and anchors recommended by SMACNAs Manual or the item manufacturer, to drain roof in the most efficient manner. Coordinate roof-drain flashing installation with roof-drainage system installation. Coordinate flashing and sheet metal items for steep-sloped roofs with roofing installation. J. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate roof-penetration flashing installation with roofing and installation of items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows: 1. Seal and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof, other than lead flashing on vent piping. K. Install continuous gutter screens on gutters with noncorrosive fasteners, arranged as hinged units to swing .open for cleaning gutters. CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure sheet metal flashing and trim Work during construction is without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at the time of Substantial Completion. *"*END OF SECTION"' Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07620-6 SECTION 08212 CUSTOM WOOD DOORS 1.02 1.03 PART 1 1.01 A. A. 0. C. A. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Furnish all labor and materials to complete the fabrication, reconditioning and installation of new and salvaged historic doors as indicated on the drawings, specified herein. 2. New wood doors and frames shall match existing historical units in design and workmanship, as noted on the Door Schedule. An existing historic door will be selected by the Architect for each condition to be replicated by new construction. 3. All openings to receive an existing or new wood door shall be provided with a new wood frame to match scheduled door type, construction and fire rating. Fire rated wood doors shall receive appropriately rated wood frame. Section Includes: 1. Custom wood doors including accessories for complete installation. 2. Fabrication in-part or of an entire assembly related to the door construction, hardware prep, and or accessories for a complete installation to match salvaged historic sample as selected by the Architect. 3. All door units shall be finish painted in the field per Painting Section. 4. Door unit types are indicated on the drawings. 5. Door applications as indicated on the drawings. 6. Door configurations are indicated on the drawings. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for wood door frames. SUBMllTALS Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of construction. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Custom Wood Doors 08212-1 B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of door; construction details not covered in Product Data, including those for and other pertinent data. 1. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. C. Samples for Verification: Corner sections of doors approximately 8 by 10 inches for the door type. showing edges, faces, joinery, and material qualities of typical door construction 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standard: Comply with the following standard: 1.05 1. WIC Quality Standard: WIC's "Manual of Millwork for grade of door, construction, finish, and other requirements. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect doors during transit, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soiling, and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Individually package doors in plastic bags or cardboard cartons. 2. Individually package doomin cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during the remainder of the construction period to comply with requirements of the referenced quality standard for Project's geographical location. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Southwest Door & Window of CA, Inc. 322 E. Cota Santa Barbara, CA 93101 TEL: (805) 966-4263 FAX: (805) 568-0774 Contact: Leslie Catallac at ext. 100. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Custom Wood Doors 0821 2-2 2.02 A. 2.03 A. B. C. D. E. 2.04 A. PART 3 3.01 A. B. CUSTOM DOORS OF SPECIAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION Construction, General: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Grade of Doors for Opaque Finish: .Premium. 2. Lumber species: Solid wood, Douglas Fir, vertical grain. 3. Profiles to match existing original historical door as selected by Architect. 4. Field finish to match existing original historical door. FABRICATION Fabricate wood doors in sizes indicated for Project site fitting. Work shall be fabricated to designs, dimensions, and profiles shown on the approved shop drawings, and shall replicate configurations and profiles of salvaged historic doors except where specifically indicated otherwise. at time af fabrication and for relative humidity conditions in the installation areas. Comply with requirements of referenced standards for moisture content of lumber Provide openings and mortises precut, where possible, to receive hardware and accessories. Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work before shipment to the project site, to the extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. SHOP PRIMING Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime exposed portions of doors for paint finish with one coat of wood primer specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine installed door frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. 2. Reject doors with defects. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Custom Wood Doors 08212-3 3.02 A. 0. C. D. 3.03 A. 0. C. INSTALLATION Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. Job-Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold. Field-Finished Doors: Refer to the following for finishing requirements: 1. Division 9 Section "Painting." ADJUSTING AND PROTECTING Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. Protect doors as relcornmended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. ""END OF SECTION"' Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II ~ ~~ ~- Custom Wood Doors . 08212-4 SECTION 08550 WOOD WINDOW REPAIR 1.02 1.04 PART 1 1.01 A. A. B. 1.03 A. B. A. 8. C. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Repair and restoration of existing wood window units including sash, 2. Wood window configurations and repairs are indicated in the window frame, glazing, hardware, and accessories. schedule of the drawings. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glazing requirements for wood windows. SUBMITTALS Product Data: 1. Submit technical information, details, and repair recommendations for each wood window requiring repair. Shop Drawings: Elevations and details; show location of each item, identify repairs, components used and method of attachment. QUALITY ASSURANCE Wood Window Standard: NWWDA 1.5.2; except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Quality of Materials and Workmanship: Provide woodwork that complies with the requirements of " Manual of Millwork," published by Woodwork Institute of California (WIC). Qualifications: 1. Installer shall have completed installations similar in scope to this project. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Wood Window Repair 08550-1 1.05 A. B. C. D. PART 2 2.01 A. 0. C. D. PROJECT CONDITIONS Field Measurements: Verify wood window openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Environmental Conditions: Comply with manufacturer's instructions for window installation under anticipated weather conditions. Fit work to actual construction. Take field measurements before fabricating woodwork. Coordinate window repair work with other work to avoid damage. PRODUCTS MATERIALS Wood: Fine-grain clear lumber water-repellent preservative treated after machining and kiln-dried to a moisture content of 6 to 12 percent at time of fabrication in accordance with NWWDA I.S.4. 1. Exposed wood window components to receive transparent finish shall be free of finger-jointed wood. 2. Exposed exterior surfaces: a. Species: Douglas Fir (Vertical Grain) Verify to match extant b. Finish: Paint to match existing color scheme. a. Species: Douglas Fir (Vertical Grain) Verify to match extant historic materials in kind. b. Finishes : Unfinished, Varnished or Faux Finish to match historic finish in kind. 4. a. Species: Douglas Fir (Vertical Grain) Verify to match extant Interior Window Trim Finish: b. Finishes: Unfinished, Varnished or Faux Finish to match historic historic materials in kind. 3. Exposed interior surfaces: historic materials in kind. finish in kind. Fasteners: 1. For window fabrication: Zinc-coated or nonferrous nails and screws. 2. For window installation: Zinc-coated or nonferrous nails and screws. 3. For window hardware installation: Match historic hardware materials in kind. Glass and Glazing Materials: Glazing work for wood window units is specified elsewhere in Division 8. Window Hardware: 1. Match Extant Historic Hardware of Other Windows - in kind. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Wood Window Repair 08550-2 2.02 GLAZING A. Glass and Glazing Materials: Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glass units and glazing requirements applicable to glazed wood window repair. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: 1. Examine existing window conditions for repair. 2. Repair unsatisfactory conditions which could hinder proper operations of window units. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Do not begin repair work until potentially damaging construction operations are complete in the installation area. B. Field Joinery: Comply with requirements of the woodworking standard for shop joinery. C. Make joints neatly, with uniform appearance. D. Install work in correct location, plumb and level, without rack or warp. E. Conceal all shims. F. Repair damage and defective work to eliminate visual and functional defects; where repair is not possible, replace work. G. Provide support and anchor, to allow proper sash operation. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Glaze each unit before application of field-applied final finish coat where finish extends over removable glazing bead or over exposed face glazing. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide smooth operation with tight, weatherproof closure. Lubricate moving parts. B. Remove and replace glass which is damaged during construction period. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Wood Window Repair - 08550-3 3.05 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Clean glass on interior and exterior before final acceptance. B. Comply with window manufacturer's instructions for final Cleaning. C. Remove loose putty and excess paint from.existing historic glazing. D. Protect and maintain window units without damage until final acceptance. "'END OF SECTION"' Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Wood Window Repair 08550-4 SECTION 0871 1 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 .. A. B. C. 1.03 A. B. C. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Door hardware for the following: a. Swinging doors. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 8 Section "Custom Wood Doors". Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following. Coordinating, purchasing, delivering,' and scheduling remain requirements of this Section. SUBMITALS Product Data: Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of door hardware indicated. finish, full size. Tag with full description for coordination with the Door Hardware Samples: For exposed door hardware of each type indicated below, in specified Schedule. Submit samples before, or concurrent with, submission of the final Door Hardware Schedule. 1. Door Hardware: As follows: a. Hinges. b. Locks and latches. C. Bolts. d. Cylinders and keys. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Door Hardware . 0871 1-1 e. Closers. f. Miscellaneous items. g. As requested by Architect. 2. Samples will be returned to Contractor. Units that are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal, review, and field comparison process may, after final check of operation, be incorporated into the Work, within limitations of keying requirements. D. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Format: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. a. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3. 2. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, functiow, size, label, hand, and finish of each door b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other'pertinent information. d. Location of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in hardware item. Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. 9. Door and frame sizes and materials. 3. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule. other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Door Hardware 0871 1-2 B. C. D. E. 1.05 A. 0. 1.06 A. Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity and who is or employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant, available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. 1. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by the Door and Hardware Institute as an Architectural Hardware Consultant and who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following: 1. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)," as follows: a. Handles, Pulls, Latches, Locks, and other Operating Devices: tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting of the wrist. Shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require b. Door Closers: Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements indicated: 1) Interior Hinged Doors: 5 Ibf applied perpendicular to door. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING delivered to Project site. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. COORDINATION Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Door Hardware 0871 1-3 1.07 A. B. C. D. 1 .OB A. B. PART 2 2.01 A. B. WARRANTY General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of operators and door hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. Warranty Period for Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. MAINTENANCE SERVICE and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide six months' full maintenance by skilled employees of door hardware Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door hardware operation. Provide parts and supplies as used in the manufacture and installation of original products. PRODUCTS SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE this Section and the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in 1. indicated, and named manufacturer's products. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Door Hardware 0871 1-4 2.02 A. B. C. D. E. F. 2.03 A. Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: 1. Named Manufacturer's Products: Product designation and manufacturer are listed for each door hardware type required for the Purpose Of establishing minimum . requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in the Door Hardware.Schedule. HINGES AND PIVOTS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. .Hinges: a. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH). Quantity: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated 1. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. Size: Provide the following, unless otherwise-indicated, with hinge widths sized for door thickness and clearances required: 2. Hinge Height (inches): 5. 1. Maximum Door Size (inches): 36 by 84 by 1-3/4. 3. Metal Thickness (inches): 0.190. Template Requirements: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template-produced units. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Exterior Hinges: Brass, with stainless-steel pin body and brass protruding heads. Fasteners: Comply with the following: 1. Wood Screws: For wood doors and frames. LOCKS AND LATCHES Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Locks and Latchsets: a. Southwest Door & Window of CA, Inc. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Door Hardware 0871 1-5 2.04 B. A. 6. C. D. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts to comply with requirements, and as follows: 1. Deadbolts: Minimum 1-inch bolt throw. CYLINDERS AND KEYING Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cylinders: Same manufacturer as for locks and latches. Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver, and complying with the following: 2. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and straight- or clover-type 1. Number of Pins: Five. 3. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal 4. Bored-Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks. cam. tailpiece, and raised trim ring. a. High-Security Grade: BHMA Grade lA, listed and labeled as complying with pick- and drill-resistant testing requirements of UL 437 (Suffix A). Keying System: Unless othewise indicated, provide a factory-registered keying system complying with the following requirements: 1. Master Key System: Cylinders are operated by a change key and a 2. Existing System: Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's master key. existing system. a. Cylinders shall be master keyed. Keys: Provide nickel-silver keys complying with the following: 1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation: a. Notation: "DO NOT DUPLICATE." 2. Quantity: In addition to one extra blank key for each lock, provide the following: a. Cylinder Change Keys: Three. b. Master Keys: Five. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Door Hardware . 0871 1-6 2.05 2.07 2.08 A. 2.06 A. B. A. A. B. C. STRIKES Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch Or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated. CLOSERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Surface-Mounted Closers: a. Norton Door Controls; Div. of Yale Securii Inc. (NDC). Size of Units: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's written weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. THRESHOLD RAMPS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Van Duerr Industries. FABRICATION Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not provide manufacturers' products that have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit removable nameplates) except in conjunction with required fire-rated labels and as otherwise approved by Architect. 1. Manufacturer's identification will be permitted on rim of lock cylinders only. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMAA156.18 for finishes. Do not furnish standard. manufacturer's standard materials or forming methods if different from specified Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal. screws. Provide screws according to commercially recognized industry standards for Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Door Hardware 0871 1-7 2.09 A. B. C. PART 3 3.01 A. B. 3.02 A. 3.03 A. B. application intended. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. FINISHES Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.18. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Wood Doors: Comply with DHI A1 15-W series. INSTALLATION Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Door Hardware 0871 1-8 C. 3.04 A. 3.05 A. 3.06 A. B. C. 3.07 A. 1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant: Owner will engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports. 1. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant will inspect door hardware and state in each report whether installed work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed and adjusted. ADJUSTING Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units . that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of^ heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latching when door is allowed to close freely from an open position of 30 degrees. 2. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at. least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. CLEANING AND PROTECTION Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. DEMONSTRATION Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance finishes. personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain door hardware and door hardware Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Door Hardware . 0871 1-9 3.08 3.09 MANUFACTURER'S ABBREVIATIONS OF LISTED HARDWARE: [NOR] Norton [SWD] Southwest Door &Window of CA, Inc. [STA] Stanley DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE HW-1 EACH DOOR TO HAVE 3 HINGES FBB191 1 LATCHSET ElSl (PASSAGE) 1 CYLINDER E2DT 1 CLOSEWSTOP 78 SERIES w/L50 LEVER (POT-BELLY) "'END OF SECTION*'* Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 613 STA IW SWD IW SWD 690 NOR Door Hardware 0871 1-1 0 SECTION 08800 GLAZING PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 .. A. B. 1.03 A. 1.04 A. B. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Wood Windows. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 8 Section "Wood Window Repair." DEFINITIONS Manufacturer: A firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in referenced glazing publications. SUBMITTALS Samples: For the following products, in the form of 12-inch square Samples for glass. Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project; whose work has resulted in glass installations with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project and whose Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 08800-1 Glazing - 1.06 work has resulted in construction with .a record of successful in-service performance. C. Source Limitations for Clear Glass: Obtain clear float glass from one primary- glass manufacturer. D. Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: Obtain glazing accessories from one source for each product and installation method indicated. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Historic Clear Glass: Glass to match existing historic glass in character. Submit sample for approval to Architect: 1. American Restoration Glass by Hollander Glass Supplied by: Texture Glass Industries. B. Salvage and reuse all historical glass as directed by the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstruction, and ready for work of this Section. Replace all missing glass found in the Main House as identified by the Architect during the pre-bid conference. Do not replace broken or cracked lites unless noted and marked by the Architect during the pre-bid conference. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 08800-2 Glazing 3.03 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. GLAZING, GENERAL A. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. 3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. B. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way, including natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. C. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. "'END OF SECTION*** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 08800-3 Glazing SECTION 091 50 STUCCO PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 1.03 A. 1.04 A. B. 1.05 A. GENERAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions, and Special Conditions are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. SUMMARY: The work includes the surface preparation, and application for stuccoing. APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. 1, American Society for Testing Materiils (ASTM) Publications: a. C 144-81 Aggregate for Masonry Mortar b. C 150-81 Portland Cement c. C 206-79 Finishing Hydrated Lime SUBMITTALS: Samples: Provide sample panel of each textured finish on built/wall exhibit. Sample panel(s) shall show the color and texture for stucco. directed. Finished stucco work shall match the approved sample Erect approved samples panel(s) at the project site, or as otherwise panel@). Approved samples may be integrated into project per owner approval. certificates attesting that the materials meet the requirements specified. Manufacturer's Certificates of Conformance: Submit manufacturer's DELIVERY AND STORAGE: packages or container which are labeled plainly with the names and Deliver manufactured materials in the manufacturer's original unbroken brands. Keep cementitious materials dry and stored off the ground, under cover, and away from sweating walls and other damp surfaces until ready to be used. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II stucco 091 50- 1 I .06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: A. Stucco: Maintain an ambient temperature of not less than 40 degrees F continuously where plastering and stuccoing work will be done. Maintain this temperature for not less than 48 hours prior to the application of stucco, while the stuccoing is being done, and during the, curing operation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Provide materials conforming to the respective specifications and the requirements specified herein. 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, gray Portland Cement Type I or 2. Plastic Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except for the 11; White Portland Cement, Type I. limitations on insoluble residue, air entrainment, and additions subsequent to calcination. Plasticizing agents may be added to not in excess of 12 percent of the total volume. Portland Cement Type I and I1 in the manufacturing process, but 3. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S. 4. Aggregate. 5. Sand for Stucco: ASTM C 144, except gradation of sand shall conform to the following requirements. Sand Gradation for Basecoat: Percentage retained by (weight plus or minus 2 percent on each size): Sieve Size Minimum Maximum Number 4 Number 8 Number 16 Number 30 Number 50 Number 100 ""_ 0 10 30 70 95 0 10 40 65 100 90 Sand Gradation for Finish Coat: Sand for the finish coat shall be white and shall be graded within the limits shown above for basecoats, except that all of the sand shall pass the No. 8 sieve for smooth finish and all of the sand shall pass the No. 30 sieve. 6. Water: Clean, fresh, suitable for domestic consumption, and free from such amount of mineral and organic substances as would affect the hardening or durability of the stucco. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 091 50- 2 stucco 2.02 A. B. 2.03 A. B. 2.04 A. Leo Carrillo PROPORTIONING AND MIXING: Except where specified otherwise, materials are specified 011 a volume basis and shall be measured in approved containers which will insure that the specified proportions will be controlled and accurately maintained during the progress of the work. Measuring materials with shovels "shovel count" will not be permitted. 'Stucco shall be prepared for use by the addition of water only. Basecoat Proportions: 1. Stucco Basecoats: Mix scratch coat in the proportion of one part by volume of Portland Cement to not more than J/. part by volume of hydrated lime and not less than 2-1/2 nor more than 4 parts by volume of damp loose sand. Mix brown coat in the proportion of than % part hydrated lime and not less than 3 nor more than 5 by volume one part by volume of Portland Cement to not more actual amount of lime and sand used in the scratch and brown parts by volume of, damp loose sand. Workability shall govern the coats. 2. . Stucco: Mix scratch coat in the proportion of one part by volume of plastic cement to not less than 2-1/2 nor more than 4 parts by volume of damp loose sand. Mix brown coat in the proportion of one part by volume of plastic cement to not less than 3 nor more than 5 parts by volume~of damp loose sand. Brown coats shall have the same proportion of sand used in the scratch coat or a greater proportion of sand than used in the scratch coat, within the limit specified. FINISH COAT PROPORTION: Stucco Finish Coat: Mix finish in the proportion of one part by volume of volume of damp loose sand. Workability shall govern the actual amount Portland Cement to not less than 1-1/2 nor more than two parts by of lime and sand used in the finish coat, within the limits specified herein. Portland Cement for stucco finish shall be white. Approved coloring stucco finish containing not less than one-third Portland Cement by compounds shall be added to produce the required color. Prepared weight may be provided, as approved. Stucco Finish Coat: Mix finish coat in the proportion of one part by volume of plastic cement to not more than 3 parts by volume of damp loose sand. MIXING: quantity of water can be controlled accurately and uniformly, except that Mix materials in approved mechanical mixers of the type in which the finish coats containing lime may be hand mixed. While the mixer is in continuous operation, add approximately 90 percent of the estimated Ranch - Phase I1 091 50- 3 stucco quantity of water, half of the sand, all of the cementitious materials, and the mer one-half of the sand shall be introdrrced into the mixet in that sequence and mix thoroughly with the remainder of the water until the mixture is uniform in color and consistency. Avoid excessive mixing ,or agitation, Discard stucco which has begun to set before it is used; retempering will not be permitted. Do not use frozen, caked, or lumped materials. Empty mixer and. mixing boxes completely after each batch is mixed. Mix ready-mixed stucco in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SURFACES: A. Clean surfaces to which stucco is to be applied of all projections, dust, apply stucco directly to (1) surfaces of masonry or concrete that have loose particles, grease, bond breakers, and other foreign matter. Do not been coated with bituminous compound or other waterproofing agents, or (2) to surfaces that have been painted or previously plastered. Before stucco work is started, wet masonry surfaces thoroughly with a fine fog spray of clean water to produce a uniformly moist condition. 3.02 APPLICATION OF STUCCO: A. General: Stucco may be applied by hand or by machine. When plastering machine is used, the fluidity to stucco shall be controlled to have a slump of not more than 2-1/2 inches when tested using a 2-by 6- this slump, do not add additional water to the mix. Conduct the slump inch high slump cone. Subsequent to determining water content to meet test according to the following procedure. 1. Place cone on level, dry, non-absorptive base plate. 2. While holding cone firmly against base plate, fill cone with plaster taken directly from the hose or nozzle of the plastering machine, tamping with metal rod during filing to release air bubbles. 3. Screed off plaster level with top of cone. Remove cone by lifting it straight up with a slow and smooth motion. 4. Place cone in a vertical position adjacent to free plaster sample using care not to jiggle base plate. 5. Lay a straightedge across top of cone, again being careful not to vibrate cone. Measure slump in inches from the bottom edge of the straightedge to the top of the slumped plaster sample. 6. Workmanship: Apply stucco in three coats. Base coats shall be applied with sufficient pressure and stucco shall be sufficiently plastic to provide a good bond to bases. Base coats shall be worked to screeds at intervals of from 5 feet to 8 feet. Finish work level, plumb, square, and true, within a tolerance of Il8-inch in 8 feet, without waves cracks, blisters, pits cracking, discoloration, projections, or other imperfections. Form work carefully around angles and contours, and well up to screeds. Special care shall be taken to prevent sagging and consequent dropping of Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 091 50- 4 stucco applications. There shall be no visible junction marks in finish coat where on day's work adjoins another. 3.03 STUCCO: A. Apply base coats with sufficient pressure to curl the keys around the back of metal lath or wire fabric. B. Apply in three coats to a thickness of not less than 1 inch for the stucco. Apply the scratch coat no less than 3/8-inch thick, lightly score horizontally, and moist cure for not less than 24 hours. Apply the brown coat after the scratch cost has been aged at least 24 hours in addition to the moist curing period. Apply the brown coat to bring the base coat out to the screeds, compact and straighten to a true surface with rod and darby, and float to receive the finish coat. After the brown coat has been days, apply the finish coat to a thickness of not less than 1/8 inch. Where moist cured for not less than 24 hours and aged at least an additional 5 water, prior to the application of the next coat. Finish coat for stucco shall any ,previous coat has become dry, dampen the surface evenly with a fine fog spray of water and apply to the finish coat as frequently as be of the color and texture selected. Moist cure stucco for 24 hours using free water stands on the surface. Prevent staining of the finish coat. required to prevent dry-out of the stucco. Do not stucco the point where 3.04 PATCHING AND POINTING: A. Upon completion of the walls, cut out and patch loose, cracked, existing work in texture and color, and shall be finished flush with stucco damaged, defective stucco areas or open joints. Patching shall match previously applied. Do all pointing and patching of stuccoed surfaces and stucco work abutting or adjoining any other finish work in a great and workmanlike manner. Remove stucco droppings or spatterings from all surfaces. Leave clean, exposed stuccoed surfaces, in condition ready to receive paint or other finish. Remove protective covering from floors and other surfaces, and all rubbish and debris from the building. *** End of Section *** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 091 50- 5 stucco SECTION 09210 PLASTER REPAIR AND RESTORATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY .. A. This Section includes the following: 1. Included all labor, services, materials, equipment and scaffolding required 2. All screens, where plaster meets another material. to complete all plastering, plaster repair, restoration and whitewashing. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 2. Division 4 Section "Adobe and Masonry Stabilization." 1. Division 4 Section "Adobe Masonry." 3. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood framing and furring. 1.03 TESTING A. Plaster Analysis 1. Collect sufficient samples of existing plaster for analysis by an independent testing laboratory experienced in the analysis of historic plaster/mortars. Testing shall be done at the expense of the Contractor; submit test results in writing to the City. 2. Laboratory analysis of samples of existing plaster shall determine aggregate types and sizes for the purposes of matching new plaster composition and proportions of the plaster materials, and determine the materials. 3. Provide copies of the laboratory analysis to the City and the manufacturers prior to placing orders for and formulating new and patching materials. 1.04 SUBMllTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Plaster Repair and Restoration 0921 0-1 B. Product Data for each product specified. C. Submit proposed method of operations for the plaster repair and restoration work. The proposed method should be clearly outlined and detailed including application tools and equipment, time schedule, qualifications of experience personnel, protection of historic fabric and emergency precautions. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Prior to installing plaster work, construct panels for each type of finish and application required to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final unit of Work. 1. Locate mockups on-site in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Erect mockups 48 by 48 inches by full thickness in presence of Architect using materials, including lath, support system, and control joints, indicated for final Work. 3. Notify Architect 7 days in advance of the dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before start of plaster Work. 6. Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard forjudging the completed plaster repair Work. B. Preinstallation Conference: Prior to installation of work of this section, conduct a meeting at the project site to discuss quality assurance requirements. C. Conservator: Work to be coordinated with an approved plaster conservator. 1.06 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver cementitious materials to Project site in original packages, containers, or bundles, labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name, and lot number. B. Store materials inside, under cover, and dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, and damage from construction traffic and other causes. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after plaster application. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Plaster Repair and Restoration 09210-2 B. Cold-Weather Requirements: Provide heat and protection, temporary or 24 hours after application. Distribute heat uniformly to prevent concentration of permanent, as required to protect each coat of plaster from freezing for at least heat on plaster near heat sources; provide deflection or protective screens. C. Warm-Weather Requirements: Protect plaster against uneven and excessive evaporation and from strong flows of dry air, both natural and artificial. Apply and cure plaster as required by climatic and job conditions to prevent dry out during cure period. Provide suitable coverings, moist curing, barriers to deflect sunlight and wind, or combinations of these, as required. D. Exterior Plaster Work: Do not apply plaster when ambient temperature is below 40 deg F. E. Interior Plaster Work: Maintain at least 50 deg F temperature in areas to be plastered for at least 48 hours before, during, and after application. F. Ventilation: Provide natural or mechanical means of ventilation to properly dry interior spaces after plaster has cured. G. Protect contiguous work from soiling and moisture deterioration caused by plastering. Provide temporary covering and other provisions necessary to minimize harmful spattering of plaster on other work. PART 2 PRODUCTS .. 2.01 LATH A. Expanded-Metal Lath: Comply with ASTM C 847 for material, type, configuration, and other characteristics indicated below. 1. Material: Fabricate expanded-metal lath from sheet metal conforming to the following: a. Galvanized Steel: Structural-quality, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G60 minimum coating designation, unless otherwise indicated. B. Woven-Wire Lath: ASTM C 1032, fabricated into 1-1/2-inch hexagonal-shaped mesh with minimum 0.0510-inch diameter, galvanized steel wire. 2.02 PLASTER MATERIALS A. Cement Plaster 1. Portland cement: ASTM C 150, Type II. .. 2. Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S; or ASTM C 207; special hydrated lime. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Plaster Repair and Restoration 0921 0-3 2.03 3. Aggregate: ASTM C144 for "Sand for Use in Plaster". Shall be clean, 4. Water: Potable. washed and sharp. 8. Adobe plaster to be composed of proportions of materials to match the proportional tests of existing adobe bricks. 1. Adjust proportions as necessary to make plaster adhere to building and as required to eliminate cracking of finished wall. MIXING A. Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GROUT INJECTION A. Grout Injection at Delaminated Plaster voids (Deedie's House): 1. Protect, shore, and secure the existing plaster in place carefully pushing delaminated plaster back into place against adobe wall. 2. Remove accessible loose pieces of adobe and mortar from the void areas. 3. Blow dust and small particles from the area with compressed air and vacuum all debris. 4. Caulk cracks with stiff grout to which two parts Portland cement have been added. When caulk is hard, drill one- quarter inch diameter holes approximately 12 inches on center each way. Use non-impact drilling equipment. 5. Injection Design Grout Mix. Prepare a grout of the following materials accurately measured by weight: 55 Ibs. - Adobe soil 20 Ibs. - Washed plaster sand 30 Ibs. - Portland cement 2.5 02. - Sika Grout-aid II Water as required for proper consistency Prepare a second grout mix as specified in Section 04500 for crack repair as an alternate design mix. Both mixes shall be used in the mock-up procedures. Testing shall be provided by the Contractor to determine' which design mix provides the best adhesion properties. 6. Inject the grout into void areas from the exterior side of the wall only. injection process shall be by low pressure only. Start from the bottom and inject into the drilled holes in sequence working up. Place grout until it flows from the holes above. If grout does not appear from the hole above, the problem shall be determined and corrected before proceeding. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Plaster Repair and Restoration 0921 0-4 3.02 3.04 3.05 3.06 A. 0. 3.03 A. A. 0. C. A. 0. C. A. 0. Plug the hole receiving grout, and begin pumping into the adjacent hole until grout flows from fhe next hole. Proceed with injection until all the holes are filled with grout. The grout injection shall be performed in lifts as determined by the installer. 7. Remove all hardened spills and unused grout from the site and dispose of it legally. Clean wall surfaces, floors, and grounds from debris caused by this work. PLASTERING Shall be free from laps, cracks, checks and other structural defects, Caution shall be exercised in preventing too rapid drying of plaster. MEASURING OF INGREDIENTS All ingredients entering plaster mixes shall be proportioned and measured by means of calibrated boxes or containers of such nature that the quantities to be measured can be readily and accurately checked at any time. MIXING OF PLASTER The plaster ingredients shall be-thoroughly mixed together using a batch machine mixer wherever practicable. No more shall be mixed at any one time than can be properly incorporated into the work within one-half hour after mixing. No material shall be permitted to remain overnight in the mixer or mixing boxes. All tools and implements used in the mixing and transporting of plaster shall be thoroughly cleaned after use. FINISHES Finish shall be such that it closely matches the existing plaster texture. A sample panel of exterior finish (48" x 48") shall be prepared for the Architect's approval. Refer to the Quality Assurance section. The mud plaster shall be hand smoothed to create a "polished" surface. PLASTER APPLICATION The finishing process shall be done by hand. Average thickness plaster shall be 3/4" inch. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Plaster Repair and Restoration 0921 0-5 3.07 TESTING FOR PROPER MIXTURE OF ADOBE PLASTER A. A test area of approximately 4 square feet of plaster shall be made on the existing adobe brick wall to check how well this mixture adheres to the adobe. B. The plaster formula may have to be changed if the new plaster does not adhere well enough. 3.08 APPLICATION OF PIASTER AND ADOBE WHITEWASH A. Apply adobe plaster in two coats; scratch coat and finish coat. B. Adobe Whitewash - Where the original finish is whitewash, a new whitewash should be applied immediately following the mudding. The Contractor should be aware that other whitewash formulas can be submitted in lieu of this formula but examples in-place conditions for 5 years or longer will be reviewed by the Architect before approval can be given. After the whitewash is prepared, a test sample will be performed on the adobe and allowed to set for two weeks before final application. Contractor should allow for this time constraint in the overall schedule. C. Whitewash Formula Specifications for Adobe (Formula dated Dec. 1, 1871) 16 dry quarts of unslacked lime. Slack with warm water. Cover mixture during process. Strain through fine sieve or metal window screen. Add 8 dry quarts of salt previously well dissolved in warm water and three pounds of ground rice boiled to a thin paste. Stir mixture into a pot and boil. Add half a pound of powdered white chalk pulverized and freed from impurities, and two cups of "white glue" (originally read "sheep's blood) which has been previously dissolved over a slow fire. Add five gallons of hot solution. Stir well and let stand for four days before applying over mud. Stir well before applying and during the application. The mixture must be constantly mixed. Apply with soft horsehair brushes. If properly applied, one pint will cover a square yard of surface. Mixture should have a "plaster of paris" consistency for application, not liquid or runny. D. If tests made with the proportions specified for adobe plaster prove unsatisfactory, new proportions shall be tested to help bring about best results. The plaster shall show no signs of coming off after one year following installation. '"'END OF SECTION*** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Plaster Repair and Restoration 0921 0-6 SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 1.02 1.03 PART 1 1.01 A. A. B. A. B. 1.04 A. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings ' and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. Metal lath and accessories. 2. Portland cement plaster. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 4 Section "Adobe Masonry." 2. Division 4 Section "Adobe and Masonry Stabilization." 3. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood framing and furring. SUBMllTALS General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product Data for each product specified. QUALITY ASSURANCE Mockups: Prior to installing plaster work, construct panels for each type of finish and application required to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final unit of Work. 1. Locate mockups on-site in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Erect mockups 48 by 48 inches by full thickness in presence of Architect using materials, including lath, support system, and control joints, indicated for final Work. 3. Notify Architect 7 days in advance of the dates and times when mockups will be constructed. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Portland Cement Plaster 09220-1 1.05 4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before start of plaster Work. 6. Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed Work. condition as a standard for judging the completed portland cement plaster DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver cementitious materials to Project site in original packages, containers, or bundles, labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name, and lot number. B. Store materials inside, under cover, and dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, and damage from construction traffic and other causes. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and.after plaster application.. B. Cold-Weather Requirements: Provide heat and protection, temporary or 24 hours after application. Distribute heat uniformly to prevent concentration of permanent, as required to protect each coat of plaster from freezing for at least heat on plaster near heat sources: provide deflection or protective screens. C. Warm-Weather Requirements: Protect plaster against uneven and excessive evaporation and from strong flows of dry air, both natural and artificial. Apply and cure plaster as required by climatic and job conditions to prevent dry out during cure period. Provide suitable coverings, moist curing, barriers to deflect sunlight and wind, or combinations of these, as required. D. Ventilation: Provide natural or mechanical means of ventilation to properly dry interior spaces after portland cement plaster has cured. E. Protect contiguous work from soiling and moisture deterioration caused by plastering. Provide temporary covering and other provisions necessary to minimize harmful spattering of plaster on other work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL LATH A. General: Comply with MUSFA "Guide Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring" for type and style of metal lath to suit application and support spacing. B. Expanded-Metal Lath: Comply with ASTM C 847 for material, type, configuration, and other characteristics indicated below. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Portland Cement Plaster 09220-2 2.02 A. .. 2.03 A. 0. 2.04 A. 0. 2.05 A. PART 3 3.01 1. Material: Fabricate expanded-metal lath from sheet metal conforming to the following: a. Galvanized Steel: Structural-quality, zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G60 .minimum coating designation, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Diamond-Mesh Lath: Comply with the following requirements: a. Weight: 3.4 Ib./sq. yd. ACCESSORIES Metal Trim: Fabricate from ASTM A 446 or ASTM A 527 galvanized steel, with Class G90 zinc coating. PLASTER MATERIALS Base-Coat Cements: Type as indicated below: 1. Portland cement: ASTM C 150, Type II. 2. Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S; or ASTM C 207; special hydrated lime. 3. Aggregate: Manufactured OF natural sand, ASTM C 897. 4. Water: Potable. Finish Coat Materials: Same as base coat materials. PLASTER MIXES AND COMPOSITIONS General: Measure proportions accurately by volume. Use of shovels for measuring is not allowed. Mix plaster using mechanical mixers or hand mix. Portland Cement Plaster: Comply with ASTM C 926 for type of substrate and for compatibility between coats. MIXING with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply plaster manufacturer. EXECUTION INSTALLATION OF LATH AND FURRING, GENERAL Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Portland Cement Plaster . 09220-3 A. B. 3.02 A. 0. C. D. E. 3.03. A. 3.04 A. 8. C. D. Standards: Comply with MUSFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring," and with requirements of ASTM C 1063. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in work and for support of fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, handrails, furnishings, and similar work to comply with details indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, to comply with applicable written instructions of lath and furring manufacturer. PREPARATIONS FOR PLASTERING Clean plaster bases and substrates for direct application of plaster, removing loose material and substances that may impair the Work. Clean plaster bases and clean substrates for direct application of portland cement plaster. Grounds and Screeds: Install temporary grounds and screeds as necessary to ensure accurate rodding of plaster to true surfaces; coordinate with scratch-coat work. Flashing: Refer to applicable sections of Division 7 for the installation of flashing indicated under exterior portland cement plastering. Protection: Coordinate work and provide protective coverings to protect adjacent surfaces from soiling and damage. INSTALLATION OF PLASTERING ACCESSORIES General: Comply with referenced installation standards for provision and location of plaster trim and accessories. PLASTER APPLICATION General: Comply with provisions of ASTM C 926 and recommendations of Preservation Brief #22: The Preselvation and Repair of Historic Stucco. 1. Coordinate plaster application with installation of adjacent work to avoid soiling and damage of plaster and other work. Apply plaster in thickness to match existing plaster thicknesses indicated by referenced application standard for 3-coat work. Curing: Comply with Annex A2 of ASTM C 926 for curing of each coat and for time between coats of portland cement plaster. Apply and work finish coat to match approved mock-up. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase I1 Portland Cement Plaster 09220-4 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Remove temporary covering and other provisions made to minimize spattering of plaster on other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces not to be plastered. Repair surfaces stained, marred or otherwise damaged during plastering work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials, containers, equipment, and plaster debris. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure plaster work is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. ***END OF SECTION*** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Portland Cement Plaster . 09220-5 SECTION 09300 TILE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. The General Conditions, and Special Conditions are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. 1.02 SUMMARY: A. The work shall include providing all materials and all operations to accomplish all work specified herein, shown on the drawings, or reasonably implied to complete the installation. Work shall also include fountain and pool tiling. 1.03 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS: A. The following specifications and standards listed in this paragraph form a part of these specifications to the extent required by the references thereto. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A IO8 Materials Conformance and Installation Tile Council of America Inc. Handbook 1977 Ceramic Tile Installation 1.04 RELATED WORK: A. Cast-in-Place Concrete, Section 03300 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: Upon receipt of the color schedule, submit duplicate samples of each type of tiles, and grout color. Submit samples of trim, if requested. Mark samples with the name of the manufacturer and the location in which material is to be used. B. Literature: Submit manufacturer's literature on each product to be used. PART 2 PRODUCTS AND FOUNTAIN 2.01 POOL AND FOUNTAIN CERAMIC TILE: A. Pool ceramic tiles shall be as indicated on the drawings. 2.02 CERAMIC TILE: Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II .. ~~~~ ~~ Tile 09300-1 A, 2.03 A. 2.04 A. 2.05 A. 2.06 A. 2.07 A. PART 3 3.01 A. A. B. C. 3.03 A. 3.02 Grout shall be one part portland cement and one part fine graded sand with color and waterproofing additives. Cotors as indicated on the drawings. PORTLAND CEMENT: Cement shall be type 1 Conforming to ASlM C-150. HYDRATED LIME: Lime shall be type S conforming to ASlM C-206 or C207, SAND: Washed clean and graded. conforming to ASlM C-144 except as noted otherwise. WATER: Clean and potable. SETTING BED: Standard per tile council handbook for water fountain installations. EXECUTION LAYOUT OF WORK: The details and elevations shown on the drawings assume full tile and pavers with little or no cutting. Horizontally, tile shall be set starting with full tile at the points most exposed to view and running into the corners. CONDITIONS OF SURFACES: Inspect all surfaces which are to receive tile work. Starting of work shall imply acceptance of the surface by the tile subcontractor. Cover no items of incomplete or faulty work which will adversely affect the work of this section. Tile subsurfaces shall be kept clean prior to setting tile. INSTALLATION OF TILE: Setting Bed: Spread setting mortar bed on freshly prepared slabs. Minimum thickness as shown on drawing. Verify elevation of drains and pool equipment to determine that proper pitch for drainage can be obtained. If any drains or fixtures are found to be too high or too low, correct before start of work. Set screeds to required levels and slopes. Tamp mortar dense and solid. Remove any mortar nearing initial set before tile is placed. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II ~~~ ~~ Tile 09300-2 B. Setting and Grouting Tiles: After setting bed has set sufficiently, sprinkler dry portknd cement on swface and commence laying tile. Set straight edges to lines established to keep joints parallel and uniform over entire area. Tamp tile solidly into bed using wood blocks of sizing insuring solid bedding free from depressions and high spots. Finish flush with adjacent paving. Pool equipment andlor drains. When ready, fill joints full and flush with specified grout, wipe excess grout from face of tile, and leave all joints finished at uniform depth. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Clean all tile per printed instructions of tile and grout manufacturer. If dilute solutions of acid are recommended, protect adjacent metal, enameled and painted surfaces from damage with a coating of Vaseline. Remove coating upon completion. B. Protect all tile and pavers from grout if tile or paver surface texture can not be cleaned of grout spill. ***END OF SECTION"' Leo Carrilio Ranch Phase II 09300-3 Tile SECTION 09671 , RESINOUS FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 .I A. 1.2 A. B. 1.3 A. B. C. D. 1.4 A. B. RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 1. General-use epoxy-resin flooring. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Piace Concrete" for concrete substrates to receive resinous flooring. SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product specified. Include manufacturer's technical data, installation instructions, and recommendations for each resinous flooring component required. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors. textures, and patterns available for each resinous flooring system indicated. Material Certificates: In lieu of material test reports, when permitted by Architect, signed by manufacturers certifying that materials furnished comply with requirements. Maintenance Data: For resinous flooring to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer (applicator) who has specialized in installing resinous flooring similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is acceptable to resinous flooring manufacturer. 1. Engage an installer who employs only persons trained and approved by resinous flooring 2. Engage an installer who is certified in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer as manufacturer for installing resinous flooring systems specified. qualified to install resinous flooring systems specified. Source Limitations: Obtain primary resinous flooring materials, including primers, resins, hardening agents, and sealing or finish coats, through one source from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary materials including patching and fill material, joint sealant, and repair materials of type and from source recommended by manufacturer of primary materials. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Resinous Flooring 09671-1 I .5 A. B. 1.6 A. B. C. DELIVERY,'STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver materials in original packages and containers, with seals unbroken, bearing components. manufacturer's labels indicating brand name and directions for storage and mixing with other Store materials to comply with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent deterioration from moisture, heat, cold, direct sunlight, or other detrimental effects. PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Limitations: Comply with resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions for substrate temperature, ambient temperature, moisture, ventilation, and other conditions affecting resinous flooring installation. Lighting: Provide permanent lighting or, if permanent lighting is not in place, simulate permanent lighting conditions during resinous flooring installation. Close spaces to traffic during resinous flooring application and for not less than 24 hours after application, unless manufacturer recommends a longer period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A, 2.2 A. B. C, MANUFACTURERS Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those indicated in the Resinous Flooring Schedule at the end of Part 3. MATERIALS Resinous Flooring: Resinous floor surfacing system consisting of primer; body coat(s) including resin, hardener, aggregates, and colorants, if any; and sealing or finish coat@). Comply with requirements indicated in the Resinous Flooring Schedule. 1. Waterproofing Membrane: Resinous product of or approved by resinous flooring 2. Reinforcing Membrane: Manufacturer's flexible resin recommended for crack isolation to manufacturer and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. help prevent substrate cracks from reflecting through resinous flooring. a. Provide fiberglass scrim embedded in reinforcing membrane. Patching and Fill Material: Resinous product of or approved by resinous flooring manufacturer and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Joint Sealant: Type recommended or produced by resinous flooring manufacturer for type of service and joint condition indicated. PART 3 - WECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: Prepare and clean substrate according to resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions for substrate indicated. Provide clean, dry, and neutral substrate for resinous flooring application. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Resinous Flooring 09671 -2 C. D. E. .. 3.2 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Concrete Substrates: Provide sound concrete Surfaces free of laitance, glazs. efflorescence, curing cwnpounds, forrn-release agents, dust. dirt. grease, oil. and other contaminates incompatible with resinous flooring. 1. Comply with ASTM C 81 1 requirements, Unless manufacturer's written instructions are 2. Shot-blast surfaces with an apparatus that abrades the concrete surface, contains the 3. Repair damaged and deteriorated concrete according to resinous flooring manufacturer's more stringent. dispensed shot within the apparatus, and recirculates the shot by vacuum pickup. written recommendations. Resinous Materials: Mix components and prepare materials according to resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions. Use patching and fill material to fill holes and depressions in substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. Treat control joints and other nonmoving substrate cracks to prevent cracks from reflecting through resinous flooring according to manufacturer's written recommendations. APPLICATION General: Apply components of resinous flooring system according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a uniform, monolithic wearing surface of thickness indicated. 1. Coordinate application of components to provide optimum adhesion of resinous flooring 2. Cure resinous flooring components according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. At substrate expansion and isolation joints, provide joint in resinous flooring to comply system to substrate and optimum intercoat adhesion. Prevent contamination during application and curing processes. with resinous flooring manufacturer's written recommendations. a. Apply joint sealant to comply with manufacturer's written recommendations. Apply primer over prepared substrate at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Apply waterproofing membrane, where indicated, in manufacturer's recommended thickness 1. Apply waterproofing membrane to integral cove base substrates. Apply reinforcing membrane to substrate cracks. Apply reinforcing membrane to entire substrate surface. Apply self-leveling slurry body coat(s) in thickness indicated. 1. Broadcast aggregates and, after resin is cured, remove excess aggregates to provide surface texture indicated. Apply troweled or screeded body coat(s) in thickness indicated. Hand or power trowel and grout to flll voids. When cured, sand to remove trowel marks and roughness. Integral Cove Base: Apply cove base mix to wall surfaces at locations indicated. Round and details including taping, mixing, priming, troweling, sanding, and topcoating of cove base. internal and external comers. Install cove base according to manufacturer's written instructions Leo Cal rrillo Ranch -Phase II Resinous Flooring 09671-3 I. 3.3 A. B. 3.4 A. B. 3.5 A. Apply sealing or finish coat(s), including grout coat, if any, of type recommended by resinous manufacturer to produce fiish indited. Apply in number of coats and at spreading rates recommended in writing by manUfaCtUrer. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Core Sampling: At the direction of Owner .and at locations designated by Owner, take 1 core that fails to comply with requirements, take 2 additional samples. Repair damage caused by sample per I000 sq. ft. of resinous flooring, or portion of, to verify thickness. For each sample coring and correct deficiencies at no additional cost to Owner. Material Sampling: Owner may at any time and any number of times during flooring application require material samples for testing for compliance with requirements. I, Owner will engage an independent testing agency to take samples of materials being Contractor. used. Material samples will be taken, identified and sealed, and certified in presence of 2. Testing agency will test samples for compliance with requirements, using applicable referenced testing procedures or, if not referenced, using testing procedures listed in manufacturer’s Product Data. 3. If test results show installed materials do not comply with specified requirements, pay for testing, remove noncomplying materials, prepare surfaces coated with unacceptable materials,.and reapply flooring materials to comply with requirements. CLEANING AND PROTECTING Protect resinous flooring from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer. Clean resinous flooring not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each Project area. Use cleaning materials and procedures recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer. RESINOUS FLOORING SCHEDULE Resinous Flooring : Where this designation is indicated, provide resinous flooring system complying with the following: 1. Products: [Provide one of the following:] [Available products include the following:] “MANUFACTURERS ARTICLE.> <RETAIN ONE; DELETE OTHER. CORRELATE WITH PARA RETAINED IN PART2 a. <INSERT MFR‘S SYSTEM DESIGNATION; COLOR AND PATTERN, IF APPLICABLE AND MFR‘S NAME FOR EACH SYSTEM THAT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS RETAINED BELOW.> 2. Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of colors and 3. Total Thickness of Body Coat(s): 1/16 inch. 4. System Thickness: 1/8 inch. 5. Wearing Surface: Antislip. 6. Base: 6 -inch- high integral cove base. 7. Components: Provide manufacturer‘s standard components complying with requirements, unless otherwise indicated. Provide the following optional components: <REVISE SUBPARA IF OPTIONAL COMPONENTS ARE NOT REQUIRED. patterns produced for resinous flooring complying with requirements indicated. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Ii Resinous Flooring 09671 -4 SUBPARAS BELOW ARE EXAMPLES ONLY; RETAIN APPLICABLE SUBPARAS AND INSERT REQUIREMENTS TO SUIT PROJECT.> a. Primer. <SOME SYSTEMS ARE SELF-PRIMING. SOME MFRS OFFER b. Waterproofing membrane. <WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES MAY BE SELF- OPTIONAL PRIMERS.> PRIMING. PRIMERS MAY BE REQUIRED OVER WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES.> c. Reinforcing membrane. <BEFORE RETAINING SUBPARA, VERIFY AVAILABILITY FOR SYSTEMS SELECTED. PRIMER MAY BE OPTIONAL IF REINFORCING MEMBRANE IS APPLIED TO ENTIRE SUBSTRATE SURFACE.> d. Chemical-resistant sealing or finish coat(s). <VARIOUS TOPCOAT OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE FOR RESINOUS FLOORING SYSTEMS. REVISE TO SUIT PROJECT.> 8. Physical Properties: [As indicated by system designation and components indicated above.] [Provide resinous flooring system with the following minimum physical property requirements when tested according to standard test methods indicated:] <IF RETAINING FIRST CHOICE, DELETE SUBPARAS BELOW> a. b. d. e. f. 9. h. C. I. j. k. I. Compressive Strength: <INSERT VALUE> per ASTM C 579. Tensile Strength: <INSERT VALUE> per ASTM C 307. Flexural Modulus of Elasticity: <INSERT VALUE> per ASTM C 580. Water Absorption: <INSERT VALUE> per ASTM C 413. Coefficient of Thermal Expansion: <INSERT VALUES per ASTM C 531. Indentation: <INSERT VALUE' percent maximum per MIL-D-3134. Impact Resistance: No chipping, cracking, or delamination and not more than Resistance to Elevated Temperature: No slip or flow of more than 1/16 inch (1.6 lI16-inch (1.6-mm) permanent indentation per MIL-D-3134. mm) per MIL-D-3134. Abrasion Resistance: <INSERT VALUE> maximum weight loss per ASTM D 4060. Flammability: Self-extinguishing per ASTM D 635. <IF DESIRED, INSERT EXTENT OF BURNING> Hardness: <INSERT VALUE>. Shore Dper ASTM D 2240. Bond Strength: <INSERT VALUE>, 100.percent concrete failure per ACI 503R. 9. Chemical Resistance: [As indicated by system designation and components indicated according to ASTM D 543, Procedure A, for immersion in the following reagents for not above.] [Test specimens of cured resinous flooring system are unaffected when tested when tested according to ASTM C 267 for immersion in the following reagents for not less than 7 days:] rest specimens of cured resinous flooring system are unaffected when tested according to ASTM D 1308 for 50 percent immersion in the following less 'than 7 days:] [Test specimens of cured resinous flooring systems are unaffected reagents for not less than 7 days:] <RETAIN ONE AND DELETE OTHERS, OR INSERT REQUIREMENTS TO SUIT PROJECT AND PRODUCTS SELECTED. SEE EVALUATIONS.> a. <IF RETAINING SECOND, THIRD, OR FOURTH CHOICE IN SUBPARA ABOVE, LIST REAGENTS THAT OWNER HAS DETERMINED ARE LIKELY TO CONTACT FLOORING DURING IN-SERVICE USE.> "'END OF SECTION 09671*" Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Resinous Flooring . 09671-5 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.02 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. 1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are In addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. 6. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. C. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components: a. Acoustical wall and ceiling panels. b. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. c. Light fixtures. 2. Finished metal surfaces include the following: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. c. Chromium plate. d. Copper and copper alloys. e. Bronze and brass. 3. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. D. Related Sections include the following: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 09900-1 Painting 1. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming ferrous metal. 2. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" ,for shop priming architectural 3. Division 8 Section "Wood Window Repair" for shop priming wood woodwork. windows. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 3. Semigloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 4. Full gloss refers to high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured at an 85-degree meter. when measured at a 60-degree meter. and 70 when measured at a 60-degree meter. when measured at a 60-degree meter. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system indicated. Include block fillers and primers. 1. Material List: An inclusivs list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and 2. general classification. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material. B. Samples for Verification: For each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate. 1. Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and textures are achieved. 2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each Sample. Label each Sample for location and application. 3. Submit Samples for Architect's review of color and texture only. C. Qualification Data: For Applicator. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Painting 09900-2 1.06 whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Before proceeding with work of this section, finish one complete space or item of each color scheme required, showing selected colors, finish texture, materials, and workmanship. 1. Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of coating and substrate. 2. Apply benchmark samples, according to requirements for the completed Work, after permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated. Provide required sheen, color, and texture on each surface. a. After finishes are accepted, Architect will use the room or surface to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature. 3. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: 1.07 2. 1. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. Product name or title of material. Product description (generic classification or binder type). Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. Thinning instructions. Application instructions. ' Color name and number. VOC content. B. ' Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg. F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 90 deg. F. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 09900-3 Painting - 1.08 B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg. F. C. Do not apply paint in rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg. F above the dew point: or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. 1. Quantity: Furnish Owner with an additional 1 gal. of each material and color applied. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers' Names: The brand-name products listed in the schedule at the end of this section and made by the following manufacturer is the basis of the contract documents. Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers name is used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams). 2.02 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 09900-4 Painting 2.03 C. A. B. C. D. 2.04 A. B. C. are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Colors: Match existing colors in kind. EXTERIOR PRIMERS Exterior Concrete and Masonry Primer: Factory-formulated alkali-resistant acrylic-latex primer for exterior application. 1. Sherwin-Williams; Loxon Exterior Masonry Acrylic Primer A24W300: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils. Exterior Wood Primer for Acrylic Enamels: Factory-formulated alkyd or latex wood primer for exterior application. 1. Sherwin-Williams; A-100 Exterior Latex Wood Primer B42W41: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils. Exterior Ferrous-Metal Primer: Factory-formulated rust-inhibitive metal primer for exterior application. 1. Sherwin-Williams; Kern Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50NZ6/B50WZ1: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils. Exterior Galvanized Metal Primer: Factory-formulated galvanized metal primer for exterior application. 1. Sherwin-Williams; Galvite HS Paint B50WZ3: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils. INTERIOR PRIMERS Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory-formulated latex-based primer for interior application. 1. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite 200 Latex Wall Primer B28W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils. Interior Plaster Primer: Factory-formulated latex-based primer for interior application. 1. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite 200 Latex Wall Primer B28W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils. Interior Wood Primer for Acrylic-Enamel and Semigloss Alkyd-Enamel Finishes: Factory-formulated alkyd- or acrylic-latex-based interior wood primer. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 09900-5 Painting D. 2.05 A. B. C. 2.06 A. B. C. 1. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Wall ahd Wood Primer B49W200 Series: 2. Shewin-Williams; PrepRite Classic Interior Primer B28W101 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils. Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils. Interior Ferrous-Metal Primer: Factory-formulated quick-drying rust-inhibitive alkyd-based metal primer. 1. Sherwin-Williams; Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50NZ6/B50WZl: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils. EXTERIOR FINISH COATS Exterior Flat Acrylic Paint: Factory-formulated flat acrylic-emulsion latex paint for exterior application. 1. Sherwin-Williams; A-I00 Exterior Latex Flat House & Trim Paint A6 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils. Exterior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated semigloss waterborne acrylic-latex enamel for exterior application. 1. Sherwin-Williams; A-1 00 Latex Gloss A8 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils. Exterior Full-Gloss Alkyd Enamel: Factory-formulated full-gloss alkyd enamel for exterior application. 1. Sherwin-Williams; Industrial Enamel 8-54 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils. INTERIOR FINISH COATS Interior Low-Luster Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated eggshell acrylic-latex interior enamel. 1. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Egg-Shell Enamel B20W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated semigloss acrylic-latex enamel for interior application. 1. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel 831 W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils. Interior Semigloss Alkyd Enamel: Factory-formulated semigloss alkyd enamel for interior application. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 09900-6 Painting D. 2.07 A. 0. C. D. E. F. G. 1. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel B34W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.7 mils. Interior Full-Gloss Alkyd Enamel for Wood and Metal Surfaces: Factory- formulated full-gloss alkyd interior enamel. 1. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Alkyd Gloss Enamel B35W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils. INTERIOR WOOD STAINS AND VARNISHES Open-Grain Wood Filler: Factory-formulated paste wood filler applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. Interior Wood Stain: Factory-formulated alkyd-based penetrating wood stain for interior application applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Interior Oil Stain A-48 Series. Clear Sanding Sealer: Factory-formulated fast-drying alkyd-based. clear wood sealer applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Fast Dry Sanding Sealer B26V43. Interior Alkyd- or Polyurethane-Based Clear Satin Varnish: Factory-formulated alkyd- or polyurethane-based clear varnish. 1. . Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Fast Dry Oil Varnish, Satin A66- 300 Series. Interior Waterborne Clear Satin Varnish: Factory-formulated clear satin acrylic- based polyurethane varnish applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Waterborne Polyurethane Satin, A68 Series. Interior Waterborne Clear Gloss Varnish: Factory-formulated clear gloss acrylic- based polyurethane varnish applied at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer. 1. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Waterborne Polyurethane Gloss, A68 Series. Paste Wax: As recommended by manufacturer. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II ~ 09900-7 Painting PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. 1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have 2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants fram the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. ' Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Clean and properly neutralize surface in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified. Remove dirt, dust, grease, oils, and foreign matter. Prepare surface for proper texture necessary to optimum coating adhesion and intended finished appearance. Plan cleaning, preparation, and coating operations to avoid contamination of freshly coated surfaces. 2. Do not apply coatings to labels that identify equipment and fire-resistance ratings. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 09900-8 Painting 3.03 3. Remove hardware, cover plates, and similar items before applying coatings. 4. Provide protection for non-removable items not scheduled for coating. After application of coatings, install removed items. Use only skilled 5. Protect surfaces not scheduled for coating. Clean, repair, or replace to workmen for removal and replacement of such items. the satisfaction of the architect any surfaces inadvertently spattered or coated. 6. Water Blasting is not allowed. Waterblasting can force water into the woodwork rather than cleaning loose paint and grime from the surface. A detergent solution, a medium soft bristle brush, and a garden hose for purposes of rinsing, is the gentlest method allowed involving water. 7. Use of rotary sanding tools or wire stripping tools are STRICTLY PROHIBITED. Review the Preservation Brief in the appendix for acceptable tools. Tools allowed bv the Preservation Brief vet specifically prohibited in this specification section shall not be used. e.a. heat auns. D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. condition, free of foreign materials and-residue. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. schedules. conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Painting 09900-9 .. 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 7. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 8. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended by manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish', color, and . appearance. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for surface or item being painted. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet-back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. E. Electrical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 09900-1 0 Painting . 1. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting. F. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. G. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. H. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. 1. Provide satin finish for final coats. I. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. J. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.05 A. Owner reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as Owner deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied: 1. Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to sample paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to Project will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in the presence of Contractor. 2. Testing agency will perform appropriate tests as required by Owner. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop painting if test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces previously coated with the noncomplying paint. If necessary, Contractor may be required to remove noncomplying paint from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are incompatible. CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Painting 09900-1 1 -. ~ ~~~~~ 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.07 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Concrete, Stucco, and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry): Provide the following finish systems over exterior concrete, stucco, and brick masonry substrates: 1, Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior concrete and masonry primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior flat acrylic paint. B. Smooth Wood: Provide the following finish systems over smooth wood siding, wood trim, and other smooth exterior wood surfaces: 1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over'a primer. a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for acrylic enamels. b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel. C. Wood Trim: Provide the following finish systems over exterior wood trim: 1. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for acrylic enamels. b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel. D. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal. Primer is not required on shop-primed items. 1. Full-Gloss Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer. a. Primer: Exterior ferrous-metal primer. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 09900-12 Painting 3.08 b. Finish Coats: Exterior full-gloss alkyd enamel, E. Zinc-Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior zinc-coated metal surfaces: 1. Full-Gloss Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a galvanized metal primer. a. Primer: Exterior galvanized metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior full-gloss alkyd enamel. INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces: 1. Low-Luster Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel. B. Plaster: Provide the following finish systems over new interior plaster surfaces: 1. Low-Luster Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior plaster primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel. C. Wood and Hardboard: Provide the following paint finish systems over new interior wood surfaces: 1. Low-Luster Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior wood primer for acrylic-enamel and semigloss b. Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel. alkyd-enamel finishes. 2. Semigloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: One finish coat over a wood undercoatsr. a. Primer: Interior wood primer for acrylic-enamel and semigloss b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. alkyd-enamel finishes. D. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal: 1. Semigloss Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior ferrous-metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 09900-1 3 Painting . 3.09 2. Full-Gloss Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior ferrous-metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior full-gloss alkyd enamel for wood and metal surfaces. INTERIOR STAIN AND NATURAL-FINISHWOODWORK SCHEDULE A. Stained Woodwork: Provide the following stained finishes over new interior woodwork: 1. Alkyd-Based Stain Satin-Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of alkyd-based clear satin varnish over a sealer coat and interior wood stain. Wipe wood filler before applying stain. a. Filler Coat: Open-grain wood filler. b. Stain Coat: Interior wood stain. C. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. d. Finish Coats: Interior alkyd- or polyurethane-based clear satin varnish. 2. Waterborne Stain Satin-Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of waterborne clear satin varnish over a sealer coat and waterborne interior wood stain. Wipe wood filler before applying stain. a. Filler Coat: Open-grain wood filler. b. Stain Coat: Interior wood stain. d. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. Finish Coats: Interior waterborne clear satin varnish. 3. Waterborne Stain Full-Gloss Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of waterborne clear full-gloss varnish over a sealer coat and interior wood stain. Wipe filler before applying stain. a. Filler Coat: Open-grain wood filler. b. Stain Coat: Interior wood stain. C. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. d. Finish Coats: Interior waterborne clear gloss varnish, C. 4. Alkyd-Based Stain Wax-Polished Finish: Three finish coats of paste wax over a sealer coat and alkyd-based interior wood stain. a. Stain Coat: Interior wood stain. b. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. C. Finish Coats: Paste wax. 8. Natural-Finish Woodwork: Provide the following natural finishes over new interior woodwork: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II 09900-1 4 Painting 1. Alkyd-Based Satin-Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of alkyd-based clear satin varnish over a sanding sealer. Provide wood filler on open-grain wood before applying first varnish coat. a. Filler Coat: Open-grain wood filler. b. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. c. Finish Coats: Interior alkyd- or polyurethane-based clear satin varnish. 2. Waterborne Satin-Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of waterborne clear satin varnish over a sanding sealer. Wipe wood filler before applying stain. a. Filler Coat: Open-grain wood filler. b. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. c. Finish Coats: Interior waterborne clear satin varnish. 3. Waterborne Full-Gloss Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of waterborne clear full-gloss varnish over a sealer coat. Wipe filler before applying stain. a. Filler Coat: Open-grain wood filler. b. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. c. Finish Coats: Interior waterborne clear gloss varnish. 4. Wax-Polished Finish: Three finish coats of paste wax over a sanding- sealer first coat. a. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. b. Finish Coats: Paste wax. 'END OF SECTION** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Painting 09900-15 SECTION 09960 SPECIAL COATINGS .I .03 1.04 PART 1 1.01 A. 1.02 A. B. A. A. B. C. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes surface preparation and field application of high- performance coating systems to items and surfaces scheduled. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 9 Section "Painting" for general field painting. DEFINITIONS Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. SUBMllTALS Product Data: For each coating system indicated. Include block fillers and primers. 1. Material List: An inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's Information: Manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each material specified. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for each type of finish-coat material indicated. 1. After color selection, Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Atticle to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Special Coatings 09960-1 1.05 1.06 projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed high-performance coating system applications similar in material and extent to those indicated for Project and whose work has a record of successful in-service performance. Experienced in application of specified coatings for a minimum of 5 years on projects of similar size and complexity to this Work. B. Source Limitations: Obtain primers and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample of each type of coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. Duplicate finish of approved sample Submittals. 1. Architect will select one room, area, or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of coating and substrate. a. Wall Surfaces: Provide samples on at least 100 sq. ft. of wall surface. 2. After permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated, apply coatings in this room or to each surface as specified. Provide the required sheen, color, and texture of each surface. a. After finishes are accepted, Architect will use the room or surface to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature. 3. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples, DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HAN,DLlNG A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label with the following information: 2. 1. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Name or title of material. Product description (generic classification or binder type). Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. Thinning instructions. Application instructions. Color name and number. Handling instructions and precautions. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Special Coatings 09960-2 B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg. F. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect materials from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and applying coatings. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg. F. B. Do not apply coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg. F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Allow wet surfaces to dry thoroughly and attain temperature and conditions specified before proceeding with or continuing coating operation. 2. Work may continue during inclement weather only if areas and surfaces to be coated are enclosed and temperature within the area can be maintained within limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the products indicated in the coating system descriptions. B. Manufacturers' Names: The following manufacturer is referred to in the coating system descriptions by shortened versions of their names shown in parenthesis: 1. Tnemec Company, Inc. (Tnemec), 6800 Corporate Drive, Kansas City, Missouri 64120-1372. Phone (800) 863-6321. 2.02 COATINGS MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide primers, undercoats, and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Special Coatings 09960-3 B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's highest grade of the various high- performance coatings specified. Materials not displaying manufacturer's product identification are not acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. C. VOC Classification: Provide high-performance coating materials, including 450 glL or less. primers, undercoats, and finish-coat materials, that have a VOC classification of 2.03 COLORS .. A. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.04 INTERIOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATING SYSTEMS A. Plaster: Provide the following finish systems over interior plaster surfaces: 1. System Type: Acrylate. a. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry, b. Primer: Series 151-1051 Elasto-Grip FC. DFT 1 .O to 2.5 mils. C. Intermediate Coat: Series 156 Enviro-Crete. DFT 4.0 to 8.0 mils. d. Finish Coat: Series 156 Enviro-Crete. DFT 4.0 to 8.0 mils. e. Total DFT: Series 156 Enviro-Crete, 9.0 to 18.5 mils. f. Finish Color: As selected by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. With Applicator present, examine substrates and conditions under which high- performance coatings will be applied, for compliance with coating application requirements. 1. Apply coatings only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 2. Start of application is construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and surfaces to receive coatings are thoroughly dry. within that particular area. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Special Coatings . 09960-4 B. Coordination of Work Review other Sections in which primers or other coatings are provided to ensure compatibility of total systems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of specified finish materials to ensure compatible primers. 1. If a potential incompatibility of primers applied by others exists, obtain the following from the primer Applicator before proceeding: a. Confirmation of primer's suitability for expected service conditions. b. Confirmation of primer's ability to be top coated with materials specified. 2. Notify Architect about anticipated problems before using the coatings specified over substrates primed by others. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be coated. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and coating. 1. After completing coating operations, reinstall items that were removed; use workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying high-performance coatings, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and coating application so dust and other contaminates from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly coated surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be coated according. to manufacturer's written instructions for each substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove primers and reprime substrate. 2. Prepare plaster surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Ensure surfaces are clean, dry, and free of oil, grease, dirt, dust, and 4. Allow plaster to cure and dry out for a minimum of 14 days before coating. 5. Do not coat over plaster containing free water, lime, or other soluble 6. Remove plaster nibs and other protrusions. 7. Patch voids and cracks with approved materials and after dry, sand flush other contaminants. alkaline salts. with surface. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Special Coatings 09960-5 D. Material Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare coating materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying coatings in a. clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir materials before applying to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during' application. Do not stir surface film into the material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain coating material before using. 3. Use only the type of thinners approved by manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: Apply high-performance coatings according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material being applied. 2. Do not apply high-performance coatings over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to forming a durable coating film. 3. Coating colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the coating system descriptions. 4. Provide finish coats compatible with primers used. 5. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, covers, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. B. Scheduling Coating: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for coating as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless of application method. a. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended by manufacturer. b. Where manufacturer's written instructions require sanding, sand between applications to produce a smooth, even surface. c. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until coating has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Special Coatings 09960-6 C. D. E. F. G. 2. If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to edges, corners, crevices, welds, exposed fasteners, and similar surfaces to ensure that they receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. Application Procedures: Apply coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brush Application: Use brushes best suited for material applied and of appropriate size for the surface or item being coated. a. Apply primers and first coats by brush unless manufacturer's b. Brush out and work brush coats into surfaces in an even film. c. Eliminate cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Neatly draw glass lines and color breaks. written instructions permit using roller or mechanical applicators. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as 3. Spray Equipment: Use mechanical methods to apply coating if permitted recommended by manufacturer for the material and texture required. by manufacturer's written instructions and governing regulations. a. Use spray equipment with orifice size recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. b. Apply each coat to provide the equivalent hiding of brush-applied coats. c. Do not double back with spray equipment building-up film thickness of tyo coats in one pass, unless recommended by manufacturer. Minimum Coaling Thickness: Apply each material no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by manufacturer, to material required to be coated or finished that has not been prime coated by others. 1. Recoat primed and sealed substrates if there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to ensure a finish coat with no burn- through or other defects caused by insufficient sealing. Completed Work: Match approved Samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or recoat work that does not comply with specified requirements. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II Special Coatings . 09960-7 3.04 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall provide Inspection Services: 1. Verify coatings and other materials are as specified. 2. Verify surface preparation and application are as specified. 3. Verify DFT of each coat and total DFf of each coating system are as 4. Coating Defects: Check coatings for film characteristics or defects that 5. Report: specified using wet film and dry film gauges. would adversely affect performance or appearance of coating systems. a. Submit written reports describing inspections made and actions b. Report nonconforming work not corrected. taken to correct nonconforming work. C. Submit copies of report to Architect and Contractor. CLEANING A. Cleanup: At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. 1. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being coated or not, against damage from coating operation. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. 1. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly coated finishes. After completing coating operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 2. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and specified in PDCA P1. restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces. Comply with procedures Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase - II ***END OF SECTION"" Special Coatings 09960-8 PART 1 1.01 1.02 1.03 1.04 A. A. A. A, PART 2 2.01 A. B. C. D. SECTION 10400 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES GENERAL GENERAL CONDITIONS: The general conditions and special conditions are a part of this section and the contract for this work and apply to this work and apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein. SUMMARY: A work includes all labor, material and equipment for the furnishing and and/or specified herein. installing of all special concrete finishes as shown and noted on the drawings SUBMITTALS: Provide accurate samples of each different type of proposed sign with proposed finish and color as indicated on the drawings. The City work. Samples shall be approved before proceeding with the respective work. representative shall review and approve the sample prior to commencement of construction. Sample signs, approved, maybe left in place as part of the completed PROTECTION: Special finishes of concrete surfaces shall be protected until final acceptance of the project. MATERIALS ALUMINUM: Extrusions, rolled material and sheets shall be of proper alloy (606146) to produce a quality finish suitable for painting. Material shall be of highest visual grade, free of mill marks, nicks, pits, gouges and other imperfections. All welds shall be continuous. Where appropriate, exceptions may be granted as part of the shop drawing review. Welding shall be of the correct type to and ground smooth. minimize permanent distortion of flat surfaces. Visible welds are to be filled All visible parts shall be ground smooth and filled before painting so that no grinding abrasions are apparent and there is no distortion of the intended form, Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Identification Devices 10400 - 1 E. All aluminum shall be of sufficient gauge to prevent warping and canning. Warped or canned sign faces or backs shall be unacceptable. F. Aluminum cabinets shall be welded and finished so as to appear seamless. G. Where cast aluminum forms meet, seams are to be ground smooth; cast aluminum surfaces are to be beadblasted prior to coating. H. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete, the aluminum material shall be coated with coal tar epoxy. I. All seams shall be water tight. J. Use matthews paint system (or equivalent with City of Carlsbad approval). K. Unless indicated otherwise, brushed aluminum shall be brush #4, horizontal. L. Unless indicated otherwise, all exposed , unpainted aluminum shall be clear coated (gloss). 2.02 STEEL: A. All steel material shall adhere to specifications a.1 through a.5 above. 8. All exposed steel shall be urethane coated unless otherwise noted. Use tnemec (or equivalent with City of Carlsbad approval). C. Unless otherwise indicated on the design intent drawings, sheet metal shall be 18 gauge white galvanized for letter faces and 24 gauge white galvanized for letter returns for reverse channel letterforms. All other sheet metal shall be 18 gauge unless otherwise specified. D. Tube steel shall conform to ASTM a501 grade b. Steel pipe shall conform to ASTM a53 grade b. Steel rolled shapes shall conform to ASTM a36. E. Unless indicated otherwise. brushed steel shall be brush #4 horizontal 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS METAL: A. All metal materials shall be new stock, free from defects impairing strength, durability or appearance, and of sufficient gauge to prevent warping or canning. B. Surface finish shall be smooth, free of extrusion marks or imperfections unless otherwise indicated. Alloy selected must meet structural requirements of the specific application. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase I1 Identification Devices 10400- 2 C. Metal materials shall be painted as follows unless otherwise indicated: ,, 1. Shop prime coat: zinc chromate primer for steel; Acid wash primer for 2. Acrylic urethane with semi-gloss finish, minimum 2 mil thick. aluminum. 2.04 ADHESIVES: A. Type and usage shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular conditions and project requirements. 1. Identify each type and usage on shop drawings. 2. Include data describing method of application. B. Do not use adhesives that will fade, discolor, or delaminate as a result of exposure to ultraviolet light or heat, that change the color of or deteriorate the condition of the materials to which they are applied. 2.05 INKS, PAINTS AND LACQUERS: A. Inks, paints and lacquers required for silk-screened, engraved, imprinted or other surfaces shall be of the type made for the surface material on which applied and recommended by manufacturer. 1. Identify each type and usage on shop drawings, 2. Include data describing method of application. B. Do not use products that will fade, discolor or delaminate as a result of exposure to ultraviolet light source or heat therefrom. C. Prepare surfaces per manufacturer's specifications prior to painting. Include, as a part of this work, prime coats and other surface pre-treatments, where recommended by the manufacturer for inks, paints and lacquers. Porous material should be filled sanded smooth and primed prior to painting unless indicated otherwise. D. All paint shall be spray applied. Pretreatment of surfaces and spray application of paint shall be performed in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. E. Evenly apply inks, paints and lacquers without pinholes, scratches, peeling, application marks, etc. 1. Rear illuminated panels containing the above or other defects which cause light leaks in surface areas to be covered will not be accepted. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase I1 Identification Devices 10400- 3 F. G. H. I. 2.06 A. 2.07 A. 2.08 A. 0. C. D. E. All paint, unless otherwise specified, shall be acrylic urethane in colors graphic designer. Paint is to be the highest quality recommended by the specified on the design intent drawings or as otherwise specified by the manufacturer for specific surfaces. Paint is to be applied to all interior and exterior surfaces and edges of metal parts and components unless otherwise noted and approved. All finish coats should be matte unless otherwise specified or approved as part of the shop drawings. Whitewash - limewash finish to match approved samples'- to appear naturally distressed with age. Porters (lime white) limewash or equivalent. LETTERFORMS AND SPACING: All letterforms, typestyles and spacing shall be as specified on design intent drawings. GRAPHICS: All graphic images shall be accurately reproduced. Lettering that approximates typestyles shall not be acceptable. Cameral-ready or computer-generated layouts and patterns are to be approved for all signs by the owner prior to production. HARDWARE, FASTENERS AND GASKETS: All steel hardware called out "unfinished" is to be lightly sandblasted and dipped in hydrochloric ACld to accelerate rusting process. All ferrous and non-ferrous metals shall be separated with non-conductive (neoprene) gaskets to prevent electrolysis. In addition to gaskets in (2), stainless steel screws or fasteners shall be used to secure ferrous to non-ferrous metals. Unless otherwise specified in the design intent drawings, screws shall be flathead metal. Exposed screws shall be countersunk, and screw heads shall be finished to match the surrounding sign finish and color. Exact locations, sizes, and centers of screws shall be noted on the shop drawings. All exposed bolt and screw heads shall be safety type a and shall be specified in shop drawing submittal. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Identification Devices 10400- 4 2.09 A. 0. C. D. CONCRETE: Concrete footings for freestanding signs shall be approved structural footing mix (1" rock) and prepared per manufacturer's specifications, with a 26-day compressive strength of not less than 2,000 pounds per square inch. Precast concrete sign panels shall be fabricated and cured for 30 days prior to installation. Panel thickness no less than 2". Incised letter forms shall be cast into face of concrete panel. Comers and edges of copy to be true and clean. Copy with rounded positive or negative corners will not be acceptable. Sign face to have light sandblasted finish using 60 wt. Silica sand or finer, prior to installation. Sealant: all panels to be sealed with clear masonry sealer. Sealer to be applied so as to be non-visible in appearance. 1. Integral color: Scofield (n/a) 2. . Letter incised depth: 3/4" deep on widest letter stroke. 3. Mounting: non-rusting backpins shall be used to mount concrete panel to wall. 4. Sign panel faces to be at a 90 degree perpendicular to the radius measure of the wall. Concrete Specifications: 1. Codes and standards: ACI 301 "specifications for structural concrete for buildings"; ACI 31 1 "recommended practice for concrete inspection; ACI 318 "building code requirements for reinforced concrete"; ACI 347 "recommended practice for concrete formwork"; ACI 304 "recommended practice for measuring, mixing, transporting and plAClng concrete"; concrete reinforcing steel institute "manual of standard practice"; comply with applicable provisions except as otherwise indicated. Comply with building code requirements which are more stringent than the above. Perform testing as specified in Div. 1. 2. Refer to drawings general notes for additional requirements. 3. Portland cement: ASTM c 150. Type as specified on the drawings 4. Aggregates: unless otherwise approved by the structural engineer. a. Footings: ASTM c 33, regular concrete. b. Flat sheets or pre-cast panels: use 3/8" pea gravel Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Identification Devices 10400- 5 5. Water: clean, drinkable. 6. Air-entraining admixture: ASTM c 260 per approved mix design. 7. Water-reducing admixture: ASTM c 494. Type a per approved mix design. 8. Reinforcing bars: ASTM a 615. Grade 60. 9. Welded wire fabric: ASTM a 185: flat sheets only. E. Concrete to be painted should be primed with Epicoat. tilt-up concrete sealer (or equivalent) and painted with Frazee Duratec exterior latex (or equivalent). Follow manufacturer's recommendations for surface preparation. .. 2.1 0 WOOD: Specifications for all wood poles: A. All poles shall be pacific coast double fir in varying lengths and diameters as shown on the drawings. Poles shall conform to physical requirements of UBC.25-13, and 25-14 except as follows: 1. Spiral grain twists shall be limited to one half complete turn in any 15 2. Seasoning checks shall not be considered defect, except width of feet of length. checks shall not exceedM?". There shall be no restriction on the length of checks. 3. Butts are to be cut square, no underlenths permitted. Tips shall be 4. Poles shall be selected for uniformity and appearance. cut as shown on the drawings. B. The preservative, Pentachlorophenol, shall meet the requirements of ASTM- dl272 and d1274. Where bolt holes are drilled in the poles during installation of the sign, the holes shall receive a flood-coat of the same preservative used treatment other than preservative. All wood surfaces below grade to be in the pressure treatment of the poles. The poles shall have no other treated with "creosote" or equivalent wood preservative. C. Logs- round pine or fir logs to be hand selected, lightly sandblasted with #60 grit or finer. To be coated with wood preservative tinted with translucent light gray color to appear aged. To match approved samples. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Identification Devices 10400- 6 D. 4"x4", Px6, &6"x6" posts- all visible surfaces to be Adzed texture and lightly sandblasted with #60 grit or finer and finish as specified in drawings. To match approved samples. E. Whitewash- limewash finish to match approved samples- to appear naturally distressed with age. Porters (lime white) limewash or equivalent. Specifications for wood sign panels: A. "A" grade clear kiln dried cedar planks 1 1/2" x 6 or greater. Laminated with are to be sandblasted with copy treated as indicated in design drawings. All marine grade plastic resin glue (spines or dowling are optional). Sign faces panel edges are to be relieved and sanded smooth. B. Sign panels to have two 36" steel eyebolts that extend through entire face of sign with inset bolts at bottom to be plugged flush to bottom of sign face. See detail "e" in design intent drawings. C. Whitewash- limewash finish to match approved samples- to appear naturally distressed with age. Porters (lime white) limewash or equivalent. Specifications for installation: A. All sign locations to be staked on site and approved by the resident engineer prior to installation. B. All footings should be engineered and detailed on shop drawings. C. All poles to be set plumb; vertically true. D. Spoils from post holes to be removed from site by contractor. Contractor to restore to its original condition, any hardscape or landscape disturbed by sign installation. E. Working areas to be left clean and orderly every day during the period of installation 2.1 1 REPRODUCTION PROCESSES: A. Screenprinting shall be executed from photo-screens prepared from digital files. No hand-cut screens will be accepted. B. Perform all screenprinting in such a manner that all edges are true and clean. Letterforms with rounded positive or negative corners, edge build-up or bleeding will not be accepted. C. All edges of letterforms shall be sharp and clean with no edge build-up or bleeding. All surfaces of letterforms shall be without pinholes. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Identification Devices 10400- 7 2.12 ELECTRICAL FIXTURES: A. Automatic time switch: 1, Where specified, sign contractor shall furnish and install a time switch for automatic on-off control of sign lighting. 2. Time switch shall be day-omitting, 40 ampere per pole tork astronomic "z" series, (model 72002, 73002, or 71202 as required) or equal. 3. Where specified, sign contractor shall furnish and install a solar switch for "on-off control of sign lighting. B. Light fixtures: 1. Unless otherwise noted in the drawings, sign contractor shall specify the light fixtures to be used and shall provide cut-sheets and supplemental information (e.g.. color, size, mounting detail) for City of Carlsbad and/or architect approval. 2. Exterior lighting shall be weatherproof. 3. Ground lighting: C. Light to be centered on monument, with exact location to be noted on shop drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 ELECTRICAL SERVICE: A. City of Carlsbad shall provide conduit and electrical service including junction boxes and dedicated sign circuits as indicated on the electrical drawings. Electrical contractor shall configure the electrical components of signs so as not to exceed the power available at each location. Prior to completion of fabrication, electrical contractor shall be responsible for verifying that adequate power is available to each location. If adequate power is not available, electrical contractor shall at no additional cost, adjust sign electrical components as necessary to operate signs using the actual service available at each location. B. Electrical contractor shall extend conduit and wiring provided at each sign location into the sign structure through the sign footing or other concealed pathway, including any below-grade junction boxes. Electrical runs shall be internalized in sign components, columns, and mounting structures with hollow metal components when available. Visible external electrical fixtures or conduit shall not be allowed. Where field conditions prevent concealment of conduit, electrical contractor is to use least visible route. Such exposed conduit will be painted to match background. Electrical cut-off switches shall be flush with the Leo Carriilo Ranch Phase Ii identification Devices 10400- 8 sign surface and on the sign surface fAClng away from the street or pedestrian entrance unless otherwise indicated on the design intent drawings. Switch plates shall be finished to match surrounding surface. C. Electrical contractor shall be responsible for effecting the final connection of the electrical components to the electrical service and assuring that the electrical fixtures for each sign are operational. D. Electrical contractor shall use underwriter's laboratory-approved components, and ul-approved labels shall be affixed to all electrical fixtures. E. Electrical contractor shall be responsible for coordinating.with the City of Carlsbad, sign contractor and their subcontractors as necessary for expeditious performance of all electrical work related to signage. ., 3.02 CONSTRUCTION: A. Signs must be of durable rust-inhibited materials unless otherwise specified in the approved shop drawings that are appropriate and complementary to the building. B. All formed metal, such as letter forms, shall be fabricated using full-weld construction unless otherwise noted and approved. Formed metal sign components shall be bent on a continuous curve without apparent elbows or kinks. C. All ferrous and non-ferrous metals shall be separated with non-conductive neoprene gaskets to prevent electrolysis. In addition to gaskets, stainless steel fasteners shall be used to secure ferrous to non-ferrous metals. D. Paint colors must be reviewed and approved by the City of Carlsbad. Color coatings shall exactly match the colors specified on the approved plans. E. Surfaces with color mixes and hues prone to fading (e.g., pastels, fluorescent, complex mixtures, and intense reds, yellows and purples) shall be coated with ultraviolet-inhibiting clear coat in a matte or semi-gloss finish unless otherwise noted and approved. F. Joining of materials (e.g.. seams) shall be finished in such a way as to be unnoticeable (Le., butted seams). Overlapped seams shall be considered unacceptable. Visible welds shall be continuous and ground smooth. Rivets, screws, and other fasteners that extend to visible surfaces shall be flush, filled, and finished so as to be unnoticeable. G. Finished surfaces of metal unless otherwise indicated shall be free from canning and warping. All sign finishes shall be free of dust, orange peel, drips, and runs and shall have a uniform surface conforming to the highest standards of the industry. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Identification Devices 10400- 9 H. I. J. K. L. M. N. 0. P. 3.03 A. B. Penetrations into building walls, where required, shall be made waterproof. Location of all openings for wnduit sleeves and support in sign Panels and to the City of Carlsbad. Sign contractor shall install same in accordance with building walls shall be indicated by the sign contractor on drawings submitted the approved drawings. In no case shall any manufacturer's label be visible from normal viewing angles. Sign permit stickers should be affixed so as not to be visible from the street. All access panels shall be waterproof and concealed from public view. Panels shall be inset so that outer surface of panel aligns flush with outer surface of sign to which it is attached. Attachment shall be by means of counter sunk flat head screws (tamper proof where accessible to public). Paint finish screw heads to match surrounding color. Metal below grade or in contact with grade-level concrete shall be coated with coal tar epoxy. All metal interior surfaces of internally illuminated sign cabinets to be painted white. All pop rivets where indicated on engineer's drawings shall be submitted with flush rivets where visually exposed. Anti-graffiti coating to be applied to all signs accessible to the public. Specify brand of anti-graffiti coating and provide cut sheet along with shop drawings. INSTALLATION: Schedule: 1. All dates for sign installation must be approved in advance and coordinated with the City of Carlsbad. Location And Placement: 1. Letters shall be carefully spaced and accurately set in place, both vertically and horizontally, with overall inscription to conform with the design intent drawings and approved templates and patterns. 2. Locations for each ground sign shall be staked by the sign contractor. Staked locations must be approved by the City of Carlsbad or its designated representative prior to installation. 3. Sign installation shall be coordinated with other work on the site and arranged with the City of Carisbad. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II Identification Devices 10400- 10 C. Installation Conditions: 1. Working areas are to be left clean and orderly every day during the period of installation. All work is to be coordinated with the general contractor and other trades working on the site. 2. In case of damage to landscaping material, irrigation lines, or other underground or above-ground equipment, the City of Carlsbad and/or general contractor shall be notified and the repairs shall be made to his satisfaction. All damaged material shall be repaired and left in the same condition as it was found. All grades are to be restored to the original condition. .. 3. All installations are to comply with approved shop drawings. 3.04 ADJUSTMENTS AND REPAIRS: A. The sign contractor shall repair, or remove and replace with new materials, all damaged units and units not complying with contract documents as approved by the graphic designer, at no additional cost to the City of Carlsbad. 3.05 CLEANING: A. Prior to final inspection and acceptance by the City of Carlsbad, the sign contractor shall remove all protective coatings and stickers, clean metal and painted surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, and remove debris from the work site. 3.06 MAINTENANCE: A. Prior to final payment, the sign contractor shall provide to the City of Carlsbad written instructions for proper maintenance of all signs and signage elements. Instructions shall address periodic cleaning, service access, replacement procedures, and painting. Where applicable, color specifications shall also be brovided. Leo Carrillo Ranch Phase II ""END OF SECTION**" Identification Devices 10400- I I SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.02 1.03 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Toilet and bath accessories. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions and thicknesses, dimensions, profiles, fastening and mounting methods, specified options, and finishes for each type of accessory specified. B. Setting Drawings: For cutouts required .in other work; include templates, substrate preparation instructions, and directions for preparing cutouts and installing anchoring devices. C. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. Use designations indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule and room designations indicated on Drawings in product schedule. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed to view in same areas, unless otherwise approved by Architect. B. Product Options: Accessory requirements, including those for materials, finishes, dimensions, capacities, and performance, are established by specific products indicated in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule. 1. Do not modify aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. Where modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Toilet and Bath Accessories 10800-1 1.05 1.06 2.02 A. B. A. B. PART 2 2.01 A. B. A. B. C. COORDINATION Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for 'access by disabled persons,. proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. WARRANTY General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's Mirror Warranty: Written warranty, executed by mirror manufacturer agreeing to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within minimum warranty period indicated. 1. Minimum Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide accessories by one of the following: 1. Toilet and Bath Accessories: a. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products end of Part 3. indicated for each designation in the Toilet and Bath Accessory Schedule at the MATERIALS Cabinet: 18-8 S, Type 304, heavy gauge stainless steel. All welded construction. All exposed surfaces shall have No. 4 finish (satin) unless otherwise indicated. Flanges: 18-8 S, Type 304, 22 gauge stainless steel with No. 4 finish (satin) unless otherwise indicated. Drawn and beveled, one-piece construction. Doors: 18-8 S, Type 304, 18 gauge stainless steel with No. 4 finish (satin) unless otherwise indicated. One-piece, seamless construction. Secure to cabinet with full length stainless steel piano hinge. Leo Garrillo Ranch - Phase II Toilet and Bath Accessories 10800-2 D. E. F. 2.03 A. 0. C. D. PART 3 3.01 A. 0. Permanent Panels: 18-8 S, Type 304, 22 gauge stainless steel with No. 4 finish (satin) unless otherwise indicated. Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, No. 1 quality ,nominal 1/8"' thick, with silvering, electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating complying with FS DD-"411. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed. FABRICATION General: Names or labels are not permitted on exposed faces of accessories. On interior surface not exposed to view or on back surface of each accessory, provide printed, waterproof label or stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. Recessed Toilet Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units of all- welded construction, without mitered corners. Hang doors and access panels with full-length, stainless-steel hinge. Provide anchorage that is fully concealed when unit is closed. Framed Glass-Mirror Units: Fabricate frames for glass-mirror units to accommodate glass edge protection material. Provide mirror backing and support system that permits rigid, tamper-resistant glass installation and prevents moisture accumulation. 1. Provide galvanized steel backing sheet, not less than 0.034 inch and full mirror size, with nonabsorptive filler material. Corrugated cardboard is not an acceptable filler material. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. EXECUTION INSTALLATION Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamper-resistant manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units level, plumb, and square at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions for substrate indicated. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Toilet and Bath Accessories 10800-3 C. 3.02 A. B. C. 3.03 .. A. B. C. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 Ibf, when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written recommendations. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORY SCHEDULE Combination Towel DispenserMlaste Receptacles : Where this designation is indicated, provide stainless-steel combination unit complying with the following: 1. Products: Bobrick 8-369, Recessed Paper Towel Dispenser and Waste 2. Recessed Type: Designed for nominal 4-inch wall depth with continuous, Receptacle. seamless wall flange; towel dispenser in unit's upper compartment . designed to dispense minimum of 350 C-fold or 475 multifold paper towels; waste receptacle in unit's lower compartment with minimum 2-gal. capacity. Multipurpose Units : Where this designation is indicated, provide stainless-steel combination unit complying with the following: 1. Products: Bobrick 8-3474iB-3574, Recessed Toilet-Seat-Cover and Toilet Tissue Dispenser and Sanitary Napkin Disposal Receptacle (Women's only). 2. General: Provide multipurpose unit with seamless wall-flange; cabinet and door with continuous hinge and tumbler lockset; and the following features: a. Toilet Tissue Dispenser (2). b. Disposal Panel (Women's only): 18-8 S, Type 304, 22 gauge stainless steel with No. 4 finish (satin). Secure to door with a spring-loaded, full-length stainless steel piano-hinge. Equip with an international graphic symbol identifying napkin disposal. for servicing. Capacity: 0.8 gal. C. Waste Receptacle: Leak-proof molded polyethylene. Removable Grab Bars: Where this designation is indicated, provide stainless-steel grab bar complying with the following: 1. Products: Bobrick B-6806 x 36/8-6606 x 42, 1 1/2" Diameter Stainless Steel Grab Bars. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Toilet and Bath Accessories . 10800-4 2. Stainless-Steel Nominal Thickness: Minimum 18 gauge. 3. Mounting: Concealed with manufacturer's standard flanges and anchors. 4. Gripping Surfaces: Smooth, satin finish. 5. Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches for heavy-duty applications. D. Mirror Units : Where this designation is indicated, provide mirror unit complying with the following: 1. Products: Bobrick B-165 2436, Mirror with Stainless Steel Channel Frame. 2. Stainless-Steel, Channel-Framed Mirror: Fabricate frame from stainless- steel channels in manufacturer's standard bright finish with square corners mitered to hairline joints. E. Lavatory Mounted Soap Dispenser Units : Where this designation is indicated, provide soap dispenser unit complying with the following: 1. Products: Bobrick B-8221, Lavatory Mounted Soap Dispenser. *'*END OF SECTION"' Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase II Toilet and Bath Accessories 10800-5 SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY: .. A. This Section includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. a. 9. 10. 11. 12. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most Transition fittings. piping systems. Dielectric fittings. Mechanical sleeve seals. Sleeves. Escutcheons. Grout. Mechanical demolition. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. Painting and finishing. . Concrete bases. Supports and anchorages. 1.03 DEFINITIONS: A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 1 D. E. F. G. 1.04 A. 1.05 A. C. Leo Carrillo Concealed, Interior tnstallations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but within unheated shelters. subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. 2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. 4. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. The following.are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 2. 1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 3. PE: Polyethylene plastic. SUBMITTALS: 'Product Data: For the following: 1. Transition fittings. 2. Dielectric fittings. 4. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. Escutcheons. Welding certificates. QUALITY ASSURANCE: AWS Dl .1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. Comolv with Drovisions in ASME 831 Series, "Code for Pressure Pipiig:" 2. Certifv that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 2 1.06 A. B. 1.07 A. B. C. PART 2 - 2.01 A. 2.02 A. circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appmpriately modified. tf minimom energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. COORDINATION: Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for mechanical Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8 Section “Access items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Doors and Frames.” PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide manufacturers specified. products by the manufacturers specified. PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS: Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 3 B. Pipe Threads: ASME 61.20.7 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.03 JOINING MATERIALS: A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME 816.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, ll8-inch (3.2-mm) maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron cast-bronze flanges. and steel flanges. 2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated. C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. D. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, .Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water- flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAgl, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated. G. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. H. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. 1. ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235. 3. ASTM F 656. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to 4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 31 38. Leo Carrilio Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 4 I. Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by Pipe manufacturer. 2.04 TRANSITION FITTINGS: A. AWWA Transition Couplings: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to and with ends compatible with, piping to be joined. 1. Manufacturers: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Dresser Industries, Inc.: DMD Div. c. Ford Meter Box Company, Incorporated (The); Pipe d. JCM Industries. e. Smith-Blair, Inc. f. Viking Johnson. Products Div. 2. Underground Piping NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: 3. Underground Piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and Larger: AWWA C219, 4. Aboveground Pressure Piping: Pipe fitting. Manufactured fitting or coupling. metal sleeve-type coupling. B. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-joint end. 1. Manufacturers: a. Eslon Thermoplastics. C. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11 equivalent dimensions: one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-joint end. 1. Manufacturers: a. Thompson Plastics, Inc. D. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: MSS SP-107, PVC four-part union. Include brass end, solvent-cement-joint end, rubber O-ring, and union nut. 1. Manufacturers: a. NIBCO INC. b. NIBCO, Inc.; Chemtrol Div. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 5 E. 2.05 A. B. C. D. E. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Drainage Piping: ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve, ends same Size as piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant metal band on each end. 1. Manufacturers: a. Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. b. Fernco, Inc. C. Mission Rubber Company. d. Plastic Oddities. Inc. DIELECTRIC FITTINGS: Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. (1725-kPa) minimum working pressure at 180 deg F (82 deg C). Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig 1. Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. C. Eclipse, Inc. d. Epco Sales, Inc. e. Hart Industries, International, Inc. f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 9. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150-psig (1035- or 2070-kPa) minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. 1. Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. C. Epco Sales, Inc. d. Watts Industries. Inc.; Water Products Div. Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full-face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 1. Manufacturers: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 6 a. Advance Products & SyStemS, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. d. Pipeline.Seal and Insulator. Inc. Central Plastics Company. C. 2. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig (1035- or 2070-kPa) minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures. F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig (2070- kPa) minimum working pressure at 225 deg F (107 deg C). 1. Manufacturers: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp. G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig (2070-kPa) minimum working pressure at 225 deg F (107 deg C). 1. Manufacturers: a. Perfection Corp. b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. c. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Victaulic Co. of America. 2.06 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS: A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annularspace between pipe and sleeve. 1. Manufacturers: a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. C. Metraflex Co. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 7 2.07 A. 8. C. D. E. F. G. 2.08 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. SLEEVES: Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0,0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B. Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer ' ESCUTCHEONS: with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, piping and an OD that completely covers opening. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated finish. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With spring clips and chrome-plated finish. chrome-plated finish. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, spring clips and One-Piece, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 8 H. SpFfi-Cadng, Floor-Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw. 2.09 GROUT: A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION: A. Refer to Division 1 Sections "Cutting and Patching" and "Selective Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove mechanical systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be compatible piping material. removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or 2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. 3. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible 4. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or ductwork material. 5. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and compatible ductwork material. 6. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap remove equipment. services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. 7. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. 3.02 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 9 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. Install piping to permit valve servicing. Install piping at indicated slopes. Install piping free of sags and bends. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Install piping to allow application of insulation. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following: 1. New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One- b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with piece, deep-pattern type. polished chrome-plated finish. spring clips. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome- e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished plated finish. Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type. finish. One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated C. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 10 g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, One-piece, stamped-steel type and set screw. cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. stamped-steel type with exposed-rivet hinge and set screw. type. steel type with spring clips. One-piece, floor-plate type. 2. Existing Piping: Use the following: I. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped- I. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: a. b. C. d. e. f. 9. h. I. i. k. Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish. Insulated Piping: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with exposed-rivet hinge and spring clips. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and spring clips. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and set screw. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with exposed-rivet hinge and set screw or spring clips. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, cast-brass Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-plate, stamped- steel type with set screw or spring clips. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, floor-plate type. type. M. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. N. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves. 0. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 11 P. InstaN sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are 3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) constructed. annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6 (DN 150). b. Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 (DN 150) and c. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with larger, penetrating gypsum-board partitions. membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. Refer to Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing. 1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout. 4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation. Q. Aboveground, Exterior-Wail Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1- inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches (150 mm) in diameter. 2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches (150'mm) and larger in diameter. 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 12 R. S. T. U. 3.03 A. B. C. D. E. F. Underground, Exterior-WaH Pipe Penefrations: tnstall cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for I-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for materials. penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 7 Section Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements. PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION: Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook." "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME 81.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe e threads unless dry seal threading is specified. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 13 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Welded Joints: COnStNCt joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. I. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, 2. ABS Piping: Join .according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 primers, and solvent cements. 3. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendixes. 4. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC Appendix. pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 6. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to 5. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. ASTM D 31 38 Appendix. J. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 31 39. K. Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212. L. PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. M. Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 3.04 PIPING CONNECTIONS: A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 14 3.05 A. B. C. D. 3.06 A. 0. 3.07 A. 0. C. 3.08 A. .. 2. lmtall flanges, in piping NPS 2-?/2 (DN 65) and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. .. EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS: Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. .. PAINTING: .Painting of mechanical systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 9 Section "[Palnting (Consumer Line Products)] [Painting (Professional Line Products)]." Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish. ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES: Refer to Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrication9 for structural steel. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES: Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 15 6. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members, Install fasteners without splitting wood members. C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads. 3.9 GROUTING: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Mix and install grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. Place grout, completely tilling equipment bases. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. Place grout around anchors. Cure placed grout. Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two ***End of Section**' Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050 - 16 PART 1 - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 0. 1.03 A. 0. 1.04 A. 0. C. SECTION 15060 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes hangers and supports for mechanical system piping and equipment. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for materials for attaching hangers and supports to building structure. 2. Division 13 Sections on tire-suppression piping for fire- 3. suppression pipe hangers. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints" for vibration isolation and seismic restraint devices. DEFINITIONS: MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for the Valve and Fittings Industry. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: Design channel support systems for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. Design heavy-duty steel trapezes for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. Design seismic restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Hangers and Supports 15060 - 1 D. 1.05 A. B. C. 1.06 A. 0. C. PART 2 - 2.01 A. B. Design and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction for seismic restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment. SUBMITTALS: component, and thermal-hanger shield insert indicated. Product Data: For each type of pipe hanger, channel support system Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer for multiple piping supports and trapeze hangers. Include design fabrication details. calculations and indicate size and characteristics of components and Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and operators. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." Engineering Responsibility: Design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for each multiple pipe support and trapeze by a qualified professional engineer. Engineering Responsibility: Design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for each multiple pipe support, trapeze, and seismic restraint by a qualified professional engineer. 1. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of hangers and supports that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Leo Carrillc I Ranch - Phase Two Hangers and Supports 15060 - 2 I. Pipe Hangers: a. b. d. e. f. 9. h. J. k. I. C. I. AAA Technology and Specialties Co., Inc. 8-Line Systems, Inc. Carpenter & Patterson, Inc. Globe Pipe Hanger Products, Inc. Empire Tool & Manufacturing Co., Inc. Grinnell Corp. GS Metals Corp. Michigan Hanger Co., Inc. National Pipe Hanger Corp. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. PHS Industries, Inc. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. 2. Channel Support Systems: a. b. . d. e. f. 9. h. C. B-Line Systems, Inc. Grinnell Corp.; Power-Strut Unit. GS Metals Corp. Michigan Hanger Co., Inc.; 0-Strut Div. National Pipe Hanger Corp. Thomas & Betts Corp. Unistrut Corp. Wesanco, Inc. 3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: a. Carpenter & Patterson, Inc. b. Michigan Hanger Co., Inc. C. PHS Industries, Inc. d. Pipe Shields, Inc. e. Rilco Manufacturing Co., Inc. f. Value Engineered Products, Inc, 4. Powder-Actuated Fastener Systems: a. Gunnebo Fastening Corp. b. Hilti, Inc. C. ITW RamseVRed Head. d. Masterset Fastening Systems, Inc, 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS: A. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components: MSS SP-58, factory- fabricated components. Refer to "Hanger and Support Applications" Article in Part 3 for where to use specific hanger and support types. 1. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: For piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Hangers and Supports 15060 - 3 B. C. 2.03 A. 0. C. D. 2. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. Channel Support Systems: MFMA-2, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. 2. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: 100-psi (690-kPa) minimum compressive-strength insulation, encased in sheet metal shield. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass or water-repellent-treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with vapor barrier. Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass with vapor barrier. Material for Cold Piping: Water-repellent-treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with vapor barrier. Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass or water-repellent-treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate. Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type I cellular glass. Material for Hot Piping; Water-repellent-treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate. For Trapeze or Clamped System: Insert and shield cover entire circumference of pipe. For Clevis or Band Hanger: Insert and shield cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches (50 mm) beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated-type, drive-pin attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars, black and galvanized. Grout: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, factory-mixed and -packaged, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Hangers and Supports 15060 - 4 1. Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both interior and exterior applications. 2. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 3. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS: A. Specific hanger requirements are specified in Sections specifying equipment and systems. 6. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Specification Sections. C. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN15 to DN750). Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 16 (DN100 to DN400), requiring up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN20 to DN600), requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 (DN15 to' DN600), if little or no insulation is required. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 112 to NPS 4 (DN15 to DNlOO), to allow off-center closure for hanger Adjustable Swivel Split- or Solid-Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For installation before pipe erection. suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 8 (DN20 to DN200). Adjustable Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 112 to NPS 8 (DN15 to DN200). Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of DN200). noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN15 to Adjustable Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2 (DN15 to DN50). Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Hangers and Supports 15060 - 5 IO. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Split Pipe-Ring with or without Turnbuckle-Adjustment Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8 (DN10 to DN200). Extension Hinged or Two-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For SusDension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to .~ ~~~ NPS 3 (DN10 to DN8O). U-Bolts (MSS TvDe 24): For support of heavy Pipe, NPS 112 to . ~~ NPS 30 (DN15 tO'DN750). Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN100 to DN900), with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN100 to DN900), with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange and with U-bolt to retain pipe. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion- type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 (DN65 to DN900), if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30 (DN25 to DN750), from two rods if longitudinal Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 20 (DN65 to DN500), from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might .. occur. 19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42 (DN50 to DN1050), if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. 20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 24 (DN50 to DN600), if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is not necessary. 21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 30 (DN50 to DN750), if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. D. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20 (DN20 to DN500). 2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20 (DN20 to DN500), if longer ends are required for riser clamps. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Hangers and Supports 15060 - 6 E. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, 4. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F (150 mm) for heavy loads. 232 deg C) piping installations. split pipe rings. rods to various types of building attachments. (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. F. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. installations with bar-joist construction to attach to top flange of , structural shape. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. rod is required tangent to flange edge. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I-beams for heavy loads. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I-beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 Ib (340 kg). c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 Ib (1350 kg). b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 Ib (675 kg). Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Hangers and Supports 15060 - 7 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where head room is limited. G. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe, 360-degree insert of high-density, 100-psi (690-kPa) minimum compressive-strength, water-repellent-treated calcium silicate or insulation with vapor barrier and encased in 360-degree sheet cellular-glass pipe insulation, same thickness as adjoining metal shield. H. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Restraint-Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. Spring Cushions (MSS Type48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4 inches (32 mm). Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, for erection, hydrostatic test, and load-adjustment capability. critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops These supports include the following types: a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. c. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical-type supports and Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Hangers and Supports one trapeze member. 15060 - 8 3.02 A. 6. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION: Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Camply with MSS SP-69 and required to properly support piping from building structure. MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as Channel Support System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled channel systems. 1. Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written instructions. Heavy-Duty Steel Trapeze Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-fabricated, heavy- duty trapezes. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D-111. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, and expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. Install powder-actuated drive-pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder- actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder- actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between expansion bends, and similar units, pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Hangers and Supports 15060 - 9 J. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME 831.9, "Building Services Piping," is not exceeded. K. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according, to ASME 831.9. of insert. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles, if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DNIOO) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DNIOO) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions'for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. . NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN8 to DN90): 12 inches (305 b. NPS 4 (DN100): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.06 inch c. NPS 5 and NPS 6 (DN125 and DN150): 18 inches (457 d. NPS 8 to NPS 14 (DN200 to DN350): 24 inches (610 mm) e. NPS 16 to NPS 24 (DN400 to DN600): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mrn) thick. (1.52 mm) thick. mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. long and 0.075 inch (1.91 mm) thick. mm) long and 0.105 inch (2.67 mm) thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 (DN200) and Larger: Include wood inserts. 6. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. 7. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.03 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Hangers and Supports 15060- 10 A. 0. 3.04 A. B. C. 3.05 A. 3.06 A. B. C. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to support equipment above floor. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. METAL FABRICATION: Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and equipment supports. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Dl .I procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows afler finishing and contours- of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. ADJUSTING: Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. PAINTING: Touching Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). Touching Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Hangers and Supports 15060 - 11 , Leo Carrilio Ranch - Phase Two "End of Section" Hangers and Supports 15060 - 12 SECTION 15083 PIPE INSULATION PART 1 - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. B. 1.03 A. B. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divislon 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes preformed, rigid and flexible pipe insulation; insulating cements; field-applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing compounds. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Hydronic Distribution" for loose-fill pipe insulation in underground piping outside the building. 2. Division 2 Section "Steam Distribution" for loose-fill pipe insulation in underground piping outside the building. 3. Division 7 Section "Firestopping" for firestopping materials and requirements for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers. 4. Division 15 Section "Duct Insulation" for insulation for ducts and 5. Division 15 Section "Equipment Insulation" for insulation materials plenums. and application for pumps, tanks, hydronic specialties, and other equipment. 6. Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe insulation shields and protection saddles. SUBMITTALS: factory and field applied, if any), for each type of product indicated. Product Data: Identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for the following: 1. Application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at pipe hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Attachment and covering of heat trace inside insulation. 3. Insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Pipe Insulation 15083 - 1 C. D. E. 1.04 A. B. 1.05 A. 4. Insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and 5. Removable insulation at piping specialties and equipment 6. Application of field-applied jackets. Samples: For each type of insulation and jacket. Identify each Sample, describing product and intended use. Submit Samples in the following sizes: 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation Materials: 12 inches (300 mm) long by 2. Sheet Form Insulation Materials: 12 inches (300 mm) square. 3. Jacket Materials: 12 inches (300 mm) long by NPS 2 (DN50). specialties for each type of insulation. connections. NPS 2 (DN50). 4. Manufacturer's Color Charts: Show the full range of colors available for each type of field-applied finish material indicated. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests. Installer Certificates: Signed by the Contractor certifying that installers comply with requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE: completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully certified by the US. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread rating of 75 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 50 or less. and smoke-developed rating of 150 or less. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Pipe Insulation 15083 - 2 -~ 1.06 COORDINATION: A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for insulation application. C. Coordinate installation and testing of steam or electric heat tracing. 1.07 SCHEDULING: A. Schedule insulation application after testing piping systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat-trace tape. Insulation application may begin on segments of piping that have satisfactory test results. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: a. CertainTeed Manson. b. Knauf FiberGIass GmbH. d. c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. Schuller International, Inc. 2.02 INSULATION MATERIALS: A. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin complying with the following: 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 547, Type 1, 2. Blanket Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 553, Type 11, without with factory-applied, all-purpose, vapor-retarder jacket. facing. following classes and grades: 3. Fire-Resistant Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C in the Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Pipe Insulation 15083 - 3 a. Class 1, Grade A for bonding glass cloth and tape to unfaced glass-fiber insulation, for sealing edges of glass- fiber insulation, and for bonding lagging cloth to unfaced glass-fiber insulation. b. Class 2, Grade A for bonding glass-fiber insulation to metal surfaces. 4. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Fire- and water-resistant, vapor-retarder mastic for indoor applications. Comply with MIL-C-l9565C, Type II. 5. Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cements: Comply with ASTM C 195. 6. Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cements: Comply 7. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: with ASTM C 196. Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. 2.03 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS: A. General: ASTM C 921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated. B. Foil and Paper Jacket: Laminated, glass-fiber-reinforced, flame-retardant kraft paper and aluminum foil. 2.04 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS: .- A. Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I for cloth and Type II for tape. Woven glass-fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd. (270 g/sq. m). 1. Tape Width: 4 inches (100 mm). 2.05 VAPOR RETARDERS: A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. - Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Pipe Insulation 15083 - 4 - 3.02 A. 3.03 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. PREPARATION: Surface Preparation: Clean and dry pipe and fitting surfaces. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS: Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping, including fittings, valves, and specialties. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and thicknesses required for each piping system. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal pipe runs. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. Seal joints and seams with vapor-retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a vapor retarder. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical. Apply insulation over fittings with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to special instructions for applying insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-retarder mastic. 1. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Pipe Insulation 15083 - 5 2. For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs at least 12 inches (300 mm) from point of attachment to pipe and taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. 3. Install insert materials and apply insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recornmended by the insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect the jacket from tear or puncture by the hanger, support, and shield. M. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. N. Apply adhesives and mastics at the manufacturer's recommended coverage rate. 0. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows: 1. Pull jacket tight and smooth. 2. Circumferential Joints: Cover with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges .of strip and spaced 4 inches (100 mm) O.C. 3. Longitudinal Seams: Overlap jacket seams at least 1-1/2 inches (40 mm). Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches (100 mm) O.C. a. Exception: Do not staple longitudinal laps on insulation having a vapor retarder. 4. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to flanges, 5. At penetrations in jackets for thermometers and pressure gages, unions, valves, and fittings. fill and seal voids with vapor-retarder mastic. P. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and floors. Q. Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. 1. Firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers are specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." - Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Pipe Insulation 15083 - 6 R. Floor Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through floor assembly. 1. For insulation with vapor retarders, seal insulation with vapor- retarder mastic where floor supports penetrate vapor retarder. 3.04 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION: A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire, 2. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal longitudinal seams and tape, or bands without deforming insulation materials. end joints with vapor-retarder mastic. Apply vapor retarder to ends of insulation at intervals of 15 to 20 feet (4.5 to 6 m) to form 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets, secure laps with a vapor retarder between pipe insulation segments. outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) O.C. 4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor retarders, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by the insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-retarder mastic. B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the 1. Apply preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. 4. Apply canvas jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlapping seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with vapor-retarder mastic. C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure 2. When premolded insulation elbows and fittings are not available, according to manufacturer's written instructions. apply mitered sections of pipe insulation, or glass-fiber blanket insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire, tape, or bands. 4. Cover fittings with heavy PVC fitting covers. Overlap PVC covers 3. Cover fittings with standard PVC fitting covers. on pipe insulation jackets at least 1 inch (25 mm) at each end. Secure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal seams with tape and vapor-retarder mastic. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Pipe Insulation 15083 - 7 3.05 CELLULAR-GLASS INSULATION APPLICATION: A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: 1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire, tape, or bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal longitudinal seams and end joints with vapor-retarder mastic. 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) O.C. 4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor retarders, do adhesive as recornmended by the insulation material not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional manufacturer and seal with vapor-retarder mastic. B. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 1. Apply premolded insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When premolded sections of insulation are not available, apply mitered sections of cellular-glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire, tape, or bands. 3. Cover fittings with standard PVC fitting covers. 4. Cover fittings with heavy PVC fitting covers. Overlap PVC covers on pipe insulation jackets at least 1 inch (25 mm) at each end. Secure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal seams with tape and vapor-retarder mastic. 3.06 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL INSULATION APPLICATION: A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: 1. Follow manufacturer's written instructions for applying insulation. 2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 1. Apply pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. 3. outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and sections of sheet insulation of the same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. " Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Pipe Insulation 15083 - 8 C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 2. 1. Apply mitered sections of pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. 3.07 PIPING SYSTEM APPLICATIONS: A. Insulation materials and thickness are specified in schedules at the end of this Section. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the following systems, materials, and equipment: 1. Flexible connectors. 2. Vibration-control devices. 3. Fire-suppression piping. 4. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces, unless otherwise 5. Below-grade piping, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings, unless potential for personnel 7. Air chambers, unions, strainers, check valves, plug valves, and indicated. injury. flow regulators. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Inspection: Owner will engage a qualified inspection agency to perform the following field quality-control inspections, after installing insulation materials, jackets, and finishes, to determine compliance with requirements: B. Inspection: Engage a qualified inspection agency to perform the following field quality-control inspections, after installing insulation materials, jackets, and finishes, to determine compliance with requirements: C. Inspection: Perform the following field quality-control inspections, after installing insulation materials, jackets, and finishes, to determine compliance with requirements: 1. Inspect fittings and valves randomly selected by Architect. 2. Remove fitting covers from 20 elbows or 1 percent of elbows, 3. Remove fitting covers from 20 valves or 1 percent of valves, whichever is less, for various pipe sizes. whichever is less, for various pipe sizes. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Pipe Insulation 15083 - 9 D. E. 3.09 A. B. 3.010 A. B. Insulation applications will be considered defective if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. Remove defective Work and replace with new materials according to these Specifications. Reinstall insulation and covers on fittings and valves uncovered for inspection according to these Specifications. INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL: Refer to insulation application schedules for required insulation materials, vapor retarders, and field-applied jackets. Application schedules identify piping system and indicate pipe size ranges and material, thickness, and jacket requirements. INTERIOR INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE: Service: Domestic hot and recirculated hot water. 1. Operating Temperature: 60 to 140 deg F (15 to 60 deg C). 2. Insulation Material: Cellular glass, with jacket. 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Copper Pipe, %" tp 4: %" thick. -. 4. Field-Applied Jacket: [Foil and paper] [PVC] [Aluminum] [Stainless steel] [None]. 5. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes 6. Finish: None. Service: Exposed sanitary drains and domestic water supplies and stops for fixtures for the disabled. 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 120 deg F (2 to 49 deg C). 2. Insulation Material: Flexible elastomeric. 3. 4. Field-Applied Jacket: PVC P-trap and supply covers. Insulation Thickness: X' thick. 5. Vapor Retarder Required: No. 6. Finish: Painted **'End Of Section*** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Pipe Insulation 15083 - 10 SECTION 15110 VALVES PART 1 - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. . .- I .03 A. 1.04 A. 1.05 A. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes the following general-duty valves: 1, Bronze angle valves. 2. Cast-iron angle valves. 3. Copper-alloy ball valves. 4. Bronze check valves. DEFINITIONS: The following are standard abbreviations for valves: 1. CWP: Cold working pressure. 2. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 3. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 4. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene plastic. 5. SWP: Steam working pressure. 6. TFE: Tetrafluoroethylene plastic. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. Include body, seating, and trim materials; valve design; pressure and temperature classifications; end connections; arrangement; dimensions; and required clearances. Include list indicating valve and its application. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories. QUALITY ASSURANCE: ASME Compliance: ASME 831.9 for building services piping valves. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two 15110- 1 Valves B. C. 1.06 A. B. C. PART 2 - 2.01 A. 2.02 A. 1. Exceptions: Domestic hot- and cold-water, sanitary waste, and . storm drainage piping valves unless referenced. ASME Compliance for Ferrous Valves: ASME 816.10 and ASME 816.3 for dimension and design criteria. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable-water service. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends. 3. Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling. 4. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional 5. Set buttemy valves closed or slightly open. 6. Block check valves in either closed or open position. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew- Maintain valve end protection. point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. surfaces. - Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifiing or rigging points. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: In other Part2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide manufacturers specified. products by the manufacturers specified. VALVES, GENERAL: Refer to Part 3 'Valve Applications" Article for applications of valves. - Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two 15110-2 Valves B. Bronze Valves: NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller with threaded ends, unless otherwise indicated. C. D. E. F. G. 2.03 A. B. C. D. E. PART 3 - 3.01 . " Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream pipe, unless othetwise indicated. Valve Actuators: 1. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types. 2. Lever Handle: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 (DN 150) and 3. Wrench: For plug valves with square heads. Furnish Owner with smaller, except plug valves. 1 wrench for every 10 plug valves, for each size square plug head. Extended Valve Stems: On insulated valves. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. COPPER-ALLOY BALL VALVES: Available Manufacturers: Manufacturers: 1, Two-Piece, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: a. Grinnell Corporation. b. Hammond Valve. C. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. Copper-Alloy Ball Valves, General: MSS SP-1 IO. One-Piece, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves: Brass or bronze body with chrome- plated bronze ball, PTFE or TFE seats, and 400-psig (2760-kPa) minimum CWP rating. Two-Piece, Copper-Alloy Ball Valves Bronze body with full-port, chrome- plated bronze ball; PTFE seats; and 600-psig (4140-kPa) minimum CWP rating and blowout-proof stem. EXECUTION EXAMINATION: Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two 15110-3 Valves A. B. C. D. E. F. 3.02 A. B. C. D. Examine piping system for compliance with requirements for installation - tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. VALVE APPLICATIONS: Refer to piping Sections for specific valve applications. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 2. Throttling Service: Angle, ball, buttemy, or globe valves. 1. Shutoff Service: Ball, or plug valves. 3. Pump Discharge: Spring-loaded, lift-disc check valves. the same types of valves with higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, substituted. Domestic Water Piping: Use the following types of valves: ~- 1. Ball Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Two-piece, 400-psig (2760-kPa) CWP rating, copper alloy. alloy. 125 horizontal, bronze. 125, bronze. Class 125, gray iron. 2. Ball Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Class 150, ferrous 3. Lift Check Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type 2, Class 4. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type 4, Class 5. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Type 11, Heating Water Piping: Use the following types of valves: - Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two 15110-4 Valves 3.03 A. 8. C. D. E. F. 3.04 A. B. C. - 3. alloy. Lift Check Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type 2, Class 125 horizontal, bronze. 125, bronze. Class 125 gray iron. ~. 4. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Type 4, Class 5. Swing Check Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Type 11, VALVE INSTALLATION: Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged shutdown. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. 2. Dual-Plate Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges. 3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb. JOINT CONSTRUCTION: Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with keyed coupling housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two 15110 - 5 Valves 3.05 ADJUSTING: - A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. *"End of Section*** .- Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two 15110-6 Valves ' SECTION 15140 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART I - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and this Section. Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to 1.02 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes domestic water piping from locations indicated to fixtures and equipment inside the building. E. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers, pressure gages, and fittings. piping specialties. 2. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for water distribution 1.03 DEFINITIONS: A. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic, E. PA: Polyamide (nylon) plastic. C. PE: Polyethylene plastic. D. PEX: Crosslinked polyethylene plastic. E. PP: Polypropylene plastic. F. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. Provide components and installation capable of producing domestic water piping systems with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Domestic Water Service Piping: 160 psig (1 100 kPa). " Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Domestic Water Piping 15140 - 1 1.05 A. B. C. 1.06 A. B. PART 2 - 2.01 A. B. C. 2.02 A. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings. Water Samples: Specified in "Cleaning" Article in Part 3. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for potable domestic water piping and components. PRODUCTS PIPING MATERIALS: Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. Transition Couplings for Underground Pressure Piping: AWWA C219, as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping metal, sleeve-type coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size to be joined. - COPPER TUBING: Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L (ASTM B 88M), water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME 816.22, wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated. 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock solder-joint or threaded ends. body, with ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Domestic Water Piping 15140 - 2 B. PART 3 - 3.01 A. 3.02 A. 8. C. D. E. F. - Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M (ASTM B 88M, Types B and C), water tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME 816.22, wrought- copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME 816.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. wrought-copper fittings if indicated. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock solder-joint or threaded ends. body, with ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and 4. Copper, Grooved-End Fittings: ASTM B 75 (ASTM B 75M) copper tube or ASTM B 584 bronze castings. a. Copper-Tubing, Keyed Couplings: Copper-tube dimensions and design similar to AWWA C606. Include ferrous housing sections, gasket suitable for hot water, and bolts and nuts. EXECUTION EXCAVATION: Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. PIPING APPLICATIONS: Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated. Grooved joints may be used on aboveground grooved-end piping. Fitting Option: Mechanically formed tee-branch outlets and brazed joints may be used on aboveground copper tubing. Underground Combined Fire-Protection and Domestic Water Service Piping: Profide piping listed for fire-protection service and complying with NSF 61. Use the following piping materials for each size range: Underground Domestic Water Service Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Soft copper tube, Type K; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Domestic Water Piping 15140 - 3 G. H. 3.03 A. B. 3.04 A. B. C. D. E. F. 2. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 65 to DN 90): Soft copper tube, Type K; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. Aboveground Domestic Water Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. Underground Domestic Water Piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. VALVE APPLICATIONS: Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. Use cast-iron butterfly or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 2. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves. Cast-iron, grooved-end valves may be used with grooved-end piping. PIPING INSTALLATION: Refer to Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for site water distribution and service piping. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping installation. Extend domestic water service piping to exterior water distribution piping in sizes and locations indicated. Handbook." Install underground copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Install underground AWWA PVC piping according to AWWA M23, and ASTM F 645. Install buried piping inside building between wall and floor restrained joints. Anchor pipe to wall or fioor. Install thrust-block penetrations and connection to water service piping outside building with supports at vertical and horizontal offsets. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Domestic Water Piping 15140 - 4 .- G. Install wall penetration system at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for wall penetration systems. H. Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve, inside building at each domestic water service. Refer to Division 15 Section"Meters and Gages" for pressure gages, and to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for drain valves and strainers. I. to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for water-pressure Install water-pressure regulators downstream from shutoff valves. Refer regulators. J. Fill water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. K. Perform the following steps before operation: 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 4. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and plugs used for 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. 5. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and temporary sealing of piping during installation. 6. Remove filter cartridges from hbusings, and verify that cartridges replace drain plugs. are as specified for application where used and that cartridges are clean and ready for use. L. Check plumbing equipment and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. Do not operate water heaters before filling with water. M. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. 1. Water-Pressure Regulators: Set outlet pressure at 80 psig (550 kPa) maximum, unless otherwise indicated. 3.05 JOINT CONSTRUCTION: A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction. B. ASTM B 32, lead-free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; otherwise indicated. - 3.06 VALVE INSTALLATION: Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Domestic Water Piping 15140 - 5 A. Install sectional valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. Use butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. B. Install shutoff valve on each water supply to equipment and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures without supply stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. Use butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. C. Install drain valves for equipment, at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. 1. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, 2. Install stop-and-waste drain valves where indicated. and branches. D. Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for balancing valves. 3.07 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION: A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints" for seismic-restraint devices. B. Refer to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe hanger and support devices. Install the following: 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following: a. 100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel b. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable c. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m), if Indicated: MSS Type 49, clevis hangers. roller hangers. spring cushion rolls. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet (30 m) or 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. C. Install supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Domestic Water Piping 15140 - 6 E. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch (IO mm). F. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) and Smaller: 84 inches (2100 mm) with 318- 2. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40): 108 inches (2700 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) inch (10-mm) rod. rod. 3. NPS 2 (DN 50): 10 feet (3 m) with 3/8-inch (IO-mm) rod. 4. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): 11 feet (3.4 m) with Il2-inch (13-mm) rod. 5. NPS 3 and NPS 3-1/2 (DN 80 and DN 90): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 6. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 5/8- 7. NPS 6 (DN 150): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. 8. NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 7/8- 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. inch (16-mm) rod. inch (22-mm) rod. G. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet (4.5 m). H. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/4 (DN 20) and Smaller: 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/8-inch 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-114 (DN 25 and DN 32): 72 inches (1800 mm) 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 96 inches (2400 mm) 4. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): 108 inches (2700 mm) with Il2-inch (13-mm) 5. NPS 3 to NPS 5 (DN 80 to DN 125): 10 feet (3 m) with 1/2-inch 6. NPS 6 (DN 150): 10 feet (3 m) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. 7. NPS 8 (DN 200): 10 feet (3 m) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. (10-mm) rod. with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. rod. (13-mm) rod. I. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet (3 m). 3.08 CONNECTIONS: A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. 8. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water service piping. Use - transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Domestic Water Piping 15140 - 7 3.9 D. Connect domestic water piping to service piping with shutoff valve, and extend and connect to the following: 1. Water Heaters: Cold-water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes connections. indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Fixtures." 3. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Inspect domestic water piping as follows: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. - 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will for reinspection. not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Test domestic water piping as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig (345 kPa) above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to - Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Domestic Water Piping 15140 - 8 stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 4. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 5. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.10 ADJUSTING: A. Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow. 1. Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation 2. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated. return piping to provide flow of hot water in each branch. 3.1 1 CLEANING: A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing domestic water piping that 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. having jurisdiction or, if methods are not prescribed, procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or as described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: water does not appear at outlets. 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm (50 mglL) of chlorine. 2) Fill system or part thereof with watedchlorine Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. solution with at least 200 ppm (200 mg/L) of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. C. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities in water coming from system after the standing time. having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. .- Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Domestic Water Piping 15140 - 9 Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase TWO "'End Of Section"' Domestic Water Piping 15140 - 10 SECTION 151 50 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. B. I .03 A. 1.04 A. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes soil and waste, sanitary drainage and vent piping inside the building and to locations indicated. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Chemical-Waste Piping" for chemical-waste 2. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for soil, waste, and 3. Division 15 Section "Sewage Pumps" for drainage connections for and vent piping systems. vent piping systems specialties. effluent pumps. DEFINITIONS: The following are industry abbreviations for plastic and rubber piping materials: 1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. 2. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer. 3. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 4. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 5. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: IO-foot head of water (30 kPa). Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15150 - 1 1.05 A. B. C. 1.06 A. B. PART 2 - 2.01 A. B. C. 2.02 A. B. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings. Shop Drawings: For sovent drainage system, include plans, elevations, sections, and details. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF- dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping; "NSF-drain" for plastic drain piping; "NSF-tubular" for plastic continuous waste piping; and "NSF- sewer" for plastic sewer piping. PRODUCTS PIPING MATERIALS: Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve. Include ends of same sizes as Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Piping: piping to be joined and include corrosion-resistant metal band on each end. Transition Couplings for Underground Pressure Piping: AWWA C219 metal, sleeve-type coupling or other manufactured fitting same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. CAST-IRON SOIL PIPING: Hub-and-Spigot Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service. 1. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber. Hubless Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or ClSPl301. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15150-2 PART 3 - 3.01 A. 3.02 A. B. C. D. 1. Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal housing, corrosion- resistant fasteners, and ASTM C 564 rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. a. Heavy-Duty, Cast-Iron Couplings: ASTM A 48, 2-piece, cast-iron housing; stainless-steel bolts and nuts; and sleeve. EXECUTION EXCAVATION: Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. PIPING APPLICATIONS: Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure ratings may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. Flanges may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise indicated. Aboveground, Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1. Sovent Fittings: NPS 3 to NPS 8 (DN 80 to DN 200). 2. NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2 (DN 32 and DN 40): Use NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) hubless, cast-iron soil piping and one of the following: a. Couplings: Heavy-duty, Type 304, stainless steel. 3. NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2 (DN 32 and DN 40): Steel pipe; cast- 4. NPS 2 to NPS 4 (DN 50 to DN 100): Service class, cast-iron soil 5. NPS 2 to NPS 4 (DN 50 to DN 100): Hubless, cast-iron soil piping iron, threaded drainage fittings; and threaded joints. piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints. and one of the following: a. Couplings: Heavy-duty, Type 304, stainless steel. Underground, Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40): Hubless, cast-iron soil piping and one of the following: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15150 - 3 a. Couplings: Heavy-duty, cast iron. 3.03 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. PIPING INSTALLATION: Refer to Division 2 Section "Sanitary Sewerage" for Project-site sanitary sewer piping. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping installation. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary force-main piping. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Install wall penetration system at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for wall penetration systems. Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPl's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1. Encase underground piping with PE film according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y- branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15150-4 J. K. L. M. 3.04 A. B. C. D. Leo Carrillo lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 (DN 80) and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger. 2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in 3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward direction of flow. vent stack. locations indicated and as follows: Install engineered soil and waste drainage and vent piping systems in 1. Combination Waste and Vent: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Cast-Iron, Sovent, Single Stack: Comply with ASSE 1043 and sovent fitting manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Reduced-Size Venting: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction. Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. JOINT CONSTRUCTION: Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping joint construction. Cast-Iron, Soil-Piping Joints: Make joints according to CISPl's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1. Gasketed Joints: Make with rubber gasket matching class of pipe 2. Hubless Joints: Make with rubber gasket and sleeve or clamp. ASTM B 32, lead-free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; otherwise indicated. Grooved Joints: Assemble joint with keyed coupling, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. and fittings. Ranch -Phase Two Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15150 - 5 3.05 VALVE INSTALLATION: A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for general-duly valves. B. Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valve on each sewage pump discharge. 1. Use gate or full-port ball valve for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and 2. Use gate valve for piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. smaller. C. Check Valves: Install swing check valve, downstream from shutoff valve, on each sewage pump discharge. D. Backwater Valves: Install backwater valves in piping subject to sewage backflow. 1. Horizontal Piping: Horizontal backwater valves. 2. Install backwater valves in accessible locations. 3. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for backwater valves. 3.06 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION: A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints" for seismic-restraint devices. B. Refer to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports" for pipe hanger and support devices. Install the following: 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. following: a. 100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel b. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable c. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m). if Indicated: MSS Type 49. clevis hangers. roller hangers. spring cushion rolls. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet (30 m) or 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. C. Install supports according to Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. E. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8- inch (10-mm) minimum rods. .- Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15150 - 6 F. G. H. I. J. K. L. Leo Carrillo Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 60 inches (1500 mm) 2. NPS 3 (DN 80): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mrn) rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 60 inches (1500 mm) 4. NPS 6 (DN 150): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. 5. NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 6. NPS 15 (DN 375): 60 inches (1500 mm) with I-inch (25-mm) rod. 7. Spacing for IO-foot (3-m) lengths may be increased to 10 feet (3 m). Spacing for fittings is limited to 60 inches (1500 mm). Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet (4.5 m). Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. 7/8-inch (22-mm) rod. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): 84 inches (2100 mm) with 3/8-inch (IO-mm) rod. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40): 108 inches (2700 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2 (DN 50): 10 feet (3 m) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): 11 feet (3.4 m) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 3 (DN 80): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 518- inch (16-mm) rod. NPS 6 (DN 150): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): 12 feet (3.7 m) with 718- inch (22-mm) rod. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet (4.5 m). Install hangers for stainless-steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 2. NPS 3 (DN 80): 96 inches (2400 mm) with ll2-inch (13-mm) rod. 1. NPS 2 (DN 50): 84 inches (2100 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. 3. NPS 4 (DN 100): 108 inches (2700 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) 4. NPS 6 (DN 150): 10 feet (3 m) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. 5. NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): 10 feet (3 m) with 7/8-inch rod. (22-mm) rod. Install supports for vertical stainless-steel piping every 10 feet (3 m). spacing and minimum rod diameters: Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal , Ranch - Phase Two Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15150 - 7 M. 3.07 A. B. C. 3.08 A. Leo Camilla 1. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): 72 inches (1800 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) - 2. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 96 inches (2400 rnm) 3. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65): 108 inches (2700 mrn) with Il2-inch (13-mm) 4. NPS 3 to NPS 5 (DN 80 to DN 125): 10 feet (3 m) with 1/2-inch 5. NPS 6 (DN 150): 10 feet (3 m) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. 6. NPS 8 (DN 200): 10 feet (3 m) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet (3 m), rod. with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. rod. (13-mm) rod. CONNECTIONS: Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Fixtures." 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes authorities having jurisdiction. indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties." 4. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and shutoff valve, if indicated, and union for each connection. Use larger. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. .- I Ranch -Phase Two Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15150 - 8 B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it 3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent was tested. piping, except outside leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than IO-foot head of water (30 kPa). From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of I-inch wg (250 Pa). Use U- tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or 3.09 CLEANING: A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. -. Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15150 - 9 **'End of Section*** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 15150 - 10 SECTION 15410 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. B. " 1.03 A. B. 1.04 A. E. C, GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes plumbing fixtures and related components Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for backflow preventers and specialty fixtures not in this Section. DEFINITIONS: Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with disabilities. Fitting: Device that controls flow of water into or out of plumbing fixture. Fittings specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads and tub spouts, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. Piping and general-duty valves are included where indicated. SUBMITTALS: appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports and indicate Product Data: Include selected fixture and trim, fittings, accessories, materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates for each type of fixture indicated. differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring and Maintenance Data: For plumbing fixtures to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Plumbing Fixtures 15410 - 1 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category through one source from a single manufacturer. 1. Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that category. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC AI 17.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; about plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities. D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS). 1985-494-1 87" about plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities. E. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water. F. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings. and other components that are compatible. G. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing fixtures: 1. Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M. 2. Hand Sinks: NSF 2 construction. H. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for lavatory and sink faucets: 1. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Side Spray: 2. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Hose-Thread Outlet: 3. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1M. 4. NSF Materials: NSF 61. 5. Pipe Threads: ASME 81.20.1. 6. Supply and Drain Fittings: ASME AI 12.18.1M. ASME A112.18.3M. ASME AI 12.18.3M. I. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements - specified for miscellaneous fittings: Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Plumbing Fixtures 15410-2 J. 1.06 A. I .07 A. PART 2 - 2.01 A. .- Leo Carrillo 1. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. 2. Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1M. 3. Manual-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037. 4. Tubular Brass Drainage Fittings and Piping: ASME Al12.18.1M. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous components: I. Disposers: ASSE 1008 and UL 430. 2. Floor Drains: ASMEAl12.21.IM. 3. Grab Bars: ASTM F 446. 4. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. 5. Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME AI 12.6.1M. 6. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. 7. Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI 2124.5. 8. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC AI 17.1. COORDINATION: Coordinate roughing-in and final plumbing fixture locations, and verify that fixtures can be installed to comply with original design and referenced standards. EXTRA MATERIALS: Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Faucet Cartridges and 0-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size installed. 2. Flushometer Valve, Repair Kits: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but not less than 6 of each type. 3. Provide hinged-top wood or metal box, or individual metal boxes, with separate compartments for each type and size of extra materials listed above. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: titles "Products," introduce a list of manufacturers and their products or For fixture descriptions in other Part 2 articles where the subparagraph manufacturers only, the following requirements apply for product selection: Ranch -Phase Two Plumbing Fixtures 15410 - 3 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in other Part 2 articles. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified in other Part 2 articles. 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified in other Part 2 articles. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified in other Part 2 articles. - 2.02 LAVATORY FAUCETS: A. Lavatory Faucet, L-1: Include hot- and cold-water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture holes and outlet with spout and fixture receptor. 2. 1. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Available Products: Products: a. Chicago Faucet Model No. 802a Maximum Flow Rate: 2.5 gpm (9.5 Urnin.), unless otherwise indicated. Body Material: Cast brass. Finish: Polished chrome plate. Type: Metering. Centers: 4 inches (102 mm). Mounting: Deck, exposed. Handle(s): Push button. Inlet(s): NPS 3/8 (DN 10) tubing, plain end. Spout: Rigid. Spout Outlet: Spray, Spray, 0.5 gprn (1.9 Umin.). Operation: Metering. Drain: Grid. Tempering Device: Not required. - 2.03 FLUSHOMETERS: A. Flushometer, WH-1: Cast-brass body with corrosion-resistant internal components, control stop with check valve, vacuum breaker, and copper or brass tubing, and polished chrome-plated finish on exposed parts. 1. 2. Available Manufacturers: Manufacturers: a. Sloan Royal 111 Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Plumbing Fixtures 15410-4 2.04 A. 2.05 A. 0. 2.06 A. 3. Internal Design: Diaphragm operation. 4. Style: Exposed. 5. Inlet Size: NPS 1 (DN 25). 6. Trip Mechanism: Oscillating, lever-handle actuator. 7. Consumption: 1.6 gal./flush (6.0 Uflush). 8. Tailpiece Size: NPS 1-112 (DN 40) and standard length to top of bowl. TOILET SEATS: Toilet Seat, WH-1: Solid plastic. 1. Available Manufacturers: Church #95 2. Configuration: Open front without cover. 3. Size: Elongated. 4. Class: Heavyduty commercial. 5. Hinge Type: SS, self-sustaining. 6. Color: White PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS: Protective Shielding Guard,L-I: Manufactured, plastic covering for hot- and cold-water supplies and trap and drain piping and complying with ADA requirements. 1. Available Manufacturers: Plumberex Protective Shielding Guard,L-I: Manufactured, plastic enclosure for covering for hot- and cold-water supplies and trap and drain piping and complying with ADA requirements. 1. Available Manufacturers: FIXTURE SUPPORTS: Water-Closet Support, WC-1: Water-closet combination carrier designed for accessible mounting height. Include single or double, vertical or horizontal, hub-and-spigot or hubless waste fitting as required for piping arrangement; faceplates; couplings with gaskets; feet; and fixture bolts faceplate, and feet for installation in wide pipe space. and hardware matching fixture. Include additional extension coupling, 1. Available Manufacturers: Zurn, J.R. Smith, Josam Water Closets, WC-1: Accessible floor mounted, vitreous-china fixture designed flushometer valve operation. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Plumbing fixtures 15410 - 5 1. Available Products: 2. Products: a. American Standard, Inc.; Madera # 2305.100 Top Spud. 3. Style: Flushometer valve. a. Bowl Type: Elongated with siphon-jet design. b. Design Consumption: 1.6 gal./flush (6 Uflush). C. Color: White. 4. Toilet Seat: Church #95 5. Fixture Support: Water-closet support <Insert deslgnatiow combination carrier. 2.7 LAVATORIES: A. Lavatories, L-I: Accessible, wall-hanging, vitreous-china fixture. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. IO. 11. 12. Available Products: Products: Type: Ledge back. Size: 20 by 18 inches (508 by 457 mm) rectangular. Faucet Hole Punching: Three, 4-inch (102-mm) centers, holes. Color: White Faucet Hole Location: Top. Supplies: NPS 3/8 (DN IO) chrome-plated copper with stops. Faucet: Lavatory for separate drain grid drain. Drain: Grid. Drain Piping: NPS 1-1/4 by NPS 1-1/2 chrome-plated cast-brass trap; NPS 1-1/4 0.032-inch- (0.8-mm-) 0.045-inch- (1.1-mm-) thick tubular brass waste to wall; and wall escutcheon. Fixture Support: Lavatory J.R. Smith # 700-D-M31 2.8 SERVICE SINKS: A. Service Sinks, SS-1: Trap-standard- and wall-mounting, enameled, cast iron with roll-rim sink with two faucet holes in back and rim guard on front and sides. 1. Available Products: 2. Products: a. Kohler Co.; Model # K-6650 Sudbury sink. 3. Size: 22 by 20” inches (560 by 460 mm). 4. 5. Faucet: Sink Chicago #835 with lever handles. Color: White. 6. Drain: Grid with NPS 3 (DN 80) outlet. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Plumbing Fixtures 15410 - 6 2.9 7. Trap Standard: NPS 3 (DN 80) enameled, cast iron with cleanout and floor flange. Drinking Fountain: A. Service Sinks, m: Pedestal, Bi-level barrier free ADA approved 1. Available Products: 2. Products: a. Halsey Taylor, Bi-Level Endura II Tubular Pedestal 3. Color: Green 4. Bubbler, vandal resistant, one piece, chrome plated. 5. Drain: Grid drain. 6. Extend drain to dry well. PART 3 - EXECUTION - 3.01 EXAMINATION: A. Examine roughing-in for water soil and for waste piping systems and supports to verify actual locations and sizes of piping connections and that locations and types of supports match those indicated, before plumbing fixture installation. Use manufacturer's roughing-in data if roughing-in data are not indicated. 8. Examine walls, floors, and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 FIXTURE INSTALLATION: A. Assemble fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers' written instructions. B. Install floor-mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building substrate. C. Install wall-hanging fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to - supports. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Plumbing Fixtures 15410 - 7 D. E. F. G. H. 1. J. K. L. M. N. 0. Install fixtures level and plumb according to manufacturers' written " instructions and roughing-in drawings. Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. 1. Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valve if stops are not specified with fixture. Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for general-duty valves. Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to sanitary drainage system. Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected to drainage system. Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach. Install toilet seats on water closets. Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. Install water-supply, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves. Install faucet, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required. Install traps on fixture outlets. 1. 2. Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps. Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated. Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for escutcheons. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Refer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealant and installation requirements. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Plumbing Fixtures 15410-8 ,- 3.03 A. 0. C. D. E. F. 3.04 A. 0. C. D. E. 3.05 A. " B. CONNECTIONS: Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Connect water supplies from water distribution piping to fixtures. Connect drain piping from fixtures to drainage piping. Supply and Waste Connections to Plumbing Fixtures: Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, risers, traps, and waste piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. Connect to plumbing piping. Supply and Waste Connections to Fixtures and Equipment Specified in Other Sections: Connect fixtures and equipment with water supplies, stops, risers, traps, and waste piping specified. Use size fittings required to match fixtures and equipment. Connect to plumbing piping. Ground equipment. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If specified in UL 486A and UL 4868. manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Verify that installed fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed. Check that fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components. Inspect installed fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. Install fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms. ADJUSTING: Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and controls. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Plumbing Fixtures 15410-9 3.06 CLEANING: A. Clean fixtures, faucets. and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. Do the following: 1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and spouts. 2. Remove sediment and debris from drains. 3.07 PROTECTION: A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings. B. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. ***End of Section*** .- Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Plumbing Fixtures 15410 - 10 SECTION 15485 PART 1 - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. - 1.03 A. 0. C. D. E. 1.04 A. ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes the following for domestic water systems: 1. Electric water heaters. 2. Compression tanks. 3. Accessories. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: For each type and size of water heater. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories. Shop Drawings: Detail water heater assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. that products furnished comply with requirements. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of water heaters certifying specified in Division 1. Maintenance Data: For water heaters to include in maintenance manuals Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Source Limitations: Obtain same type of water heaters through one source from a single manufacturer. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Electric, Domestic Water Heaters 15485 - 1 B. C. 1.05 A. B. PART 2 - 2.01 A. 0. 2.2 Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of water heaters and are based on specific units indicated. Other manufacturers' products complying with requirements may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions." Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. WARRANTY: General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace components of water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 2. Warranty Period: From date of Substantial Completion: 1. Failures include heating elements, storage tanks. a. Heating Elements: Five years. b. Storage Tanks: 10 years. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Storage, Electric Water Heaters: a. American Water Heater Co. b. Bradford White Corp. C. Rheem Manufacturing Co.; Rheem Water Heater Div, d. Rheem Manufacturing Co.; Ruud Water Heater Div. e. Smith: A. 0. Smith Water Products Co. COMPRESSION TANKS: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Electric, Domestic Water Heaters 15485 - 2 A. B. C. D. E. F. 2.3 A. B. C. PART 3 - 3.01 A. B. Description: Steel, pressure-rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory-installed, butyl-rubber diaphragm. Include air precharge to minimum system-operating pressure at tank. Construction: 150-psig (1035-kPa) working-pressure rating. Tappings: Factory-fabricated steel, welded to tank before testing and labeling. Include ASME 81.20.1, pipe thread. Tank Interior Finish: Materials and thicknesses complying with NSF 61, through tank fittings and outlets. barrier materials for potable-water tank linings. Extend finish into and Tank Exterior Finish: Manufacturer's standard, unless finish is indicated. Air-Charging Valve: Factory installed. WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES: Combination Temperature and Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped and complying with ASME PTC 25.3. Include relieving capacity water heater working-pressure rating. Select relief valve with sensing at least as great as heat input and include pressure setting less than element that extends into tank. Water Heater Mounting Brackets: Water heater manufacturer's factory- fabricated, steel bracket for wall mounting and capable of supporting water heater and water. Drain Pans: Corrosion-resistant metal with raised edge. Include dimensions not less than base of water heater and include drain outlet not less than NPS 3/4 (DN20). EXECUTION WATER HEATER INSTALLATION: Install commercial water heaters on concrete bases. 1. Exception: Omit concrete bases for commercial water heaters if floor is indicated. installation on stand, bracket, suspended platform, or direct on original design, and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's Install water heaters, level and plumb, according to layout drawings, recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible. Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Electric, Domestic Water Heaters 15485 - 3 C. D. E. F. G. H. 3.02 A. B. C. D. 3.03 A. B. Anchor water heaters to substrate. Install seismic restraints for water heaters. Anchor to substrate. tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Install temperature and pressure relief valves in top portion of storage Extend relief valve outlet with water piping in continuous downward pitch and discharge into nearest approved receptor. Install thermometers on water heater outlet piping. Refer to Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages" for thermometers. Fill water heaters with water. Charge compression tanks with air. CONNECTIONS: Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Make connections with dielectric fittings where piping is made of dissimilar metal. Electrical Connections: Power wiring and disconnect switches are specified in Division 16 Sections. Arrange wiring to allow unit service. Ground equipment. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those .- FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. In addition to manufacturer's written installation and startup checks, perform the following: 1. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and 2. Verify that piping system tests are complete. 3. Check for piping connection leaks. 4. Check for clear relief valve inlets, outlets, and drain piping. .. 5. Test operation of safety controls, relief valves, and devices. malfunctioning controls and equipment. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Electric, Domestic Water Heaters 15485 - 4 .- 6. Energize electric circuits. 7. Adjust operating controls. 8. Adjust hot-water-outlet temperature settings. Do not set above 105 deg F (60 deg C) unless piping system application requires 9. Balance water flow through manifolds of multiple-unit installations. higher temperature. *‘*End of Section”’ - Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Electric, Domestic Water Heaters 15485 - 5 SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. ." 1.03 A. B. C. 1.04 A. B. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes the following: 1. Supporting devices for electrical components. 2. Concrete equipment bases. 3. Electrical demolition. 4. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. 5. Touchup painting. QUALITY ASSURANCE: defined in NFPA70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. Comply with NFPA 70. Major components of the electrical systems shall to the furthest extent possible, be from the same manufacturer. This includes: switchboards and panelboards. Third party original equipment will not be permitted. COORDINATION: Coordinate chases, slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work and arrange in building structure during progress of construction to facilitate the electrical installations that follow. 1. Set inserts and sleeves in poured-in-place concrete, masonry work, and other structural components as they are constructed. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning before closing in the building. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050 - 1 C. D. E. PART 2 - 2.01 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 2.02 Coordinate electrical service connections to components furnished by - utility companies. 1. Coordinate installation and connection of exterior utilities and services, including provision for electricity-metering components. 2. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and of utility company providing electrical power and other services. Where electrical identification devices are applied to field-finished of finished surface. surfaces, coordinate installation of identification devices with completion Where electrical identification markings and devices will be concealed by acoustical ceilings and similar finishes, coordinate installation of these items before ceiling installation. PRODUCTS SUPPORTING DEVICES: to authorities having jurisdiction. Material: Cold-formed steel, with corrosion-resistant coating acceptable Metal Items for Use Outdoors or in Damp Locations: Hot-dip galvanized steel. Slotted-Steel Channel Supports: Flange edges turned toward web, and 9/16-inch- (14-mm-) diameter slotted holes at a maximum of 2 inches (50 mm) o.c., in webs. 2. Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as 1. Channel Thickness: Selected to suit structural loading. ~- channel supports. Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps, threaded C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring-steel clamps or click-type hangers. Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. Expansion Anchors: Carbon-steel wedge or sleeve type. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. CONCRETE BASES: Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050 - 2 A. 0. 2.03 A. 0. PART 3 - 3.01 A. 0. C. D. 3.02 A. 0. C. D. E. Concrete Forms and Reinforcement Materials: As specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." Concrete: 3000-psi (20.7-MPa), 28-day compressive strength as specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." TOUCHUP PAINT: For Equipment: Equipment manufacturer's paint selected to match installed equipment finish. Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacturer. EXECUTION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION: Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom. Materials and Components: Install level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, unless otherwise indicated. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations. Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope. ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION: Damp Locations and Outdoors: Hot-dip galvanized materials, U-channel system components. Dry Locations: Steel materials. Support Clamps for PVC Raceways: Click-type clamp system. Selection of Supports: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor of at least four; minimum of 200-lb (90-kg) design load. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050 - 3 3.03 A. 0. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. SUPPORT INSTALLATION: Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways. Provide U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assemblies and for securing hanger rods and conduits. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket-type hangers. Size supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent minimum in the future. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable-iron pipe hangers or clamps. Install l/4-inch- (6-mm-) diameter or larger threaded steel hanger rods, unless otherwise indicated. Spring-steel fasteners specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing may be used instead of malleable-iron hangers for 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to slotted channel and angle supports. Arrange supports in vertical runs so the weight of raceways and enclosed conductors is carried entirely by raceway supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals. for fixture support. Support sheet-metal boxes directly from the building Separately support cast boxes that are threaded to raceways and used structure or by bar hangers. If bar hangers are used, attach bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an approved fastener not more than 24 inches (610 mm) from the box. Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices unless components are mounted directly to structural elements of adequate strength. walls unless core-drilled holes are used. Install sleeves for cable and Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and raceway penetrations of masonry and fire-rated gypsum walls and of all other fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls. - Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050 - 4 L. 3.04 A. 3.05 A. 3.06 A. 0. C. D. E. -. Securely fasten electrical items and their supports to the building structure, unless otherwise indicated. Perform fastening according to the following unless other fastening methods are indicated: 1. Wood: Fasten with wood screws or screw-type nails. 2. Masonry: Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion bolts on solid masonry units. 3. New Concrete: Concrete inserts with machine screws and bolts. 4. Existing Concrete: Expansion bolts. 5. Fasteners: Select so the load applied to each fastener does not exceed 25 percent of its proof-test load. FIRESTOPPING: Apply firestopping to cable and raceway penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to achieve fire-resistance rating of the assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping." CONCRETE BASES: Construct concrete bases for switchboards not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger, in both directions. Follow supported equipment anchor-bolt and tie locations, unless otherwise indicated. Use 3000-psi manufacturer's anchorage recommendations and setting templates for specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." (20.7-MPa), 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as DEMOLITION: Protect existing electrical equipment and installations indicated to remain. If damaged or disturbed in the course of the Work, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity, quality, and functionality. Accessible Work: Remove exposed electrical equipment and installations, indicated to be demolished, in their entirety. Abandoned Work: Cut and remove buried raceway and wiring, indicated to be abandoned in place, 2 inches (50 mm) below the surface of finish. adjacent construction. Cap raceways and patch surface to match existing Remove demolished material from Project site. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational components indicated for relocation. Leo Carrilio Ranch -Phase Two Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050 - 5 3.07 3.08 3.09 3.10 A. B. CUTTING AND PATCHING: A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces required to permit electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. B. Repair and refinish disturbed finish materiais and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following: 2. 1. Supporting devices for electrical components. Concrete bases. 3. Electrical demolition. 4. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. 5. Touchup painting. REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING: A. Refinish and touch up paint. 1. Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of damage at 2. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface each location. 3. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint preparation and for timing and application of successive coats. 4. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup recommended by manufacturer. coating recommended by manufacturer. CLEANING AND PROTECTION: On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, paint spots, and construction debris. Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two ***End of Section**' Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 1605O - 6 SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART I - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 1.03 A. B. C. 1.04 A. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other Sections. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports to include the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 or a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association to supervise on- site testing specified in Part 3. Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Grounding and Bonding 16060 - 1 B. PART 2 - 2.01 A. B. C. D. E. 2.02 A. B. C. 2.03 A. defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. - 1. Comply with UL 467. PRODUCTS GROUNDING CONDUCTORS: and Cables." For insulated conductors, comply with Division 16 Section "Conductors Material: Copper. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation. Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable. Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. CONNECTOR PRODUCTS: Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items. Bolted Connectors: Bolted-pressure-type connectors, or compression type. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welded type, in kit form, and selected per manufacturer's written instructions. GROUNDING ELECTRODES: Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel. 1. Size: 3/4 by 120 inches (19 by 3000 mm)in diameter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION: Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Grounding and Bonding 16060 - 2 A. B. C. 3.02 A. B. C. D. E. 3.03 A. Use only copper conductors for both insulated and bare grounding conductors in direct contact with earth, concrete, masonry, crushed stone, and similar materials. In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted Pressure clamps. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS: Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, Or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated. Install equipment grounding conductors in all feeders and circuits. Install insulated equipment grounding conductor with circuit conductors for the following items, in addition to those required by NEC: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Provide a grounding electrode in addition to installing a separate equipment grounding conductor with supply branch-circuit conductors. INSTALLATION: from each other and located at least the same distance from other Ground Rods: Install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length grounding electrodes. 1. Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors. Use exothermic welds, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging copper coating. Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Grounding and Bonding 16060 - 3 3.04 B. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration isolation hangers and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, unless a disconnect-type connection is required; then, use a bolted clamp. Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. Install straps only in locations accessible for maintenance. CONNECTIONS: A. General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer to order of galvanic series. 2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 3. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. 4. Make aluminum-to-galvanized steel connections with tin-plated 5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. B. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable. C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8AWG and larger, use pressure-type grounding lugs. No. 10AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type connectors. D. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. UL 486A. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in E. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Grounding and Bonding 16060 - 4 .- that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor. F. Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following field quality-control testing: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a requirements. maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after the any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests, by the fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. 3. Provide drawings locating each ground rod and ground rod assembly and other grounding electrodes, identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. a. Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. 4. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. ***End of Section*** - Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Grounding and Bonding 16060 - 5 .- PART I - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 1.03 A. B. C. 1.04 A. B. i~ C, SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Qualification Data: For testing agency. Field Quality-Control Test Reports: From a qualified testing and inspecting agency engaged by Contractor. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 or a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. Comply with NFPA 70. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Conductors and Cables 16120 - 1 PART 2 - 2.01 A. 8. C. D. 2.02 A. PART 3 - 3.01 A. B. C. D. E. F. 3.02 A. PRODUCTS CONDUCTORS AND CABLES: Refer to Part 3 "conductor and Insulation Applications" Article for insulation type, cable construction, and ratings. Conductor Material: Copper complying with NEMA WC 5; stranded conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller, stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. Conductor Insulation Types: Type THHN-THWN complying with NEMAWC 5. Multiconductor Cable: Metal-clad cable, Type with ground wire. CONNECTORS AND SPLICES: Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices Of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. EXECUTION CONDUCTOR AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS: Service Entrance: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: TypeTHHN- THWN, single conductors in raceway. Exposed Branch Circuits, including in Crawlspaces: Metal-clad cable, Type MC. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Metal-clad cable, Type MC. Underground Feeders and Branch Circuits: Type THHN-THWN single conductors in raceway. INSTALLATION: Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. .- Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Conductors and Cables 16120 - 2 0. C. D. E. F. G. 3.03 A. B. C. D. 3.04 A. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wirelcable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. Support cables according to Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." Seal around cables penetrating fire-rated elements according to Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems." Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification." CONNECTIONS: Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 1, Use oxide inhibitor in each splice and tap conductor for aluminum conductors. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches (300 mm). Conductors spliced below grade shall be encapsulated in submersible resin compound equal to that manufactured by 3M. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following field quality-control testing: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Conductors and Cables 16120 - 3 2. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETAATS, Section 7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters. - B. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two "*End of Section*** Conductors and Cables 16120 -4 SECTION 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART 1 - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 1.03 A. B. C. 1.04 A. 1.05 A. B. 1.06 A. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. DEFINITIONS: EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. RSC: Rigid steel conduit. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. QUALITY ASSURANCE: defined in NFPA70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. Comply with NFPA 70. COORDINATION: Coordinate layout and installation of raceways, boxes, enclosures, cabinets, and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC eauioment. tire-suppression system, and partition assemblies. .. .. Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Raceways and Boxes 16130 - 1 PART 2 - 2.01 A. B. C. 2.02 A. B. 2.03 A. B. C. 2.04 A. B. PART 3 - 3.01 A. PRODUCTS METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING: Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. EMT and Fittings: ANSI C80.3. 1. Fittings: Compression type. Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit and tubing materials. NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING: RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 PVC. RNC Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS: Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS I. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, with gasketed cover. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. - FACTORY FINISHES: Finish: For raceway, enclosure. or cabinet components, provide manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting. Finish: For raceway, enclosure, or cabinet components, provide manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled surface raceways, enclosures, and cabinets before shipping. EXECUTION RACEWAY APPLICATION: Outdoors: 2. 1. Exposed: Rigid steel. Concealed: Riaid steel. 3. Underground, Single Run: RNC. 4. Underwound, Grouped: RNC. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two - Raceways and Boxes 16130 - 2 5. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. C. D. 3.02 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Indoors: 1. Exposed: EMT. 2. Concealed: EMT. 3. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit. 4. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except as follows: a. Damp or Wet Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. Minimum Raceway Size: IIZinch trade size indoors (DN 16) and 3I4-inch trade size (DN 21) underground outdoors. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. INSTALLATION: Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. Support raceways as specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." Install temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways. Arrange so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished Protect stub-ups from damage where .conduits rise through floor slabs. slab. Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and keep straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. I. Install concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance, considering type of building construction and obstructions, unless otherwise indicated. Install exposed raceways parallel or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members and follow surface contours as much as possible. 1. Run parallel or banked raceways together on common supports. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Raceways and Boxes 16130 - 3 I. J. K. L. M. 3.03 A. 3.04 A. 2. Make parallel bends in parallel or banked runs. Use factory - elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field bends for parallel raceways. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for that purpose and make joints tight. 1. Use insulating bushings to protect conductors. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tools. Terminations: 1. Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceways to enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against box. Use two locknuts, one inside and one outside box. 2. Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings tightly into hub so end bears against wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align raceways so coupling is square to box; tighten chase nipple so no threads are exposed. plastic line with not less than 200-lb (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. install hinged-cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner. PROTECTION: finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, Substantial Completion. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup recommended by manufacturer. coating recommended by manufacturer. CLEANING: After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished raceways and boxes, inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes. ***END OF SECTION*** Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Raceways and Boxes 16130 - 4 ,- SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 1.03 A. - 1.04 A. B. C. 1.05 A. B. C. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes receptacles, connectors, switches, and finish plates. DEFINITIONS: GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: For each product specified. Samples: For devices and device plates for color selection and evaluation of technical features. Maintenance Data: For materials and products to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with NEMA WD 1. Comply with NFPA 70. . .- Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Wiring Devices 16140 - 1 PART 2 - 2.01 A. B. 2.02 A. 2.03 A. 2.04 A. PART 3 - 3.01 A. B. C. D. PRODUCTS -. RECEPTACLES: Straight-Blade and Locking Receptacles: Heavy-Duty grade. GFCl Receptacles: Feed-through type, with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R duplex receptacle arranged to protect connected downstream receptacles on same circuit. Design units for installation in a 2-3/4-inch- (70-mm-) deep outlet box without an adapter. SWITCHES: Snap Switches: Heavy-duty, quiet type. WALL PLATES: Single and combination types match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Steel with wrinkled finish, white 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel. finish. baked enamel, suitable for field painting. .- FINISHES: Color: Manufacturers standard, as selected by Architect. EXECUTION INSTALLATION: Install devices and assemblies plumb and secure. Install wall plates when painting is complete. Arrangement of Devices: Unless othewise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical, and grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. Protect devices and assemblies during painting. ". Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Wiring Devices 16140 - 2 “ 3.02 A. 3.03 A. 0. C. .- 3.04 A. B. C. 3.05 A. IDENTIFICATION: Comply with Division 16 Section “Electrical Identification.” 1. Switches: Where three or more switches are ganged, and elsewhere as indicated, identify each switch with approved legend engraved on wall plate. 2. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use machine-printed, pressure-sensitive, abrasion- resistant label tape on face of plate and durable wire markers or tags within outlet boxes. CONNECTIONS: Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch-circuit equipment grounding conductor. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturers published torque-tightening values. If manufacturers torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A . FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Test wiring devices for proper polarity and ground continuity. Operate each device at least six times. Test GFCl operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer‘s written instructions. Replace damaged or defective components. CLEANING: Internally clean devices, device outlet boxes, and enclosures. Replace stained or improperly painted wall plates or devices. ***END OF SECTION*** , .” Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Wiring Devices 16140 - 3 SECTION 16442 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. ~- I .03 A. B. GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes and panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, and associated auxiliary equipment rated 600 V and less for the following types: 1. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: For each type of panelboard, overcurrent protective device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and characteristics, ratings, and finishes. manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. Include the following: a. Enclosure types and details for types other than b. Bus configuration. current, and voltage ratings. c. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent d. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of protective devices. individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring and differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Panelboards 16442 - 1 C. Qualification Data: Submit data for testing agencies indicating that they comply with qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. D. Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports and include the following: - 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. E. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. . F. Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. In addition to requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout," include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting 2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective devices. overcurrent protective device. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NEMA PB 1. D. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, and encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Panelboards 16442 - 2 .- A. PART 2 - 2.01 A. 2.02 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. Keys: Six spares of each type of panelboard cabinet lock. Key alike all panelboards and load centers. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Panelboards, Overcurrent Protective Devices, Controllers, Contactors, and Accessories: a. Eaton Corp.; Cutler-Hammer Products. b. General Electric Co.; Electrical Distribution & Control Div. c. Square D Co. FABRICATION AND FEATURES: Enclosures: Flush- and surface-mounted cabinets. NEMA PB 1, Type 1, to meet environmental conditions at installed location. 2. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. 1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. fronts, match box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish over corrosion-resistant treatment or primer coat. Directory Card: With transparent protective cover, mounted inside metal frame, inside panelboard door. Bus: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. Main and Neutral Lugs: Compression type suitable for use with conductor material. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground conductors; bonded to box. Service Equipment Label: UL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards with main service disconnect switches. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Panelboards 16442 - 3 J. 2.03 A. 2.04 A. B. 2.05 A. B. PART 3 - 3.01 A. B. C. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary " appurtenances required for future installation of devices. PANELBOARD SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS: Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. Doors: Front mounted with concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. - Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. 1. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and material of conductors. 2. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air- conditioning, and refrigerating equipment. EXECUTION INSTALLATION: Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1 .I. Provide mounting and anchoring in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations suitable for Seismic Zone 4. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 74 inches (1880 mm) above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. Leo'Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Panelboards 16442 - 4 D. E. F. G. H. 3.02 A. B. 3.03 A. B. 3.04 A. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish. Circuit Directory: Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing panelboard loads. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. Install filler plates in unused spaces. Provision for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboards: Stub four 1-inch (27- GRC) empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub four 1-inch (27- GRC) empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade. Wiring in Panelboard Gutters: Arrange conductors into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties after completing load balancing. IDENTIFICATION: Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs as specified in Division 16 Section " Electrical Identification." Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate mounted with corrosion-resistant screws. CONNECTIONS: Install equipment grounding connections for panelboards with ground continuity to main electrical ground bus. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A . FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, 2. Test continuity of each circuit. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform specified testing. connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Panelboards 16442 - 5 C. Testing: After installing panelboards and after electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements. 1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test indicated in NETA ATS. Section 7.5 for switches and Section 7.6 for molded-case circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3.05 CLEANING: A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning. Repair exposed surfaces to match original finish. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two ***END OF SECTION*** Panelboards 16442 - 6 SECTION 16521 EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - 1.01 A. 1.02 A. 1.03 A. B. 1.04 A. B. - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY: This Section includes exterior lighting units with luminaires, lamps, ballasts, poleskupport structures, and accessories. DEFINITIONS: Lighting Unit: A luminaire or an assembly of luminaires complete with a common support, including pole, post, or other structure, and mounting and support accessories. Luminaire (Light Fixture): A complete lighting device consisting of lamp(s) and ballast(s), when applicable, together with parts designed to distribute light, to position and protect lamps, and to conned lamps to power supply. SUBMITTALS: Product Data: For each type of lighting unit indicated, arranged in order of lighting unit designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following: 1. Materials and dimensions of luminaires and poles. 2. Certified results of independent laboratory tests for fixtures and 3. Certified results of laboratory tests for fixtures and lamps for 4. High-intensitydischarge luminaire ballasts. Shop Drawings: Anchor-bolt templates keyed to specific poles and certified by manufacturer. lamps for electrical ratings and photometric data. photometric performance. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Exterior Lighting 16521 - 1 C. D. E. 1.05 A. 0. C. D. 1.06 A. 1.07 A. B. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of lighting units certifying that products comply with requirements. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. Maintenance Data: For lighting units to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. - QUALITY ASSURANCE: Luminaires and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, for their indicated use, location, and installation conditions by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction Comply with ANSI C2. Comply with NFPA 70. FM Compliance: Units for hazardous locations shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by FM. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING OF POLES: tools that can indent surface more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) deep. Do not Handle wood poles so they will not be damaged. Do not use pointed apply tools to section of poles below ground-line. WARRANTY: General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Special Warranty: Written warranty, signed by manufacturer and Installer agreeing to replace external parts of luminaires and poles exhibiting a failure of finish as specified below. This warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights and remedies Owner may have under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Protection of Metal from Corrosion: Warranty against perforation 2. Color Retention: Warranty against fading, staining, and chalking 3. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than three or erosion of finish due to weathering. due to effects of weather and solar radiation. years from date of Substantial Completion. - Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Exterior Lighting 16521 - 2 " PART 2 - 2.01 A. 2.02 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products indicated in the Fixture Schedule on drawings. LUMINAIRES: Comply with IESNA RP-8 for parameters of lateral light distribution patterns indicated for luminaires. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion-resistant aluminum, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light-tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. Provide filtedbreather for enclosed luminaires. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free from light leakage under operating conditions, and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in operating position. Provide for door removal for cleaning or replacing lens. Arrange to disconnect ballast when door opens. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel. Plastic Parts: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and ultraviolet radiation. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. resistant, resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lens and refractor in Lenses and Refractors: Materials as indicated. Use heat- and aging- luminaire doors. High-Intensity-Discharge Ballasts: Comply with ANSI C82.4. Constant wattage autotransformer or regulating high-power-factor type, unless otherwise indicated. Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Exterior Lighting 16521 - 3 1. Voltage and current ratings as recommended by ballast Ballast Fuses: One in each ungrounded supply conductor. manufacturer. 2. Single-Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperature of minus 40 deg C. 3. Open-circuit operation will not reduce average life. 4. High-pressure Sodium Ballasts: Equip with a solid-state igniterktarter having an average life in pulsing mode of 10,000 hours at an igniterktarter case temperature of 90 deg C. 5. Noise: Uniformly quiet operation, with a noise rating of B or better. 6. Surge Protector: Hard-wired unit external to ballast case, rated for supply circuit line voltage, and encapsulated for .circuit and suppression modes provides 330-V peak clamping, line to neutral, moisture protection. Three-stage surge protection with three line to ground, and neutral to ground. Pulse life is 500 3KA-8x20 microsecond impulses, and response time is less than 1 nanosecond. Internal fuse takes device off line on failure and lights a light-emitting diode failure indicator. -. K. Lamps: Comply with the standard of the ANSI C78 series that is applicable to each type of lamp. Provide luminaires with indicated lamps of designated type, characteristics, and wattage. Where a lamp is not indicated for a luminaire. provide medium wattage lamp recommended by manufacturer for luminaire. I. Metal-Halide Color Temperature and Minimum Color-Rendering ~- Index: 3600 K and 70 CRI, unless otherwise indicated. 2.03 LUMlNAlRE SUPPORT COMPONENTS: A. Mountings, Fasteners, and Appurtenances: Corrosion-resistant items compatible with support components. 2. Mountings: Correctly position luminaire to provide indicated light 1. Materials: Will not cause galvanic action at contact points. distribution. fabrication unless stainless-steel items are indicated. 3. Anchor Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Hotdip galvanized after 4. Anchor-Bolt Template: Plywood or steel. B. Pole Bases: Embedded type with underground cable entry. C. Pressure-Treated-Wood Poles: Comply with ANSI 05.1 and with AWPA C4 for wood species used; and bored, roofed, and gained before treatment. D. Concrete for Pole Foundations: Comply with Division 3 Section “Cast-in- Place Concrete.” Leo Carrillo Ranch - Phase Two Exterior Lighting 16521 - 4 . .- 2.04 A. PART 3 - 3.01 A. 0. C. D. E. 3.02 A. 3.03 1. Design Strength: 3000-psig (20.7-MPa), 28day compressive strength. FINISHES: Comply with NAAMMs "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. EXECUTION INSTALLATION: Concrete Foundations: Construct according to Division 3 Section "Cast- in-Place Concrete." 1. Finish for Parts Exposed to View: Trowel and rub smooth. Comply with Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for exposed finish. Embedded Poles: Set poles to indicated depth, but not less than one- sixth of pole length below finish grade. Dig holes large enough to permit use of tampers the full depth of hole. Backfill in 6-inch (150-mm) layers and thoroughly tamp each layer so compaction of backfill is equal to or greater than that of undisturbed earth. Install poles as follows: 1. Use web fabric slings (not chain or cable) to raise and set poles. 2. Secure poles level, plumb, and square. Luminaire Attachment: Fasten to indicated structural supports. Lamp luminaires with indicated lamps according to manufacturer's written instructions. Replace malfunctioning lamps. CONNECTIONS: Ground equipment. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If specified in UL 486A. manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Exterior Lighting 16521 - 5 A. 0. C. D. E. F. 3.04 A. Inspect each installed unit for damage. Replace damaged units. Advance Notice: Give dates and times for field tests. Provide instruments to make and record test results. Tests and Observations: Verify normal operation of lighting units after installing luminaires and energizing circuits with normal power source, and as follows: 1. Measure light intensities at night if specific illumination performance is indicated. Use photometers with calibration referenced to NlST standards. 2. Check intensity and uniformity of illumination. 3. Check excessively noisy ballasts. verifications indicating and interpreting results. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations and Malfunctioning Fixtures and Components: Replace or repair, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. CLEANING AND ADJUSTING: Clean units after installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. ***End of Section*** Leo Carrillo Ranch -Phase Two Exterior Lighting 16521 - 6